Winamp Logo
Speak English Now Podcast: Learn English | Speak English without grammar. Cover
Speak English Now Podcast: Learn English | Speak English without grammar. Profile

Speak English Now Podcast: Learn English | Speak English without grammar.

English, Education, 1 season, 298 episodes, 2 days, 17 hours, 11 minutes
About
The Speak English Now Podcast is your resource for practicing your English speaking and listening. You will learn English with the Question and Answer (TPRS) and Point of View techniques. You won’t need any grammar nor boring exercises. You will also learn about the English culture and the language itself. Finally, you will get valuable advice on learning English. All the audio is in English and you can get the text at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
Episode Artwork

#294 Mount Rushmore

Have you ever seen a huge mountain with presidents’ faces? Today, we learn about Mount Rushmore. What’s special about it? Let’s find out! Hi! I’m Georgiana, and I’m back with a new episode. I’m here to help you speak English fluently. If you want to help me, SHARE the podcast with your friends and family. That would mean a lot. Thanks. On my website, you can find the 5 Secrets to Speaking English and my premium courses. Before we start, get the transcript. Visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast It’s completely free! Ok, let’s start! Mount Rushmore is a giant and famous place in the United States. It’s located in South Dakota, inside the Black Hills. On this big mountain are huge carvings of the faces of four American presidents: George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Theodore Roosevelt, and Abraham Lincoln. These presidents are very important because they did great things for America. The carvings of Mount Rushmore are huge. Each president’s face is as large as a tall building! People made this long ago, starting in 1927 and finishing in 1941. So, it took 14 years to complete. They did not have modern machines, so it was very tough work. Mount Rushmore is special for a few reasons: George Washington was the first president to help start the country. Thomas Jefferson made America bigger by buying a large area of land from France, known as the Louisiana Purchase. Theodore Roosevelt protected nature and made sure businesses treated people fairly. Abraham Lincoln kept the country together during the Civil War, which was a very difficult time. Mount Rushmore is also meaningful because of its location. Before it became a monument, Native American tribes, saw the Black Hills as a sacred place. The story of Mount Rushmore includes these tribes and their connection to the land. When people visit Mount Rushmore, they can explore the Avenue of Flags. This path has flags from all 50 states in the USA. It makes people feel connected to everyone in the country. It is a reminder that, even though we are different, we are all part of one big nation. Mount Rushmore is not only beautiful because of the nature around it. It also makes us think about the leaders who shaped America, and reflect on how we can all help make the country better. Making Mount Rushmore changed the mountain forever. It turned a natural place into a symbol of America’s history. This means different things to different people. Some see it as a celebration of freedom and great leaders. Others remember the land and the first people who lived there. Great! I hope you’re enjoying this episode! And now, let’s continue with a mini-story!
4/11/202417 minutes, 25 seconds
Episode Artwork

#293 English expressions - Good for you!

Transcript: Hi! I’m Georgiana, and I’m back with a new episode. I’m here to help you speak English fluently. And what do you need to speak fluently? You need to LISTEN, LISTEN, LISTEN, and LISTEN. 🙂 If you want to help me, SHARE the podcast with your friends and family. That would mean a lot. Thanks. On my website you can get the 5 Secrets to speak English, and also my premium courses. Before we start, get the transcript at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast It’s completely free! Ok, let’s start! Learning English is exciting because we get to know how people actually speak. Today, we will look at a common phrase in the US: “Good for you!” It’s a friendly way to talk, but there’s more to learn about it. What Does “Good for you!” Mean? When people say “Good for you!” they show they are glad for someone else. Imagine giving a friend a thumbs-up. For example, if your friend tells you they did well on a test, saying “Good for you!” is like saying, “I’m happy for you!” When You Are Really Glad: Imagine your friend telling you, “I got first place!” You can respond with a smile, “Good for you!” to show your happiness for their success. How You Say It Is Key: Your tone of voice can change the meaning. Use a cheerful tone to make sure your friend feels your sincerity. When to Say “Good for you!” This phrase fits well in many situations. Here are some moments to use it: Celebrating Achievements: When someone achieves something from hard work, like scoring high on a test, “Good for you!” is a great response. Sharing in Good News: Hearing about a friend’s good news, like getting a new pet, and saying “Good for you!” shows you share their happiness. Let’s Practice: Imagine a time when someone shared something joyful with you. How would you reply? Simple, “Good for you!” Just remember, saying it with a smile and warmth in your voice can really make a difference. The Different Meanings of “Good for you!” Sometimes, “Good for you!” is not only about being happy for someone. It can also be used for jokes or in not-so-nice ways, known as sarcasm. When It’s Just a Joke: Friends might use it playfully when someone says something funny or not so-important. It’s their way of being friendly. When It Might Not Be Kind: However, if someone’s tone sounds unhappy or their expression appears unfriendly, they might not be saying it kindly. For example, if you say, “I can tie my shoes,” and someone responds with, “Good for you!” without a friendly tone, they might not be being nice. They could be mocking you because tying shoes is something most people can do. Understanding the Difference: Listen to their voice: Is it light, happy, or flat and unkind? Look at their expression: Is there a real smile, or do they seem insincere? Consider what you said: Was it something impressive or ordinary? This helps you figure out if they’re joking or not. Some Examples: Happy: You: “I aced my test!” Friend: “Good for you!” (They’re genuinely pleased.) Joking: You: “I spent the whole day watching TV.” Friend: “Good for you!” (They’re playfully teasing because it’s not a big deal.) Not Nice: You: “I cleaned up my room today.” Friend: “Well, good for you.” (If their tone is sarcastic, they may not think it’s important.) That’s why, it’s crucial to pay attention to how people say things, not just the words. This helps you know if they’re truly happy for you, making a joke, or being unkind. Let’s continue with a surprising point-of-view story:
4/4/202414 minutes, 12 seconds
Episode Artwork

#292 Happy Easter 2024

Today, we will learn how Easter is celebrated in the United States and Australia. We will hear Tom and Sarah's conversation about their plans for Easter this year. And with a point-of-view story, you will learn grammar in context without memorizing boring rules. Hi! Thanks for joining me for another episode of the podcast. I'm Georgiana and my mission is to help you improve your fluency. If you want to support me, please share the podcast with your friends and family. It would mean a great deal to me. Thank you! Remember that you can get the text of this episode on my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com Okay! Let’s start! Tom, from the United States, and Sarah, from Australia, were catching up on a video call before the Easter holiday. As they started chatting, they quickly realized they had different traditions and plans for celebrating the holiday. Let's listen to their conversation: Tom: Hey, Sarah! Happy Easter! Sarah: Happy Easter to you too, Tom! I hope you're doing well. Tom: Yes, I'm doing great. So, what are your plans for Easter this year? Sarah: I plan to attend church and celebrate Easter with my family. We usually have a big Easter dinner and spend time together. Tom: That sounds lovely. I'm also planning to celebrate Easter with my family. We usually have an Easter egg hunt and decorate Easter eggs. Sarah: Oh, that's a great tradition. We also decorate Easter eggs but don't have an egg hunt. Tom: That's interesting. Every family has their own traditions. Sarah: Definitely. What other traditions do you have for Easter? Tom: We usually go to church and have a big Easter brunch. We also exchange Easter baskets filled with candy and small gifts. Sarah: That sounds like so much fun. We don't exchange Easter baskets but give each other Easter cards. Tom: That's sweet. Do you have any special Easter foods that you eat? Sarah: Yes, we usually have ham, deviled eggs, and hot cross buns. Tom: That sounds delicious. My family has roasted lamb, mashed potatoes, and asparagus. Sarah: That sounds amazing. It's interesting to see how different cultures celebrate the same holiday. Tom: Yes, I agree. Speaking of cultures, I heard Easter is celebrated differently in Australia. Can you tell me more about that? Sarah: Sure! In Australia, Easter is also a Christian holiday that celebrates the resurrection of Jesus Christ. However, since it's celebrated in the fall season there, it's more of a harvest festival. We also have a lot of outdoor activities like camping and hiking. Tom: That's so cool. I didn't know Easter was celebrated as a harvest festival in Australia. Do you have any special Easter foods that you eat? Sarah: Yes, we have hot cross buns and chocolate eggs, just like in the US. But we also have meat pies, seafood, and others. Tom: That sounds amazing. I'll have to try them sometime. Sarah: Definitely. Maybe we can exchange some Easter foods and try each other's traditions. Tom: That's a great idea, Sarah! Sarah: Ok! I'll see you later. Happy Easter! Tom: Happy Easter!
3/29/202410 minutes, 28 seconds
Episode Artwork

#291 What is Minimalism?

Hi! I'm Georgiana, and I'm back with a new episode. I'm here to help you speak English fluently. And what do you need to speak fluently? You need to LISTEN, LISTEN, LISTEN, and LISTEN. :) If you want to help me, SHARE the podcast with your friends and family. That would mean a lot. Thanks. Get the transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com/291-what-is-minimalism/ In our previous episode, we talked about Diogenes syndrome. It's when people collect too many things. Today, I will talk about practically the opposite: minimalism. A few years ago, this lifestyle became popular. The concept of minimalism is about removing unnecessary things and focusing on what's important. Seems logical, right? Well... Sometimes, attempting to live a minimalist lifestyle can actually be more stressful than just accepting a little bit of clutter. Finally, it's about finding a balance that works for you. Here are some principles of minimalism: - Simplicity: Enjoy the simple and the necessary. - Utility: Have only things you use that are useful to you. - Quality: Prefer fewer things, but of better quality. - Consciousness: Think and choose what really matters. - Order: A clean, organized space helps you think and live better. - Peace: Seek tranquility in your environment. - Autonomy: Live with the essentials and take care of your resources. - Experiences: You value moments and friendships more than material possessions. Marie Kondo is famous in the world of keeping things tidy. She's from Japan and has taught many of us to ask if our belongings make us happy. She's had a big influence, and for some time, we all followed her advice on folding clothes neatly and getting rid of things we don't need. But now, she mentioned that after having three kids she can't be as strict anymore. If Marie Kondo has found a balance, we don't have to be perfect either. A while ago, I was inspired by ideas of living simply, so I tried to make my life more minimalist. I planned it well in my mind, but it was hard to do. To be honest, it lasted only two weeks. :) Now, I try to be sensible. I keep only what I need, and I don't worry if things are a bit messy. So, I believe it's not about keeping your space perfectly clean and tidy all the time. It's more about creating a home where you feel cozy and calm. Sometimes, things are a little messy, like the shoes not being in the right place. But it’s okay! I hope you found this episode interesting, and that it helped you practice your English a bit too. What do you think about minimalism? Is it just a fad, or... Does it have value?   Get the transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com/291-what-is-minimalism/
3/21/202414 minutes, 20 seconds
Episode Artwork

Spring Offer 2024

Transcript: This week is a bit special because it is Spring Offer, and all my premium courses have a 60% discount. I've received several messages with questions about the courses. I will try to answer some frequently asked questions in this short episode. By the way, you can get the offer at: speakenglishpodcast.com/courses Hurry up because the offer is only available until this Sunday at midnight. Let's start with the most frequently asked question: 1) What is the difference between the podcast and the premium courses? That's a great question! In the podcast, I talk about very diverse topics to improve your vocabulary. It's a great listening practice.  I also give a small example of a lesson in each podcast episode. It can be a mini-story of questions and answers or a point of view. Because of time limitations, I can barely develop these lessons, yet they allow you to test the method that I use in my premium courses in an easy and fun way. Instead, the premium courses are complete programs designed to improve your spoken English dramatically. These are conversation courses. You start speaking from DAY ONE with the conversation simulator. They are audio lessons that "simulate" conversations. I call them Q&A mini-stories. Unlike the podcast, the premium courses contain hours and hours of questions and answers. Imagine for a moment a podcast episode multiplied by 100. Also, the courses allow you to work much better on grammar aspects such as the plural, singular, all kinds of verb tenses, and certain common expressions of English. All of this unfolds in an interactive way, following one or more stories that provide a rich and entertaining context. For example, the Fluency Course (level II) contains more than 8 hours of audio, thousands of questions and answers (mini-stories), and almost 200 pages of transcription text. Of course, there are also many point-of-view lessons that allow you to work very intensely on aspects of grammar. One rule I always follow is to create lessons with complex characters and funny stories with unexpected endings. That way, you'll never forget what you learn best and, of course, it's a lot more fun. Another question: 2) Can I use the premium courses on the iPhone, iPad, Android, and so on? Yes, of course. You can use them without problems. It is important to keep in mind that the courses are not apps. That is, you don't install them. It's much more flexible. The courses consist of mp3 audio and text (PDF). This is much simpler and prevents technical problems. Transferring the content to any device is quite easy. However, when you buy one of the courses, I send you detailed steps to know what to do. In any case, you can contact me by e-mail with any questions. 3) Is there a monthly payment for the premium courses? No, there is no such thing. They are yours for personal use and forever when you buy the courses. 4) How many premium courses are there, and what is the difference? There are currently four courses. I will describe them briefly: 1) 30-Day Crash Course (level 1): This course is for beginners with no knowledge of English. It is a course that works very well, and I am happy with the result because it helps a lot to start with English. In your case, I don't recommend it because if you are a follower of this podcast, you are no longer a beginner. 2) The Fluency Course (level 2):  The level of this course is a bit easier than this podcast, but there is almost no difference. This program will help you automate the most common structures when speaking. It consists of 20 units with 20 unique and fun stories. I recommend this course if you're trying to stop mentally translating when you speak English, even with relatively easy expressions.   3) The Magic Course (level 3): This course is very ambitious because it goes one step beyond the Fluency Course. The aim is to practice all the verb tenses in the context of a long and well-developed story. There is plenty of vocabulary, and grammar points are very useful. When you finish this course, you will have an advanced level of English. 4) The Business Course (Job Interview Course) With this course, you will master the 30 most common questions asked at a job interview, learn specific vocabulary, and when to use it. You will get examples of how to answer the questions. And the exclusive mini-stories will help you speak English more confidently at a job interview. 5) Georgiana, what if I don't like them, or I don't adapt to the courses? That's all right. If, during the first 30 days, you are not convinced by the program, you can request a refund without any problem. 6) Are there any free samples of the courses? Yes, of course. You can get some samples at: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/samples Very well, I think I have answered the most frequently asked questions. I hope you found this helpful. Remember that you can benefit from the Spring offer promotion at: speakenglishpodcast.com/courses If your goal is to improve your fluency, my courses can really help you. I repeat for the last time: speakenglishpodcast.com/courses Only until this Sunday at midnight. All right. That's all for today. I will see you next week! Bye! Bye!  
3/11/20248 minutes, 51 seconds
Episode Artwork

#290 Movie Idioms in English

Hi, everyone! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today, we are going to talk about idioms and specific vocabulary related to movies in English. And with a mini-story, you are going to improve your fluency. I’ll tell you a story while asking you many questions that you have to answer right away. It’s like talking to another person in English. Please visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com to get the transcript of today’s episode. And follow me on Facebook, Instagram, and Youtube. Let’s get started! As I said today, we will look at some specific words and idioms related to movies in English. Let’s start! 1. Get the show on the road When someone tells you to get the show on the road, they urge you to start doing something. They want you to start, even if there are some mistakes and things that hinder your progress. Examples:  “Let’s get the show on the road, or we’ll be late.” “We’re finally ready to get the show on the road.” “It’s about time we got the show on the road!” “Come on, the fans are waiting outside, and we must get the show on the road!” 2. To kick off a show or kickoff In show business, to kick off a show means to start a performance. We also use this expression to refer to the first performance among many. A kickoff celebration is a party that celebrates the beginning of something. You can simply call this party a kickoff. Examples: “The advertising campaign is ready to kick off the show.”  “Kickoff will be at 10 o’clock prompt.”  “Tom is coming to the kickoff tonight.” 3. Popcorn movie Do you enjoy eating popcorn? But what’s a popcorn movie? When you want to watch a movie just for entertainment, you will usually watch a popcorn movie. Although they are called popcorn movies, you don’t necessarily need to eat popcorn while watching them. Let’s say that this kind of movie will not give you a new perspective on life. Many of the summer blockbusters are popcorn movies, and the great thing is that you can watch them with friends or family. A blockbuster is a very successful product like a movie or a book that makes a lot of money. For instance, a Hollywood studio releases many movies in search of a blockbuster. Here are some popular popcorn movies you have already watched: Transformers (2007), Spider-Man (2002), Mr. & Mrs. Smith (2005), Mission: Impossible (1996), Forrest Gump (1994), Batman Begins (2005), The Fast and the Furious (2001), etc. 4. Live up to the hype If a movie or a show is up to the hype, it means there is enough interest in it. Movie critics and bloggers become excited about something by generating a lot of buzz or hype. Generally speaking, it’s hard to live up to the hype, but the best movies can generate many expectations before they are released. Examples: “I watched that movie you recommended last week, and it definitely lived up to the hype. I loved it! “I am happy to say that your performance lived up to the hype.” 5. Sell out We can use the expression to sell out in several ways. But if tickets are sold out, it means that all available tickets for a movie, concert, etc., have been sold. And also when we want to buy something in a store or on the Internet. If they are sold out, they are no longer available. Examples:  “We sold out all the movie tickets in the first couple of hours.” “My favorite T-shirt sold out everywhere.” Before we continue, I want to give you a useful tip on how to understand movies in English. First of all, you should keep in mind that movies are meant for native speakers and are full of expressions and phrasal verbs. And yes, actors usually talk fast. And the reason they speak so fast is that they have memorized their lines. I believe that the biggest problem English students have is that they don’t listen enough. First, you have to build a good foundation by listening to many hours of content with clear audio and good pronunciation. Over time, understanding movies will become easier. Before I move on to the next section, go and get the transcript of this episode at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Do you know how you can help me? You can share the podcast with your friends and family. And tell them to go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com to get my free mini-course. That would mean a lot to me. Thanks.
2/29/202412 minutes, 49 seconds
Episode Artwork

#289 Diogenes Syndrome

Hi! I'm Georgiana, and I'm back with a new episode. I'm here to help you speak English fluently. And what do you need to speak fluently? You need to LISTEN, LISTEN, LISTEN, and LISTEN. :) If you want to help me, SHARE the podcast with your friends and family. That would mean a lot. Thanks. On my website you can get the 5 Secrets to speak English and also my premium courses. Before we start, get the transcript at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast It's completely free! Ok, let's start! Today, I want to talk about something called Diogenes syndrome. It might not be something you're familiar with, but it's a big deal in society. This syndrome is about people accumulating too much stuff in their homes. My friend shared a story with me last week about her dear 80-year-old neighbor who recently passed away. Her children came to clear out the house so they could sell it. It turns out that the poor woman had collected a lot of stuff over the years—furniture, boxes, and more. It seems like she had a habit of collecting things. You might have seen cases like this in the news, or maybe you know someone who just can't seem to throw things away. It's like they have a habit of hoarding stuff. Many people can relate to this—I sometimes have to remind myself to get rid of things I don't need anymore because they start piling up at home. But what I'm talking about here is more extreme. It's a condition where people hoard so much stuff that their homes become overwhelmed with clutter. Ironically, it's named after Diogenes of Sinope, an ancient Greek philosopher who believed in living with very little. People with this syndrome, however, collect things indiscriminately, thinking they might need them one day. While it's not officially classified as a mental illness, it often goes hand in hand with other mental health issues, and it tends to affect older people more. Some experts think it might stem from difficult experiences in the past, like living through a war, where holding onto things was a matter of survival. In the US, when someone has Diogenes syndrome, people try to help them in different ways. Here's what they do: Doctors or nurses might visit their homes to see if they are physically and mentally okay. Mental health experts can talk to them and try to help them feel better. Support from Social Workers: These are people who help others with their problems. They can arrange for someone to clean their house, talk to them about keeping it tidy, and connect them with other helpful services like food or counseling. Keeping in Touch: It's essential to check on them to ensure they get the help they need. Sometimes, the Law Gets Involved: If the person is in danger or putting others in danger, some legal steps might need to be taken to make sure they get the proper care. The goal is always to make sure the person is safe and healthy. It's also essential for more people to learn about Diogenes syndrome so that those who need help can get it sooner. Sometimes, people don't want help, and professionals must respect their choice to live as they please. Research shows that the causes of Diogenes syndrome are complicated—it could be genetic, psychological, or tied to traumatic events. As society ages, we might see more of this syndrome cropping up. It's something policymakers need to think about and take action on. Is it the same where you live? If you have any insights, feel free to share.
2/22/202411 minutes, 7 seconds
Episode Artwork

#288 Marketing and Accounting Made Simple

Hi! I'm Georgiana, and I'm back with a new episode. I'm here to help you speak English fluently. And what do you need to speak fluently? You need to LISTEN, LISTEN, LISTEN, and LISTEN. :) If you want to help me, SHARE the podcast with your friends and family. That would mean a lot. Thanks. On my website you can get the 5 Secrets to speak English and also my premium courses. Ok, let's start! This episode is for my English students who work in finance. But don't worry if you don't! I'll explain marketing and accounting in a way that's easy for everyone to understand. Understanding Marketing Marketing is how businesses tell people about their products or services. Imagine it as a four-letter word: 'P-P-P-P.' 'Product' is what businesses want people to buy. It could be a smartphone, a pizza, or anything they sell. 'Price' is how much money you need to buy the product. It can attract or discourage customers. 'Place' is where you get the product. It can be in a store, online, or at a market. 'Promotion' is how companies advertise their products, like TV ads or online banners. Marketing Vocabulary Let's explore some common marketing terms. 'Advertising' is the commercials you see on TV or the banners you click online. 'Branding' is a company's personality. Think of a famous fast-food restaurant and its logo. 'Market research' is understanding what people like and want so companies can meet their needs. Introduction to Accounting Now, let's talk about accounting. It's like a financial diary for businesses. There are two key things in accounting: 'income' and 'expenses.' 'Income' is the money a company earns, like from sales or services. 'Expenses' are a business's costs, like paying employees or buying materials. Basic Accounting Terms Some essential accounting terms: 'Revenue' is the total sales or money a company makes. 'Expenses' are the costs to run a business. 'Profit' is what's left when you subtract expenses from revenue. A positive number means making money. A 'balance sheet' is like a financial snapshot of a company's assets and debts. The Connection Between Marketing and Accounting Marketing and accounting are partners in business success. Marketing attracts customers, increasing revenue. Accounting measures this success, ensuring a company is profitable and healthy. Now, let's look at the vital connection between marketing and accounting. Think of a business as a ship sailing toward success. Marketing acts like the wind in its sails, driving it forward, while accounting is like the compass that keeps it on the right path. Marketing efforts, such as advertising and promotions, bring in customers. More customers mean higher sales or revenue, which is excellent for a business. Think of marketing as a way to gather a crowd around the ship. However, it's not sufficient to gather a crowd; you must also ensure the ship stays afloat and profitable. This is where accounting comes into play. Accounting checks the ship's financial health. It helps you determine if you're making a profit (when more money comes in than goes out) or if adjustments are necessary. Picture accounting as examining the ship's supplies, making sure it has enough fuel, and ensuring the crew gets paid. So, marketing and accounting cooperate to help businesses succeed. Marketing attracts customers, while accounting closely watches over the ship's finances, ensuring it remains on the correct course toward success. Remember, understanding this connection is crucial for getting the full picture of how businesses operate. Marketing brings people in, and accounting evaluates and guarantees long-term success. Recap and Tips Let's summarize: Marketing spreads the word about products (P-P-P-P Product, Price, Place, Promotion). Accounting tracks money (Income, Expenses, Profit, Balance Sheet). They work together for business success. Practice your new vocabulary by listening to this episode several times during the week. I hope this easy explanation of marketing and accounting helps you on your learning journey.
2/15/202413 minutes, 24 seconds
Episode Artwork

#287 How to save money? part#2

If you want to save money, listen to this new episode. Last week, we discussed different strategies to save money; now, let's continue learning new tricks. And with a funny mini-story, you will practice your English speaking. Hi! I'm Georgiana. Thanks for joining me for another episode of the podcast. My mission is to help you improve your fluency. And if you want to get the transcript, then visit my website: SpeakEnglishpodcast.com/podcast It's completely free! Ok, let's start! Automate Your Savings Make saving money a habit by setting up automatic transfers from your checking account to your savings account. This ensures that a portion of your income is saved automatically each month, reducing the temptation to spend it. Keep Track of Your Expenses Maintain a record of all your expenses to understand where your money goes. You can use a notebook or a smartphone app to record every purchase. This practice helps you identify areas where you might be overspending and where you can cut back. Shop Wisely When shopping, look for sales, discounts, and coupons to save money on everyday items. Consider purchasing generic or store-brand products, often more affordable than brand-name items. Plan your shopping trips and stick to your shopping list to avoid impulse buying. Reduce Utility Costs Save money on utility bills by turning off lights and appliances when not in use, using energy-efficient light bulbs, and addressing drafts in your home. These small changes can lead to noticeable savings over time. Pay Off High-Interest Debt If you have debt with high-interest rates, such as credit card debt, make it a priority to pay it off. High interest rates can eat into your savings. Allocate extra funds to paying down your high-interest debts and avoid accumulating more. Build an Emergency Fund This is essential for financial security. Do your best to save a few months' living expenses in a separate account. This fund acts as a safety net in case unexpected expenses arise, preventing you from going into debt.  
2/8/202417 minutes, 8 seconds
Episode Artwork

#286 How to save money?

  Hi! I'm Georgiana, your English teacher, and my mission is to help you speak English fluently. On my website you can get the 5 Secrets to speak English and also my premium courses. Before we start, get the transcript on my website. It's completely free. Visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast   Ok, let's start!   Do you want to save money? Today, we will explore some simple money-saving tips that are easy to understand and apply. And with a fun story, you will improve your English grammar in context.   Learn Basic Money Vocabulary Before we start talking about ways to save money, let's get to know some important financial terms in English. Knowing these words will help you better understand and handle your finances:   Income: This is the money you earn. Expenses: These are the costs or money you spend. Budget: A budget is a plan for managing your money. Savings: Savings are the money you keep for the future. Debt: Debt is money you owe.   Understanding these words is a great starting point for improving your financial knowledge.   Create a Simple Budget Creating a budget is the first step toward financial control. Start by listing your sources of income, such as your salary or any money you receive. Then, list your regular expenses, like rent or mortgage, groceries, transportation, and bills. A budget helps you see how much money you have left after covering your expenses, which you can allocate to savings.   Prioritize Your Spending It's important to distinguish between essential needs and non-essential wants. Needs are things like housing, food, and utilities—necessities for daily life. Wants are things like dining out, entertainment, or shopping for items that are not essential. Focus on covering your needs first, and allocate any remaining funds to your wants or savings.   Set Clear Savings Goals Identify specific financial goals that matter to you. Perhaps you want to save for unexpected expenses, education, a home, or retirement. Having clear goals provides motivation and direction for your savings efforts.   Great! In a future episode, we will continue learning more about how to save money.
2/2/202414 minutes, 17 seconds
Episode Artwork

#285 How to make a cup of tea?

Emily: Would you like to come over for a cuppa? Raquel: Is that like a cupcake or something sweet? Emily: Oh no, a cuppa is just a cup of tea. But I can offer you some cake if you like. Raquel: Sure, I'd love a cuppa and some cake. Get the full transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/285-how-to-make-a-cup-of-tea/ As you already noticed, I love drinking tea, and last week I talked about the history of tea in the UK. But if you're not sure about tea or think you might not like it, don't worry. I'm here to introduce you to different types of tea. I'm sure we can find one you'll really enjoy. And, of course, I'll show you how to make a British cuppa. By the way, you can say 'a cuppa' instead of 'a cup of tea.' People in some places use it a lot. For example, someone might say, 'When I'm tired, I enjoy having a cuppa to relax.' Hi, everyone! I'm Georgiana, your English teacher, and my mission is to help you speak English fluently. On my website you can get the 5 Secrets to speak English and also my premium courses. Before we start, get the transcript on my website. It's completely free. Visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Ok, let's start! In the UK, people enjoy drinking many different kinds of tea. However, the most popular tea in the UK is black tea. Black Tea: People often put milk and sometimes sugar in it. Some famous black teas are English Breakfast Tea, Earl Grey, Lady Grey, Assam, and Darjeeling. Green Tea: is not as popular as black tea in the UK, but some people like it. It's healthy and comes from Japan and China. Herbal teas, such as peppermint and chamomile, are caffeine-free and come in various flavors. People enjoy them because they can have a calming effect. Fruit Chai Chai tea has spices like cinnamon and ginger. Trust me, it's delicious when you add milk and sugar. White Tea: isn't as standard, but some people enjoy it. It's light and has a subtle taste. Oolong Tea: is like black and green tea. And it comes in different flavors. Rooibos Tea: is a caffeine-free tea from South Africa. It has a gentle, sweet, and earthy taste, often with hints of vanilla or honey. In the UK, you can also find specialty blends; teas with unique flavors like flowers, spices, and much more. Get the full transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/285-how-to-make-a-cup-of-tea/  
1/25/202411 minutes, 41 seconds
Episode Artwork

#284 The History of Tea in the UK

Do you like tea? I love trying different kinds, especially on cold days. Today, we’ll talk about the British love for tea. And in a future episode, I’ll show you how to make a British-style cup of tea. Hi! I’m Georgiana. Thanks for joining me for another episode of the podcast. My mission is to help you improve your fluency. And if you want to get the transcript, then visit my website: SpeakEnglishpodcast.com/podcast It’s completely free! Ok, let’s start! Once Upon a Time: Long ago, in the 1600s, tea debuted in the UK. This fancy beverage didn’t magically appear; it came from Portugal. Catherine of Braganza, married to King Charles II, really liked tea and introduced this interesting new habit to the UK. Tea for the Elite: In the early days, tea was rare and expensive, like treasure! People kept their tea in special locked boxes called tea caddies. Back then, only people like the king and queen enjoyed it. Afternoon Tea Parties: In the 1700s, tea became more popular, but it was still costly. Then, Anna, the Duchess of Bedford, had a brilliant idea: afternoon tea parties! She invited her friends for tea and snacks in the afternoon, which became a stylish tradition. The Tea Trade: The British East India Company played a huge part in making tea famous in the UK. They established trade relations with China and brought boatloads of tea back. There were even big arguments and fights, like the Opium Wars, over tea and other trading. Tea for Everyone: In the 1800s, tea became more affordable, and people from all walks of life started drinking it. Tea became a daily treat for everyone, including workers and those with a refined taste. A Solution to a Big Problem: In the 1800s, in the UK, many people drank too much alcohol. And it caused a lot of problems. Luckily, some smart people thought tea was a better choice than alcohol. Here’s why: Tea was cheaper: Tea cost less than alcohol, so more people could buy it. Easy to find: You could find tea in many places. It was easy to buy. No harmful effects: Tea didn’t make you sick or misbehave, like alcohol. Good for friends: People liked to meet and drink tea together. It was fun and didn’t make you drunk. Calming: Tea helped people feel calm and relaxed without alcohol.   While tea did not solve all alcohol problems, it was healthier and cheaper for many. It went from being an exclusive drink to something everyone loves. And that’s the short story of tea time in the UK! Enjoy your next cup of tea! In a future episode, I’ll talk about the different types of tea. And I will teach you how to make a proper cup of tea.
1/18/202412 minutes, 18 seconds
Episode Artwork

#283 American or British English Accent - Which One's for You?

In this episode, we'll discuss whether English learners should pick an accent when they're at an intermediate level. And with a short story you will learn grammar in context without any boring rules. On my website you can get the 5 Secrets to speak English and also my premium courses. Hi, everyone! I'm Georgiana, your English teacher, and my mission is to help you speak English fluently. Before we start, get the transcript on my website. It's completely free. Visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Ok, let's start! When choosing between learning American or British English, it's crucial to think about your goals and situation. Here are a few reasons why you might prefer one accent over the other: I'll start by sharing my experience. As you may know, I'm also a language learner like you, and I've been learning languages for many years. I've chosen to learn languages by listening to a lot of content. This method has helped me become fluent in several languages, including Spanish. When I began learning Spanish many years ago, I spent much time watching TV shows from South America. This helped me learn new words and understand the language better. Later, I started listening to content from Spain. At first, I noticed the accent was different, but I quickly got used to it because I already had a good foundation. That's when I realized that listening daily is crucial when learning a language. I listened to many of hours of Spanish content before I could speak fluently. So, don't worry too much about which accent to choose at this stage. Right now, your main focus should be on listening. Listen to content that is easy to understand as much as you can. Also, if you are not completely fluent, you should consume content designed for English learners. When I record my podcast episodes, I do my best to speak as clearly as possible to help you understand me better. However, if you want to choose an accent, let's briefly discuss why you might select an American or British accent.   Get the transcript on my website.  https://speakenglishpodcast.com/283-american-or-british-english-which-ones-for-you/
1/11/202412 minutes, 17 seconds
Episode Artwork

#282
New Year's Eve Traditions and Superstitions in the US

Today, we will talk about how people in America celebrate New Year's Eve. And with a short story you will learn grammar in context without any boring rules. On my website you can get the 5 Secrets to speak English and also my premium courses. Hi, everyone! I'm Georgiana, your English teacher, and my mission is to help you speak English fluently. Before we start, get the transcript on my website. It's completely free. Visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast  Let's explore the fun traditions and superstitions that make New Year's Eve special in the USA. #1 Dropping the Ball in Times Square: Perhaps the most iconic New Year's Eve tradition in the USA is the dropping of the ball in Times Square, New York City. Imagine a big, shiny ball made of crystal. Every year, lots of people gather to watch the ball descend when the clock strikes midnight. It's a famous event since 1907, making people happy and hopeful about what's coming next. #2 Kissing at Midnight: Kissing someone at the stroke of midnight is considered a way to ensure that the year ahead will be filled with love and happiness. #3 Parties and Get-Togethers New Year's Eve is a time for friends and family to unite. We have parties where we dance, laugh, and have a great time. We also raise a toast with fizzy wine or champagne to celebrate and wish each other well. But don't confuse 'champagne' with 'shampoo.' It's not as bubbly and won't make your hair smell better! #4 Parades and Fireworks: In many parts of the country, there are parades and fireworks to celebrate the New Year. One of the most famous parades is the Rose Parade in Pasadena, California. It's a happy parade with floats decorated with flowers, marching bands, and horses. It's a fun way to begin the new year. #5 Hangover Cure: Some people feel bad the next day after the party, like a headache and a sick stomach. This is called a 'hangover.' People say drinking water and eating breakfast can make you feel better. However, the best way to feel good is to sleep a lot on the first day of the year and wake up on January 2nd feeling fresh and ready! #6 New Year's Resolutions Many Americans like to make "resolutions" for the new year. These are like promises we make to ourselves. For example, we might promise to exercise more, learn something new, or be kinder. But let's be honest: many of us forget our resolutions by February. So, instead of saying we'll exercise every day, maybe we can just promise to enjoy chocolate without feeling bad about it. That's a resolution that's easy to keep!
1/4/202411 minutes, 22 seconds
Episode Artwork

#281 Christmas Markets

Today, I will talk about Christmas Markets in New York. And with a fun mini-story, you will improve your speaking. If you need to give something special for Christmas, consider buying my Premium courses. Visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/courses and get my English programs at an exceptional price. Ok! Let’s talk about Christmas markets in New York. What are you planning to do at Christmas? I recommend you fly to NYC because the best Christmas markets are here. New York's holiday markets often include ice skating, twinkling lights, great food vendors, and fun holiday activities. Plus, you can make your Christmas shopping a positive and relaxing experience. Bryant Park's Winter Village You could start by visiting Bryant Park's Winter Village. One of the highlights of this market is the 17,000-square-foot ice skating rink, which is free to use if you bring your skates. FAD Market And after ice skating, you could visit the FAD Market. Each season, the FAD market — for Fashion, Art, and Design - takes over a different Brooklyn venue with many independent vendors and creators. Here, you'll find New York City's emerging brands, designers, and small businesses offering a curated selection of handmade jewelry, clothing, skincare, tableware, and much more. Columbus Circle Holiday Market After all of this activity, you should go to the Columbus Circle Holiday Market, which is one of the most iconic holiday markets. The uptown counterpart to the Union Square Holiday Market offers shoppers a feast for the eyes and the stomach. Get the full text here: speakenglishpodcast.com/281-christmas-markets/
12/28/202312 minutes, 43 seconds
Episode Artwork

#280 A Christmas Carol by Charles Dickens for beginners

Hi! Today, we will discuss "A Christmas Carol" by Charles Dickens. This story is about kindness and how people can change, especially during Christmas. So, let's dive into Ebenezer Scrooge's story together! Get the TRANSCRIPT on my website: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/280-a-christmas-carol-by-charles-dickens-for-beginners/ "A Christmas Carol" is about a man named Ebenezer Scrooge. He doesn't like Christmas, and he's mean to everyone, even his worker, Bob Cratchit. One cold Christmas Eve, Scrooge gets a visit from the ghost of his old partner, Jacob Marley, who is wrapped in chains. Marley tells Scrooge that he'll be in chains, too, if he doesn't change his ways. Scrooge is visited by three more ghosts—the Ghost of Christmas Past, the Ghost of Christmas Present, and the Ghost of Christmas Yet to Come. They show him his past, his present, and a scary future. In the past, Scrooge sees when he was young and kinder. In the present, he sees people enjoying Christmas, even if they don't have much money. He especially sees Bob Cratchit and his family, who are poor but happy. The scariest part is when he meets the Ghost of Christmas Yet to Come. This ghost shows him a future where nobody cares about Scrooge because he's so mean. Scrooge realizes he doesn't want this future. He wants to change and feels happy when he wakes up on Christmas morning. He starts being kind and helps people. Not only that, but he gives money to charity, gives more money to Bob Cratchit, and takes care of Tiny Tim, who is very sick. "A Christmas Carol" shows us that we can always choose to be kind, and Christmas is a time to love and share. Here are the themes of the novel: Change and Kindness: This story shows us that people can change and become kinder if they want to. Family and Togetherness: The Cratchit family's love reminds us that family is important even when they don't have much. Giving and Joy: Christmas is about giving and making others happy. "A Christmas Carol" is a story that reminds us to be kind, especially during Christmas. Whether you hear it for the first time or again, it's a story that warms our hearts. Get the TRANSCRIPT on my website: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/280-a-christmas-carol-by-charles-dickens-for-beginners/  
12/21/202314 minutes, 4 seconds
Episode Artwork

#279 My first computer and new alternatives part2

In a previous episode, we talked about the mouse, the keyboard, and the screen. Today, we'll learn about more parts of a computer. And with a short story, you will learn grammar in context without memorizing any boring rules. Hi! I'm Georgiana. Thanks for joining me for another episode of the podcast. My mission is to help you improve your English fluency. If you want to help me, share the podcast with your friends and family. That would mean a lot. Thanks. Before we start, get the transcript of this episode for free. At: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Ok, let's continue learning about computer parts: Now, let's talk about 'RAM.' RAM stands for 'Random Access Memory.' RAM is like a computer's working memory. It's where the computer keeps things while doing tasks, just like our brains remember stuff when we're busy. My old computer only had 8 megabytes of RAM. It's like having a small desk – you can only put a few things on it at once. Nowadays, computers have much more RAM, at least 8 gigabytes, which is like having a big desk with lots of space. This helps modern computers work faster and better. Another essential part of a computer is 'storage.' This is where we keep our files, such as photos and documents. The computer stores these files on a 'hard drive,' like a giant digital cabinet for our stuff. In the past, when we wanted to move information from one computer to another, we used something called a 'floppy disk.' A floppy disk was a small, flat, plastic thing that could only hold a tiny bit of information, like one page from a book. It was like using a small bag to carry your digital things. Today, we have much better ways to store our files. We use something called the 'cloud,' which is like a magical place on the internet where we can keep lots of information safely.  Examples of cloud services include 'iCloud' from Apple, 'Google Drive,' 'Microsoft OneDrive,' and 'Dropbox.' It's like having a big online storage room where you can keep your digital stuff. The closest thing we have now to a floppy disk is a 'flash drive.' It's a tiny device that can hold much information, like a small digital bag for your files. Before flash drives, we used something else called 'CDs.' A CD was like a flat, round disc that could hold more information than a floppy disk. It was like a small, thin plate. Get the full text here:  https://speakenglishpodcast.com/279-my-first-computer-and-new-alternatives-part2/
12/14/202312 minutes, 14 seconds
Episode Artwork

#278 The History and Meaning of Thanksgiving

Tom (Being serious): Hey, do we have to send thank you notes to everyone we've ever met for Thanksgiving? James (Laughing): Oh no, it's not like that! Thanksgiving is more about enjoying turkey and pie with family and friends, not writing thank you notes to everyone! Hi! Welcome to a special podcast about Thanksgiving! I'm Georgiana, your English teacher, and I want to tell you about Thanksgiving. Before we start, get the transcript of this episode for free. Visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Also, if you want to help me, share the podcast with your friends and family. That would mean a lot. Thanks. Ok, let's start! Thanksgiving is celebrated in the US and Canada. It's a special day when people express their gratitude for things like family and food. Why People Celebrate this holiday: Thanksgiving is a time to be thankful for good things. Many people have a big meal with family and friends. When It Is Celebrated: Thanksgiving is on the fourth Thursday of November in the United States. In Canada, it's on the second Monday of October. Where It Is Celebrated: People celebrate Thanksgiving in their homes or with family in other places. Others travel to be with family. What's the origin of this holiday? Thanksgiving began long ago when Pilgrims from England came to America on a ship called the Mayflower. Pilgrims are people who have a tough journey because of their religion, and these ones came to America so they could practice their religion freely. When they came to America, it was tough. It was cold, and they didn't have much food. But Native Americans, showed the Pilgrims how to grow food like corn, beans, and squash. In 1621, the Pilgrims had a good harvest during the fall because of what they learned from the Native Americans. So they had a big meal together to say thank you and celebrate. The feast is known as the first Thanksgiving. Since then, Thanksgiving has been a special day when people come together with their families. They usually eat turkey, potatoes, veggies, and pie. Some people also watch parades and football games on TV. As you can see, Thanksgiving is a wonderful day celebrated in the United States and Canada. Even if you're from another place, it's good to remember that Thanksgiving is all about being thankful and enjoying time with your loved ones.
12/7/202310 minutes, 43 seconds
Episode Artwork

BLACK FRIDAY 2023 — FAQ PREMIUM COURSES VS. PODCAST

Hello everyone! I am Georgiana, founder of speakenglishpodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. This week is a bit special because it is Black Friday and all my courses have a 60% discount. I've received several messages with questions about the courses. In this short episode I'm gonna try to answer some frequently asked questions. By the way, you can get the deal at: speakenglishpodcast.com/blackfriday Hurry up because the offer is only available until this Sunday at 12p.m. Let’s start with the most frequently asked question: What is the difference between the podcast and the courses? That's a great question! In the podcast, I talk about very diverse topics that allow you to improve your vocabulary. This is great listening practice.  In each episode of the podcast, I also give a small example of a lesson. This can be a mini-story of questions and answers or a point of view. Because of time limitations, I can barely develop these lessons, yet they allow you to test the method in an easy and fun way. Besides, it is good practice. Instead, the courses are complete programs designed to improve your spoken English dramatically.  In fact, the courses contain hours and hours of questions and answers. Imagine for a moment a podcast episode but multiplied by 100. Also, the courses allow you to work much better on grammar aspects such as the plural, singular, all kinds of verb tenses, and certain common expressions of English. All this in an integrated way following one or several stories that offer a rich and entertaining context. For example, the Fluency Course (level II) contains more than 8 hours of audio with thousands of questions and answers (mini-stories) and almost 200 pages of transcription text. Of course, there are also many points of view lessons that allow you to work very deeply on aspects of grammar.One rule I always follow is to create lessons with complex characters and funny stories, with an unexpected ending. That way you'll never forget what you learn best and, of course, it's a lot more fun.   Another question: Can the courses be used on the iPhone, iPad, Android and so on? Yes, of course. You can use them without problems. An important thing to keep in mind is that the courses are not apps. That is, you don't install them. It's much more flexible. The courses consist of mp3 audio and text (PDF). This is much simpler and prevents technical problems. Transferring the content to any device is quite easy. However, when you buy one of the courses, I send you instructions with detailed steps to know what to do. In any case, you can contact me by e-mail for any questions. Is there a monthly payment for the courses? No, there is no such thing. When you buy the courses they are yours for personal use and forever. How many courses are there, and what is the difference? There are currently 4 courses. I will describe them briefly: 1) 30 Day Crash Course (level1): This course is for beginners with no knowledge of English. It is a course that works very well, and I am happy with the result because it helps a lot to start with English. In your case, I don't recommend it because if you are a follower of this podcast, you are no longer a beginner. 2) The Fluency Course (level2):  The level of this course is a bit easier than this podcast, but there is almost no difference. This program will help you automate the most common structures when speaking. It consists of 20 units with 20 unique and fun stories. For example, two penguins who escape from the zoo to surf, a person who wants to learn to be a cook but is a disaster, someone who wants to quit smoking and visits a very strange guru, and so on. I recommend this course if you're trying to stop mentally translating when you speak English, even with relatively easy expressions.  3) The Magic Course (level3): This course is very ambitious because it goes one step beyond the Fluency Course. The aim is to practice all the verb tenses in the context of a long and well-developed story. There is a lot of vocabulary and grammar points are very useful. When you finish this course, you will have an advanced level of English. 4) The Business Course (Job Interview Course): This is the last course created. With this course, you will master the 30 most common questions asked at a job interview, learn specific vocabulary, and when to use it. You will get examples of how to answer the questions.  And the exclusive mini-stories will help you speak English more confidently. Georgiana, what if I don't like them or don't adapt to the courses? That's all right. If during the first 30 days, you are not convinced by the program, you can request a refund without any problem. Are there any free samples of the courses? Yes, of course. You can get some samples at: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/samples Very well, I think I have answered the most frequently asked questions. I hope you found this useful. Remember that you can benefit from the Black Friday promotion at: speakenglishpodcast.com/blackfriday If your goal is to improve fluency, these courses can really help you. I repeat for the last time: speakenglishpodcast.com/blackfriday Only until this Sunday at 12 p.m. All right. That's all for today. I will see you next week another episode of the podcast. See you soon! Bye! Bye!
11/20/20237 minutes, 56 seconds
Episode Artwork

#277 Romeo and Juliet - Shakespeare for beginners part2

Hi! Let’s continue learning about the play Romeo and Juliet by Shakespeare. But don’t worry because I’ve made it very easy for you to understand.   You can get the full transcript on my website: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/277-romeo-and-juliet-shakespeare-for-beginners-part2/   In a previous episode, I began discussing the play “Romeo and Juliet.” Today, we will continue with Acts 4 and 5 of the play. Great! Let’s start with Act 4: [Act 4 – Juliet’s Bold Move] In Act 4, the story takes another turn. Juliet’s parents want her to marry Paris, a man she doesn’t love. She’s already married to Romeo, but it’s a secret. Juliet’s Problem: Juliet worries about marrying Paris because she loves Romeo. She goes to Friar Laurence, a good friend to the young lovers, for help. Friar’s Plan: Friar Laurence develops a plan to help Juliet. He gives her a special drink that will make her look like she’s dead for a while. He advises her to take it the night before her wedding so that everyone will believe she has died. Juliet’s Fear: Juliet is terrified of the plan. She’s worried that the drink might actually kill her or that she’ll wake up alone in a scary tomb. Juliet’s Agreement: Juliet agrees to the plan because she’s desperate to avoid marrying Paris. She goes back home, and her parents are happy because they think she’ll marry Paris soon. Wedding Rush: Her parents decide to move the wedding up to the next day, which makes Juliet even more nervous. Romeo’s Missed Message: Meanwhile, Friar Laurence tries to send a message to Romeo about the plan, but it doesn’t reach him because of a problem. [Act 5 – A Sad Ending] In Act 5, the story reaches its tragic conclusion. Romeo Comes Back: Romeo secretly returns to Verona because he thinks Juliet is dead. He wants to see her one last time. Fight with Paris: Romeo and a man named Paris fight at Juliet’s tomb. Romeo doesn’t want to hurt Paris, but they end up fighting, and Romeo accidentally kills Paris. Juliet’s “Death”: When Romeo sees Juliet in her tomb, he thinks she’s really dead. So, he drinks poison and dies next to her. Juliet Wakes Up: Just after Romeo dies, Juliet wakes up. She is very sad when she sees Romeo dead. Juliet tries to kiss the poison from his lips, but it doesn’t work. So, she takes his dagger and kills herself. Friar Explains: Friar Laurence comes to the tomb and explains everything to the Prince and the families. He tells them about Romeo and Juliet’s secret marriage and how it led to their sad endings.
11/16/202311 minutes, 46 seconds
Episode Artwork

#276 My first computer and modern tech

  - Why did the computer catch a cold? - Because it had too many windows open! 😄 Hi! I'm Georgiana. Thanks for joining me for another episode of the podcast. Also, thank you for the 30 million downloads!!!! 🎉 🎉 🎉 Today, I'll talk about my very first computer and compare it with modern tech. Before we start, get the transcript for free at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Ok, let's get started! Have you ever thought about how computers have changed over the years? Well, I have, and I want to share my experiences with you. I will start with the parts of the computer: First, the "mouse." A mouse is a small device you move on your desk. It's like a digital pet that helps  you control your computer. My mouse was big and had a ball underneath. It wasn't small and smooth like today's mice. It had a cord that often got tangled, but I liked it. I used it to click on things and move around on the screen. Well, nowadays, we have some other ways to do the same thing:  Many laptops have a flat area below the keyboard called "touchpad" that you can use your finger to move the arrow around. It's like a tiny built-in mouse.  Some computers now let you touch the screen directly with your finger to control things. This is called a "touch screen." It's just like using your finger to tap or swipe on your phone.  You can also use a special pen on some computers to point and click, just like you used to do with the mouse.  Next, let's talk about the 'screen.' The screen is like a computer's TV. But the ones I used in the past were different from today's flat screens. My old screen was big and not flat like modern screens. It looked more like a big, heavy box on my desk. The pictures and words on it didn't look very clear. They were a bit fuzzy, not sharp like today's screens. Nowadays, screens are much thinner and lighter, showing pictures and words much more clearly. So, things on the computer look better now. Now, let's talk about the 'keyboard.' A keyboard is like a big board with many buttons you press. Each button has a letter, number, or symbol on it. It helps you type words and tell the computer what to do. The keyboard I used back then had all the letters and keys you need, just like today's keyboards. But it looked bigger and the buttons were a bit farther apart. When you typed on them, they made a clicky sound, unlike today's quieter keyboards. Get the transcript on my website: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/computer-vocabulary-in-english-for-beginners/
11/9/202312 minutes, 2 seconds
Episode Artwork

#275 Romeo and Juliet - Shakespeare for Beginners

Hi! I'm Georgiana. Thanks for joining me for another episode of the podcast. My mission is to help you improve your fluency. Today, I will discuss Shakespeare's play "Romeo and Juliet," but don't worry because I've made it very easy to understand. Before we start, get the transcript for free at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Let's start! Today, we'll explore the famous play 'Romeo and Juliet' by William Shakespeare, written over 400 years ago. This play is divided into five acts, like chapters in a book. I've prepared a short summary for each act. In this episode, we'll focus on Acts 1, 2, and 3, and in our next session, we'll continue with Acts 4 and 5. In the play, Shakespeare explored important things like love, family, and problems that were important back then and still matter to people today. Now, let's start with the first three acts of this classic story. [Act 1 - A Tale of Two Families] Okay, picture this: we're in a lovely place called Verona, Italy. There are two big families there, the Montagues and the Capulets, and they don't get along.  But guess what? A young guy named Romeo, from the Montague family, and a girl named Juliet, from the Capulet family, meet at a fancy party and fall in love, unaware of the enmity between their families. And so Act 1 ends with a big surprise. Romeo and Juliet find out who each other really is. This is a big shock because they're from enemy families. This surprise begins a sad and complicated story with many problems that happen next. [Act 2 - Balcony Magic] In Act 2, the story becomes more romantic. Romeo sneaks into Juliet's garden, and they talk from her balcony. They declare their love and plan a hidden wedding with the help of Juliet's Nurse.  Tybalt, who is Juliet's cousin, challenges Romeo to a fight. This happens because Tybalt is angry with Romeo. Their clash is a significant moment in the story. As a result, the Prince banishes Romeo from Verona. The act concludes with Romeo and Juliet apart, encountering fresh difficulties, and their secret marriage adding more complexity to their love tale. [Act 3 - Trouble in Town] In Act 3, things get even more intense. Tybalt, who is Juliet's cousin, wants to get back at Romeo, and this leads to a big fight with Mercutio, which sadly ends in Mercutio getting hurt very badly. Romeo is very sad about Mercutio and gets into a fight with Tybalt, which results in Tybalt's death. Because of this, Romeo has to leave Verona. Things are getting really tough for Romeo and Juliet because they can't be together. Get the full text on my website: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast
11/2/202314 minutes, 35 seconds
Episode Artwork

#274 Stress-Free English Learning and Healthy Living Tips

Hey there, everyone! If you're new here, welcome to our podcast family! 🎙️ I'm Georgiana, your English teacher, and a language learner just like you. I believe that learning should be fun and easy. With my exclusive method I've helped many people worldwide speak English fluently without using grammar or textbooks. Yes, you heard that correctly! It's time to say goodbye to those boring grammar books. How can you do it? Well, I'll tell you a short story twice, and each time, I'll change the tense or whether it's singular or plural. This way, you can learn by comparing these changes in the context of the story. But first, our main topic today is stress management because, let's admit it – learning a new language can be quite overwhelming. Don't worry, I'm here to help. I'm going to share some really helpful tips to make learning a new language less stressful. Before you start listening, get the transcript of this episode for free. visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast  Ok, let's start with some useful tips on how to manage stress: #1 Breathe deeply: When stressed, pause and focus on your breath. Inhale slowly through your nose, letting your lungs fill with air, and then exhale slowly through your mouth. This simple breathing exercise can quickly calm your nerves and help you relax. #2 Stay Organized: Try making a list to manage your tasks and reduce stress. Write down what you need to do, prioritizing the most important things. This organized approach helps you use your time and resources effectively. #3 Exercise Regularly: Physical activity is a great stress reliever. Make it a habit to move your body regularly. You don't need intense workouts; even a short walk or simple stretches can make a big difference. Exercise releases endorphins, which naturally boost your mood and reduce stress. #4 Talk to Someone: Sharing your worries with someone you trust can be really helpful. Reach out to a friend, family member, or teacher. A supportive conversation can give you emotional relief and a fresh perspective on your stress. #5 Get Good Sleep: Try getting 7-9 hours of quality sleep each night. Sleep is crucial for your physical and mental well-being. It allows your body and mind to recover, making it easier to handle stress when you're well-rested. Get the transcript of this episode for free: visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast   
10/26/202310 minutes, 20 seconds
Episode Artwork

#273 Healthy Lifestyle - Sleep

  Today, we're discussing our precious hours in bed every night, and why it's important to get a good amount of sleep. And with a mini-story, you will practice your English speaking. Please share the podcast with your friends and family and write a short review on: Spotify: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/spotify Apple podcasts: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/apple-podcast Podbean: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/podbean And if you want to get the transcript, then visit my website: SpeakEnglishpodcast.com/podcast It's completely free! Ok, let's start! I remember a time when I constantly felt tired. I'd drag myself through the day, feeling like I was two steps behind. I thought, "Maybe it's just how life is."  But, one day, I looked at my nighttime habits and realized I wasn't giving my body the rest it needed. And trust me, once I made a few changes, everything transformed. I felt alive and happier, and everything just became easier. I want that for all of you, too. So, let's dive in! Why are restful nights crucial? 1. Recharge your body and mind. During those quiet hours, your body and mind reset. Imagine it like charging a phone. When you wake up, you're ready to go! 2. Better mood. Getting enough rest can make you happier and less irritable. When we're tired, everything seems harder. 3. Helps with memory. Rest can sharpen your memory. This is essential for students and those with busy jobs. 4. Keeps you strong. Getting a good night's sleep helps your body stay healthy, and you might not get sick as much. Knowing this, how can we make the most of our nights? 1. Set a routine. Try to go to bed at a similar time every night. This creates a rhythm for your body. 2. Peaceful surroundings. Ensure your room is dark and silent. This signals to your brain that it's time to wind down. 3. Avoid screens. Put electronics away at least one hour before you head to bed. Their light can disturb your natural rhythms. 4. Comfort is key. A comfy bed, the perfect pillow, and a cozy blanket can really make a difference. 5. Relax before bedtime. Read, listen to soothing music, or enjoy a warm bath. These activities can help you unwind. Sometimes it's hard to get 8 hours of sleep. But remember, it's about quality over quantity. Six hours of good, solid rest can be better than eight hours of tossing and turning.
10/20/202317 minutes, 55 seconds
Episode Artwork

#272 Be more positive when learning English

Hi! I'm Georgiana. Thanks for joining me for another episode of the podcast. My mission is to help you improve your fluency. Learning English can be enjoyable and useful, but also challenging. You might experience frustration or have doubtful or negative thoughts. For instance, you might believe, "I can't speak English fluently," but a more positive way to approach it is, "I'm improving my English every day."  It's crucial to know that negative thoughts can slow down progress. In this episode, we will explore ways to change these thoughts and motivate you. Before you continue listening, go to my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast, to get the transcript of this episode. Ok. Let's start! First, you'll need to spot negative thoughts when they happen. These might involve doubting your abilities or fearing making mistakes. Keeping a journal to write down these ideas as they come up can help you understand when and why they happen. Think, "Age doesn't stop me from learning," instead of, "I'm too old to learn a new language." Or, remember that "Mistakes help me learn" when you catch yourself thinking, "I keep making mistakes when I speak English." After you spot negative ideas, take a moment to question if they're really true or not. Reflect on these questions: Can I prove this idea, or is it just a feeling? Have I dealt with similar issues before? Am I being too hard on myself? Asking these questions helps you think more logically. For instance, instead of believing "I'll never speak English perfectly," consider "Learning a new language takes time and practice, but I can get better with persistence." Set Realistic Goals  Setting achievable goals in language learning can fight negative thinking. Instead of aiming for perfection right away, establish smaller, step-by-step objectives. Picture yourself succeeding every day. See yourself confidently engaging in English conversations and handling different communication situations. This mental image will boost your confidence and keep you motivated. Go to my website, SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast, to get the transcript of this episode.
10/12/202317 minutes, 10 seconds
Episode Artwork

##271 Healthy Lifestyle - Exercise

Transcript: Today, let's discuss exercise and its benefits for health. Also, with a story, you will practice and improve your grammar in context. Before you start listening, go to my website and get the transcript for free. Visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Great! Let's start! Better Physical Health: Exercising isn't just about looking good; it's about feeling great, too! Regular exercise helps us maintain a healthy weight and reduces the risk of diseases. Plus, it keeps our muscles and bones strong and our hearts and lungs in great shape. Mental Health and Stress Relief: Exercise is like a magical mood booster. It releases those happy chemicals in our brains, helping us manage stress, anxiety, and those occasional low days. And guess what? It makes our minds sharper and our sleep more peaceful. More Energy: Isn't it funny how working out can give you more energy? It gets your blood pumping and your body awake and alert. Better Sleep: Good sleep helps our health a lot. And regular exercise is always a good friend. When we sleep well, our bodies fix themselves and get ready for another great day. Living Longer: Science says that those who exercise regularly tend to live longer, healthier lives. Who doesn't want that? Find Fun Activities: The best exercise is the one you enjoy. Whether dancing alone, walking in nature, swimming in the pool, or playing a sport, choose what makes you happy. Start Slow: If you're just starting, take it easy. Think of it like a journey; you'll get there step by step. Make a Schedule: Let's treat exercise like a date with ourselves. Set a time and stick to it, making it a non-negotiable part of your day. Change It Up: Mixing different exercises is good and helps our bodies. Do some breath-focused workouts and muscle-building exercises, and remember to stretch too. Get the transcript here: Visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
10/6/202311 minutes, 53 seconds
Episode Artwork

#270 Healthy Lifestyle - Food

- I've been trying to eat more healthily, so I chose a salad for lunch. - That's good! What did you have for dinner? - Well, for dinner, I had a cheeseburger, but I added a piece of lettuce, so it's almost like a salad, isn't it? - Ah, I get it! You turned your burger into a 'salad burger.' You're doing well with your healthy eating goals! Get the transcript at: Speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/   Hi! I'm Georgiana. Thanks for joining me for another episode of the podcast. My mission is to help you improve your fluency. Do you know how you can help me? You can support this podcast by sharing it with your friends and rating it with five stars.    Click here to give the podcast 5 stars!!! ⭐️⭐️⭐️ ⭐️⭐️ Have you ever thought about how to eat tasty and healthy food in a simple way? Today, I'm going to share easy tips for enjoying delicious, good-for-you meals.   Grab a snack, and let's get started! Basic Food Facts  First, let's learn some simple aspects of food. Our bodies need carbs, proteins, fats, vitamins, and minerals.  A quick tip: imagine your plate is a rainbow. The more colors, the more good stuff you're eating!   Fixing Food Mistakes  Next, let's fix some food mistakes! Mistake number one: "Carbs are bad." I'm not against low-carb diets because I followed the keto diet for a while. However, I now include carbs from sources like whole grains, fruits, and vegetables, which can contribute to a healthier lifestyle.   Get the transcript at: Speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
9/28/202314 minutes, 59 seconds
Episode Artwork

#269 The Story of the Internet

Transcript: Hi, everyone! I'm Georgiana, your English teacher, and I'm here to help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. And if you want to help me, it's very simple! 🔗Share the podcast 🎙️ with your friends and family. Get the full transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/ Great! Let's start! Today, I will talk about the Internet's fantastic journey – how it changed from big machines to the online world we know today. Imagine going back to the 1960s, a time of cool space adventures and bright colors. Back then, computers weren't small like today. They were as big as rooms! Like friendly elephants waiting for special instructions. But guess what? These big computers couldn't talk to each other. However, scientists and researchers wanted computers to talk. They dreamed of connecting these big computers, making a web linking people everywhere. That's how the Internet started – they made a special language using ones and zeros so that computers could share information even if they were far apart. Now, let's jump ahead to the 1990s. Think of slow dial-up Internet. That's when the World Wide Web appeared. Imagine a huge library with doors open to different places when you click. But, you had to wait because pages loaded slowly, like a snail. I remember the "You've Got Mail!" sound and the funny noise when connecting to the Internet. The Internet had two sides – sometimes it was super cool, and other times it got in the way of using the phone. Today, the Internet is a big part of our lives. You can shop, talk to friends worldwide, and learn things without leaving your house. It's like magic! Think about how far we've come – from big machines to a connected world where you can find all sorts of things, from facts to funny cat videos. And don't forget, the Internet is not just for young people. People of all ages enjoy using it to connect with family and friends, play games, and learn new skills. It's a tool that brings everyone together from all around the world. So, whether you're a student doing research for school or a grandparent staying in touch with loved ones, the Internet has something for everyone. And how about you? How do you use the Internet? Get the full transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
9/22/202311 minutes, 1 second
Episode Artwork

#268 Food Vocabulary in English - Air Fryer

Hi, everyone! I'm Georgiana, your English teacher, and I'm here to help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. And if you want to help me, it's very simple! Share the podcast with your friends and family. Before you start listening, go to my website and get the transcript for free. Visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Great! Let's start! Today, I want to share a personal story. It's about a special thing in my kitchen: my air fryer. Once upon a time, I cooked food the old way. I used pots, pans, and lots of oil. My food tasted good, but it took a lot of time. And cleaning? Oh, it was a big job! Then, a friend told me about the air fryer. At first, I thought, "What is this magic pot?" But then, I tried it, and wow! The first time I used the air fryer, I cooked potatoes. I washed them, cut them, and put them in the fryer. I waited for a short time. When I opened it, what did I see? Golden, crispy potatoes! They were like chips but not too oily. I was so happy! The best thing about the air fryer is that it uses less oil. So, the food has less fat. It's healthier for our bodies. And guess what? It still tastes very yummy! My family loves the food I cook in it. They say it's tasty and crispy. After the potatoes, I wanted to try more. I cooked chicken, fish, and even cake! Yes, a cake in an air fryer. It was so soft and sweet. The air fryer made my life easy. No more big pots. No more too much oil. No more long cooking. And cleaning? It's so easy! Just take out the basket, wash it, and it's done. If you like easy cooking, try an air fryer. Start with simple things. Maybe potatoes like me. Then, try new recipes. There are many recipes on the internet. Also, remember: every air fryer is a bit different. So, the first time, watch your food. Make sure it doesn't burn. After some tries, you will know your fryer better. Today, I wanted to share my love for my magic pot, the air fryer. I hope my story helps you. Cooking can be fun, easy, and healthy. If I can do it, you can too! Thank you for listening. If you have stories or tips about your air fryer, share them with me. Let's learn together. Happy cooking! Great! That's all for now! I hope you found this topic helpful. Let's continue with a Point-of-View Lesson.  
9/14/202311 minutes, 27 seconds
Episode Artwork

#267 Dog idioms in English part2

  Hi, everyone! Thanks for joining me for another episode. I'm Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com Today, we're continuing our journey of expressions inspired by man's best friend: the dog. And with a fun point-of-view story, you will improve your grammar in context. Before we start, get the transcript at: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast And if you want to help me, share the podcast with your friends and family. That would mean a lot. Thanks. Our first phrase is dogged determination. When someone shows dogged determination, they're incredibly persistent, not giving up easily. It's like a dog who won't let go of its favorite toy. Next, we have 'the hair of the dog.' This means taking a bit of alcohol to ease a hangover. It's a humorous way to suggest that a little of what caused your problem might help solve it. Moving on, a dog in the manger is an expression for someone who doesn't want others to enjoy something they don't need or use. And then there's the saying, 'You can't teach an old dog new tricks.' It suggests that teaching someone new things is challenging, especially if they're set in their ways. However, never let that stop you from learning! Let's continue! Ever been so exhausted you can barely stand? That's being dog-tired.  If everything is a mess, you'd say it's a dog's breakfast or a dog's dinner. For instance, you are trying to bake a cake and ending up with flour all over the kitchen! Sometimes, people feel they're dogged by bad luck, meaning they feel misfortune is constantly following them.  On a fun note, dog and bone is playful rhyming slang for 'phone.' So, if you're chatting on your dog and bone, you're on your phone! If you can't finish your meal, you might ask for a doggie bag to take the leftovers home when dining out.  And dog watch? The phrase for people who work at sea refers to a brief period of duty on a boat. When someone says they're leading a dog's life, it expresses having a tough or miserable time. I hope you're not having a miserable time but are enjoying listening to this show. Let's listen to the expressions one more time: 1. dogged determination 2. the hair of the dog 3. a dog in the manger 4. you can't teach an old dog new tricks 5. dog tired 6. dog's breakfast/dinner 7. dogged by bad luck 8. dog and bone 9. doggie bag 10. dog's life 11. dog watch
9/7/202312 minutes, 32 seconds
Episode Artwork

#266 Dogs Expressions in English

Do you love dogs? That's wonderful because today, we're going to learn some new idioms in English about dogs. And with a mini-story, you will learn about Mark's success and challenges in the workplace while using these dog expressions. It's gonna be fun! You'll see! Hi, everyone! Thanks for joining me for a new episode. I'm Georgiana, your English teacher. And I'm here to help you speak English fluently. Before we start, get the transcript of this episode! Visit SpeakEnglishpodcast.com/podcast Let's start! Our first idiom is Barking up the wrong tree. Imagine you're trying to find your lost keys, and you start looking under the couch. But, oops! The keys were actually on the kitchen counter. That's when you've been barking up the wrong tree - focusing your efforts in the wrong direction. So, remember, when you're searching for something, make sure you're not barking up the wrong tree! Now, let's continue with the expression Let sleeping dogs lie. Imagine you have a sleepy dog who's all cozy on the couch. You know, if you wake them up, they might get grumpy. This idiom means sometimes it's best to leave things as they are and not stir up trouble. Just like you wouldn't want to wake a sleeping dog, it's often better to let certain situations be. Every dog has its day is our following idiom. This means that everyone gets a chance to shine or succeed. Just like even the quietest dog might have a day when they're the center of attention, you, too, will have your moment to succeed and be recognized.Moving on, we have the Dog-eat-dog world. This expression paints a picture of a competitive and ruthless environment where everyone tries to get ahead. It's like a pack of dogs all fighting for the same bone. Let's continue! If you're In the doghouse, it means you're in trouble or someone's upset with you. Imagine you forgot your friend's birthday – you might be in the doghouse for a while. But, with a little effort, you can always mend fences and get out of that "doghouse." Have you ever been Sick as a dog? This idiom describes feeling extremely ill. Maybe you've caught a cold that makes you feel just as miserable as a sick pup. Rest and medicine are your best friends when you're as sick as a dog! Dog Days is up next. This expression refers to the hottest summer days when it's so hot that even dogs prefer to stay indoors. So, during the dog days, make sure to stay hydrated and keep cool. Get the transcript of this episode! Visit SpeakEnglishpodcast.com/podcast    
8/31/202314 minutes, 16 seconds
Episode Artwork

#265 English Riddles: Listen, Laugh, Learn.

Today we are going to learn English in a fun way.  You will learn new English vocabulary through fun riddles.  I will introduce you to some popular riddles and ask you to guess the correct answer. If you don't know what a riddle is, don't worry because I'll explain it to you.   And with a point of view lesson, you will learn grammar without memorizing any boring rules. Many of you send me messages telling me that you listen to my podcast in the car, walking, or doing other things. That's great because you are incorporating learning into your lifestyle, not the other way around. That way, you spend more time listening and learning. The idea is always to accumulate many hours of listening for you to internalize the language.   By the way, it would make me very happy if you shared my website with your friends. Tell them to go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my free mini-course.   All right. In today's episode, you will improve your English in a fun way with some fun riddles. You'll have to guess the answer to each riddle. Are you up for it? Don't worry; they're not complicated.    Come on, it's gonna be fun :) But first, what's a riddle?   A riddle is a type of poem that works like a puzzle. They describe something and sometimes use words with double meanings.   First, I'll tell you a riddle, and then I'll wait 10 seconds to give you time to answer. But don't worry. If you need more time, you can pause the audio. Remember that on my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com you will find the transcript of this episode.   Let's start!   1. Riddle: What has one eye but can't see? Answer: A needle Of course, the needle has an eye, but it cannot see since it is an object. Besides, the eye is empty.   2. Riddle: What has legs but doesn't walk? Answer: A table The table can't walk, but not because it is lazy but because it has another function. Most people can walk, but some prefer to sit all day.   3. Riddle: What can you catch but not throw? Answer: A cold In English, we use the expression to catch a cold. And it's not that we are chasing a cold. It's just an English expression.   4. Riddle: What kind of band never plays music? Answer: A rubber band A rubber band is a thin rubber ring that is used to hold things in place. It has multiple uses.   5. Riddle: What has many teeth but can't bite? Answer: A comb   You use the comb to style your hair, so the bristles should not be too sharp.   6. Riddle: What has words but never speaks? Answer: A book A book cannot talk because it has no mouth, but the author does speak through the words written in the book.   7. Riddle: What has a thumb and four fingers but is not a hand? Answer: A glove   Remember to get the transcript at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
8/25/202311 minutes, 34 seconds
Episode Artwork

#264 Gaslighting and Its Effects Explained - Unmasking Manipulation

Transcript: Have you ever wondered if someone intended to make you doubt your own perceptions, experiences, or understanding of events? We call this gaslighting. Get the transcript at: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Today I will talk about this word that is becoming more and more popular. And with a point-of-view story, you will improve your grammar in context, without memorizing rules. Where does "gaslighting" come from? The word "gaslighting" comes from a play called "Gas Light." written in 1938 by Patrick Hamilton. In this play, a husband tries to make his wife think she is losing her mind. He does some tricky things, like secretly making the lights from gas lamps in their house dimmer, and then he tells her that she's just imagining these changes. This play later became a movie. Nowadays, when we say "gaslighting," we mean when someone tries to make another person unsure about their own memory or feelings, similar to what the husband did to his wife in the story. I'll explain a little more about gaslighting, as it is a subtle, powerful form of manipulation intended to make you unsure of what is real. When someone tries to make you doubt yourself, gaslighting occurs. They want to control how you think, feel, and remember things. For instance, imagine your friend insists they never said something you clearly remember them saying. Over time, this can lead you to doubt your own memories. It's not a one-time occurrence; instead, it's a slow, ongoing process. This manipulation can occur in various relationships – with your family, friends, or coworkers. The individual using gaslighting intends to make you unsure about what is true and have you rely on their version of events. You need to be able to recognize gaslighting. Look out for signs like someone denying they said something. They might also blame you or minimize your feelings. It's like they're trying to change your story, to make you see the world differently. If you suspect gaslighting, it's essential to seek support. You can talk to someone you trust, like a good friend, family member, or counselor. Sharing what you're going through can give you a better idea of the situation and help you feel more confident again. Always remember that your feelings and memories are valid. Gaslighting aims to make you doubt yourself, but you have the power to stand firm in your reality. By recognizing the manipulation and seeking assistance, you can protect yourself from its harmful effects. [END OF THE EXTRACT] Get the transcript at: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast    
8/17/202312 minutes, 57 seconds
Episode Artwork

#263 Social Isolation - The Hikikomori Phenomenon

Hi, everyone! Thanks for joining me for another episode. I'm Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com To get the transcript visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast You can subscribe to my newsletter on my website and get the 5 secrets to learn to speak English for free. Have you ever spent a whole weekend just relaxing and doing nothing? Just playing games or binging shows? It's a nice break, right? But what if you did that for months or even years? Today, I've got a story that might shock you. Think about someone who stays in their room all day and night, not seeing friends or family, not working or studying. Odd, right? Well, there's a Japanese word for this -"Hikikomori," which means "being confined." It's about people who choose to stay away from society completely. This is common in Japan, but other cultures have similar ideas. People call them loners or "modern-day hermits." Around half a million young people in Japan, and about the same number of middle-aged people, live like this. It's not just in Japan. Often, young people, especially guys, are really into the online world of games and social media. However, they are not afraid of going outside like people with agoraphobia. They simply prefer not to be involved in the world. You might wonder why. I did too. Some people believe that pressure from society to do well can lead to this. Others have experienced difficult situations, such as bullying or family problems. Also, technology allows them to easily stay alone, as everything is accessible online. Let's continue! Now, think about their health. Being inside constantly isn't healthy. They might get weak or face sleep problems. Emotionally, they might feel down, unsure, or guilty. In any case, many don't see this as a big problem, since these people don't often seek help. They're content in their isolation. But there are ways to help. In Japan, there are online communities for them. When they're ready for help, they get therapy, medication, and social activities. Even taking a short step outside can significantly impact you if you feel confined. The sun and fresh air can be invigorating. Great! That's all for now! I hope you found this topic helpful. Let's continue with a Point of View Lesson. To get the transcript visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
8/11/202310 minutes, 20 seconds
Episode Artwork

#262 Food vocabulary - How to Prepare a Smoothie?

Transcript: I'd like to include some food and cooking vocabulary in this episode. Get the transcript on my website:  Speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/ And with a mini-story, you will improve your English fluency. You’ll see, it’s like having a conversation with another person. You know, when I enter the kitchen, my first thought is… Why am I here? Yeah. I'm hungry. That's why. Now I remember. :) I open the refrigerator and start scanning for some delicious food. Since I don't buy ready-made food, I usually stare at the fridge for some minutes until it starts beeping. Then I close it and open it again to continue scanning. And I'm not saying my refrigerator isn't well organized; it's just that I'm looking for something I can prepare in 1 minute, preferably even less. Many times, I end up making a green smoothie. That's a fast and easy way of getting all the needed nutrients. And plus, smoothies are delicious. By the way, a smoothie is a thick drink that you can make using fruits, vegetables, greens, seeds, milk, ice, etc. As I said earlier, I typically end up making a green smoothie. Don't panic. It's green but really yummy. I add some water or milk, one avocado, 1/2 cup of pineapple, 1/2 frozen banana, 2 cups of spinach, and 1/2 cup of ice cubes. I put it at speed 10 for 45 seconds, and the smoothie is ready. Delicious! In case you were wondering, I use a Vitamix blender to prepare my smoothies. And I don't use it only for that.  I also make frozen desserts with it, soups, I can make flours with it, almond milk, batters, dough, nut butter, juices, dips, etc. It's very versatile. [END OF THE EXTRACT] Get the transcript on my website:  Speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/  
8/4/202313 minutes, 33 seconds
Episode Artwork

261 Phrasal verbs with GIVE

Today we are going to talk about phrasal verbs with the verb give. Many of you have asked for a new phrasal verbs episode, so I am sure that you are excited about it. Apparently, everyone wants to learn new phrasal verbs. Get the transcript on my website: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com And with mini-story, you will improve your fluency. I will ask you many questions that you will need to answer right away. It's like speaking English with another person. But before I get started, I wanted to thank you for listening to my podcast. It's been over four years since I released the first episode, and since then, I've received a lot of support. #1 To give something away It means to give something for free as a gift or donation. Examples: "They give away a free chocolate bar for every $100 you spend in the supermarket." "Tina gave her old clothes away when she lost weight." #2 To give oneself or somebody else away It means to show where somebody is or what they are doing when they are trying to keep this a secret. Or to unintentionally reveal something about yourself that you don't want anyone to know. In short, to give somebody away means to betray them. Examples: “Mia smiled, but her voice gave her away." "Tom gave away classified information to the competition." #3 To give in  It means to accept that you are defeated, to surrender. Or, in some cases, to give in means to finally agree to what someone wants after refusing for some time. Examples: "After being surrounded, the enemy gave in." "My son insisted so much that I buy a cell phone, I finally gave in." #4 To give out  We use this phrasal verb to say that something stops working correctly or becomes weak. Examples: "After running for 30 minutes, my legs finally gave out." "The students wouldn't listen, so his patience finally gave out."   Get the transcript on my website: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
7/28/202313 minutes, 31 seconds
Episode Artwork

#260 Homophones in English – There, their, they're

In today's lesson, we're going to explore the fascinating world of homophones. These are words that sound the same but have different meanings, and sometimes can be tricky for English learners. Don't worry, though! By the end of this episode, you'll have a solid understanding of homophones and be able to use them confidently in your everyday conversations. Before you start listening, make sure to get the transcript on my website: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com It's free! So, let's dive in! Homophones are words that are pronounced the same but have different meanings and may be spelled differently. They can often cause confusion, as they sound identical, but their meanings can vary. Let's explore some common examples of homophones to help clarify their usage. Example 1: "Two," "Too," and "To" Although they sound exactly alike, they have different meanings and uses. "Two" refers to the number 2, such as "I have two cats." "Too" means also or in addition, for example, "I want to go too." "To" is a preposition used to express direction, purpose, or recipient, as in "I'm going to the park." Example 2: "There," "Their," "They're" Let's break them down: "There" is used to indicate a location or a point being discussed, like "The keys are over there." "Their" is a possessive pronoun that shows ownership, such as "They brought their books." "They're" is a contraction of "they are," as in "They're going to the movies." Example 3: "Write" and "Right" Our final example focuses on two words that sound identical but have distinct meanings: "Write" means to put words on paper or create text, like "Please write your name." "Right" can refer to correctness, direction, or the opposite of left, such as "The answer is right" or "Turn right at the intersection." [END OF THE EXTRACT]   Get the transcript on my website: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com  
7/21/202312 minutes, 42 seconds
Episode Artwork

#259 Discovering Unique American Adventures

Hi, everyone! Thanks for joining me for a new episode. I'm Georgiana, your English teacher. And I'm here to help you speak English fluently. Today, let's explore the incredible American experiences you can only find in the USA! And with a fun mini-story, you will improve your English fluency. It's almost like having a conversation with someone in English. Before we start, get the transcript on my website: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com Ok, let's get started! The United States is known for its diverse culture, innovation, and unique things to do. In this episode, we'll discover American experiences exclusive to this country. The breathtaking national parks. The USA is home to stunning natural wonders like the Grand Canyon and Yellowstone. These parks offer magnificent beauty and outdoor adventures that you can only find in the USA. You will have another special experience when you visit the well-known Las Vegas Strip. It's filled with glamour and excitement, featuring iconic hotels, casinos, and incredible shows. Las Vegas combines luxury and entertainment in a way that is uniquely American. Let's not forget about Broadway shows. Broadway is considered the heart of live theater, and the USA is the home of this artistic treasure. With amazing productions and talented performers, Broadway offers an unforgettable theater experience that attracts people worldwide. Moving on to American music, the USA is recognized for being the origin of diverse musical styles. American music has had a significant impact, from jazz and blues to rock and hip-hop. Therefore, seeing live performances in the US is a real treat for music lovers. Next, we have American sports culture. Sports play a big role in American culture, whether attending a baseball game, experiencing the excitement of a basketball match, or feeling the community spirit of a college football game. Finally, let's talk about the iconic landmarks. The US is filled with many remarkable landmarks that represent American heritage and pride. From the Statue of Liberty in New York to the Golden Gate Bridge in San Francisco, these landmarks tell the story of the United States' rich history and accomplishments. Get the transcript on my website: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
7/14/202314 minutes, 59 seconds
Episode Artwork

Frequently asked questions (FAQ) 60% OFF PREMIUM COURSES

Hi, everyone! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of speakenglishpodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. This week is a bit special. All my premium courses have a 60% discount. I've received several messages with questions about the courses. I will try to answer some frequently asked questions in this short episode. By the way, you can get the offer at: speakenglishpodcast.com/courses Hurry up because the offer is only available until this Sunday at midnight. Let's start with the most frequently asked question:    1) What is the difference between the podcast and the premium courses? That's a great question! In the podcast, I talk about very diverse topics to improve your vocabulary. It's a great listening practice.  I also give a small example of a lesson in each podcast episode. It can be a mini-story of questions and answers or a point of view. Because of time limitations, I can barely develop these lessons, yet they allow you to test the method that I use in my premium courses in an easy and fun way. Instead, the premium courses are complete programs designed to improve your spoken English dramatically. These are conversation courses.  You start speaking from DAY ONE with the conversation simulator. They are audio lessons that "simulate" conversations. I call them Q&A mini-stories. Unlike the podcast, the premium courses contain hours and hours of questions and answers. Imagine for a moment a podcast episode, but multiplied by 100. Also, the courses allow you to work much better on grammar aspects such as the plural, singular, all kinds of verb tenses, and certain common expressions of English. All of this unfolds in an interactive way, following one or more stories that provide a rich and entertaining context. For example, the Fluency Course (level II) contains more than 8 hours of audio with thousands of questions and answers (mini-stories) and almost 200 pages of transcription text. Of course, there are also many point of view lessons that allow you to work very intensely on aspects of grammar. One rule I always follow is to create lessons with complex characters and funny stories with unexpected endings. That way you'll never forget what you learn best and, of course, it's a lot more fun. Another question: 2) Can I use the premium courses on the iPhone, iPad, Android and so on? Yes, of course. You can use them without problems. It is important to keep in mind that the courses are not apps. That is, you don't install them. It's much more flexible. The courses consist of mp3 audio and text (PDF). This is much simpler and prevents technical problems. Transferring the content to any device is quite easy. However, when you buy one of the courses, I send you detailed steps to know what to do. In any case, you can contact me by e-mail with any questions.  3) Is there a monthly payment for the premium courses? No, there is no such thing. They are yours for personal use and forever when you buy the courses.        Get the transcript on my website: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast
7/3/20238 minutes, 51 seconds
Episode Artwork

#258 Different types of journalism part2

  This time, I'll share more types of writing in journalism. In an earlier episode, I talked about different types of newswriting, such as news, report, and interviews. And with a fun mini-story you will practice your English speaking. We will explore opinion genres, where writing is done from a subjective perspective. This perspective can be the author's or the media's opinion. Let's see what they are. #1 Editorial Imagine a newspaper reporting on an event and publishing various news articles, reports, and maybe interviews. This newspaper may publish an "editorial," which expresses the newspaper's opinion or position on the topic covered in the news. It usually reflects the media's ideological stance. An editorial generally doesn't mention the author and is not too long. Typically, it can be found on the first few pages. #2 Opinion Article An opinion article is a text that presents the viewpoint of a specific person, like a journalist, politician, or public figure. These articles don't necessarily align with the media's editorial stance. Ideally, diverse media outlets would have different opinion articles, enriching the content and allowing readers to compare different perspectives. #3 Column Yes, a column supports buildings, but in journalism, columns are something different, of course :) They are similar to opinion articles but are usually shorter. Additionally, these have specific authors who write regularly, and usually focuses on topics like politics, sports, or lifestyle. The term "column" comes from arranging narrow vertical sections in old newspapers to save space on printed pages. #4 Letter to the Editor This is a common section in many newspapers and magazines where readers can send letters with their opinions, comments, and suggestions about the published articles and topics. The letter to the editor is a way for people to share their thoughts with the newspaper's editors. Many times, these letters are written about a specific article in the newspaper or a topic that is currently important to the reader. I think this practice is becoming less popular because social media has changed how readers share their opinions on news and current topics. Get the transcript on my website: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
6/29/202313 minutes, 49 seconds
Episode Artwork

#257 Different Types of Journalism

The pessimist says, 'the glass is half empty.' The optimist says, 'The glass is half full,' and the journalist says, 'You won't believe what's in the glass!' Hi! I'm Georgiana, and I'm glad you're here with me for a new podcast episode.  Today, we will discuss the different types of journalism we can find in the media. Before you start listening to the episode, make sure to get the transcript on my website: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com It's free! Are you ready? Let's start with the first one: The news News is a crucial and representative category of informative journalism. It covers recent and intriguing political, sports, cultural, and social events. Objectivity is a vital but often lacking aspect of news. Ideally, a news story should be impartial and unbiased, but this isn't always true. Brevity is another key aspect of news. A news story should be concise and include only essential data. It should only focus on giving information about the event. A typical news story consists of several parts: Firstly, we have the headline. It has a larger font and expresses the main idea of the news story. It is a short sentence. For example, "Georgiana launches a new course." That would be a good headline. Moving on to the lead, it is a kind of summary where the fundamentals of the news story are discussed. It serves as a summary introducing the main aspects of the news story, answering essential questions like what, how, who, where, when, and why. Lastly, we have the body of the news story, where further details and information are provided beyond what's covered in the headline and lead. Let's uncover another element of journalism: The report A report is a more detailed news story that provides various data, background information, and opinions from those involved. Unlike news stories, reports can include the writer's opinion, making them somewhat subjective. Traditionally, reporters often went to the story's scene and prepared reports that helped readers understand what was happening. However, in today's technologically-driven world, this practice isn't always followed. Some reports are created from the newsroom, relying heavily on internet research. While it reduces costs, it can compromise the report's quality since journalists aren't physically present at the events. I really like this expression: "You have to hit the streets." It emphasizes the importance of journalists leaving the newsroom, immersing themselves in events, conducting interviews, observing firsthand, and gathering relevant information. Get the transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
6/22/202311 minutes, 34 seconds
Episode Artwork

#256 - 5 Signs You Should Consider Finding a New Job

Today, we're going to discuss a newspaper article. It talks about five signs that indicate the need to find a new job. Let's take a look! #1 You hate it when they ask you about your job. According to the article, if you hate when people ask you about your job, it may be time to consider a change. I believe it makes a lot of sense. If every time someone asks you, "How are you doing at work?" you feel bad, maybe there's a problem. Who wants to feel that way? Nobody, right? But maybe, when you're not at work, you simply want to disconnect. That is, to stop thinking about work. So, in this case, you might hate being asked about your work because you want to talk about other things. So, this sign is perhaps not so clear. #2 You have a lousy time on Sundays. Yes, it happens a lot. The weekend is short; as they say, it goes by quickly. So it's normal to feel sad because the next day is Monday and you have to work. According to the article, if you have a lousy time on Sundays, which means you are very sad or negative, it indicates that the next day, you have to work on something you don't like at all. And I completely agree. I think that, to a certain extent, this sign is reasonable. It is not normal to have a bad time every Sunday. Maybe you need a change, look for a new job. #3 It affects your self-esteem. If your job makes you feel bad about yourself, it affects your self-esteem. I have my reservations. It's true that a toxic work environment is not the best thing for your self-esteem, but our worth goes beyond our work. #4 You hate logging into LinkedIn. The fourth sign was a bit unexpected. According to the article, considering a job change is advised if you hate logging into LinkedIn. This point, I don't see it clearly. LinkedIn is simply a platform that helps connect people and companies. To say that hating LinkedIn is a sign that you need to change jobs, I'm not so sure. #5 Poor Sleep Quality. And the last sign the article gives us is if your job stresses you out so much that you can't get a good night's rest. In part, I agree with this. If you wake up at night thinking about work or have nightmares about it, that's not okay. However,  it's important to keep in mind that factors beyond work can also affect our ability to sleep well. As you can see, several signs could indicate it is time to look for another job. But remember, there is no magic list that will tell you when is the perfect time to do it. Everyone is different. So, what do you think these signs mean? Do they indicate that it's time for you to start looking for a new job? Get the transcript on my website: Speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
6/15/202312 minutes, 14 seconds
Episode Artwork

255 Phrasal Verb - To Butter Up

Georgiana: Today, we will discuss the meaning of the phrase "butter up"... Student: "How interesting, Georgiana! You know I am on a diet, but this morning I had some toast with butter, and let me tell you, it was delicious..." Georgiana: Sorry to interrupt, but the expression "butter up" has nothing to do with food. :) Let me explain it to you. Hey everyone, welcome back to another episode of the podcast. I'm Georgiana, your English teacher, and my mission is to help you speak English fluently.  And if you want to help me, share the podcast. That would mean a lot. Thanks. Before you start listening to the episode, make sure to get the transcript on my website: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com It's free! Great! Let's start! Let's take a closer look at the expression "butter up" and how it is commonly used. When someone tries hard to please others to gain their favor or personal benefits in the workplace, it's known as 'buttering up.'"  This behavior can be observed in various professional settings such as offices, schools, and even politics, where individuals go to great lengths to please their superiors or influential colleagues. A classic example of 'buttering up' is an employee who frequently praises their boss, hoping to gain favor or secure a promotion. Another example is a student who compliments their teacher, aiming to receive better grades or special privileges. So, how is "buttering up" viewed in Western society? Opinions can differ. On one hand, some people consider it a negative behavior, often associated with insincerity or manipulation. On the other hand, in certain situations like the business world, some people see it as a useful social skill. They believe that being good at giving compliments and networking can help you progress in your career or create new opportunities. Whether "buttering up" is accepted or not depends on the particular workplace culture and what individuals think. Here are some other expressions that are similar to "buttering up": #1 Sucking up to someone: Excessively praising or pleasing someone, especially someone in authority, to gain favor. #2 Kissing up or Kissing someone's boots: Acting overly flattering toward someone in authority. #3 Playing up to someone: Behaving in a way intended to please or show respect to someone. #4 Apple-polishing: Currying favor through flattery or servile behavior. #5 Flattering: Complimenting someone excessively to win their favor or approval. #6 Brown-nosing: Similar to "sucking up," it involves ingratiating oneself to gain favor, often through excessive praise or flattery.  #7 Playing the game: Engaging in strategic behavior or actions to gain advantages or achieve success, often involving flattery or pleasing others. #8 Bending over backward: Going to great lengths or making excessive efforts to please or accommodate someone. Now, what are your thoughts? Do you believe "buttering up" can be useful? Are you comfortable engaging in such behavior or receiving it from others? I'm not a big fan of it, but I won't deny that receiving a compliment can feel good from time to time. :) Get the transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
6/8/202310 minutes, 22 seconds
Episode Artwork

254 Business Expressions - The Office TV show

Hey everyone, welcome back to another episode of the podcast. I'm Georgiana, your English teacher, and my mission is to help you speak English fluently.  And if you want to help me, share the podcast. That would mean a lot. Thanks.   Ok! We'll start with a brief conversation that includes the top 10 business expressions. And to make learning more fun, I've taken inspiration from 'The Office' TV show. And you'll learn grammar in context with a point of view story.   Before you start listening, make sure to get the transcript on my website: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com It's free! Let's get started!   Jack walked into the office and said...   Jack: "Wow, this place looks familiar. It's like I'm in 'The Office' TV show." Pam: "Yeah, Jack, we get that a lot. We like to think outside the box here." Jim: "You're right, Pam! We're always brainstorming new ideas to stay ahead of the competition." Jack: "That's great to hear. I'm ready to get the ball rolling and take it to the next level." Pam: "Good to hear. But make sure to touch base with your boss consistently. It's important to stay in the loop and keep him updated on your progress. Jack: "Definitely. I want to make sure we're all on the same page following best practices for team collaboration." Michael: "And we need people like you to keep an eye on the details." Jack: "Thanks for the advice. At the end of the day, it's all about producing high-quality work and making a difference." Pam: "Absolutely. This may feel like a TV set, but it's a real community of people. Welcome aboard!" Let's listen to the used expressions: #1 "Thinking outside the box" - This phrase means to think creatively or in a non-traditional way. #2 "In the loop" - This means to be informed or included in a particular situation or discussion. #3 "Get the ball rolling" - This phrase means to start a process or get something started. #4 "At the end of the day" - This phrase summarizes or emphasizes a point. #5 "Brainstorm" means generating ideas or solutions through group discussions or sessions. #6 "Touch base" means making contact or following up with someone. #7 "Get on the same page" - This phrase means to make sure everyone understands and agrees on a particular plan or idea. #8 "Keep an eye on" means monitoring or watching closely. #9 "Take it to the next level" - This phrase means improving or advancing to the next stage. #10 "Best practice" - An officially accepted and detailed method or set of methods for use in a specific business or industry. Get the transcript here: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
6/2/20239 minutes, 50 seconds
Episode Artwork

#253 Words and Phrases to Describe Large Quantities in English

Today, we will keep exploring and learning more about expressing larger amounts. When we want to talk about more significant quantities, we can use different words and expressions. These terms can indicate having more of something or a significant amount. When referring to small amounts, we use words like: "a little" or "a few." And when it comes to large quantities we can use words like "a lot," "many," or "plenty." Let's practice with a few examples. For example, instead of saying, "I have a few books," you can say:  I have a lot of books. I have many books. Let's imagine we want to express a large quantity without specifying an exact number.  Here, we can use words like "numerous," "countless," or "a great number of." These terms indicate a large quantity, even if an exact number is not specified. For example, instead of saying, "There are a few birds in the sky," you can say: There are numerous birds in the sky.  There are countless birds in the sky. There are a great number of birds in the sky. Great! Let's continue! "If you have a lot of something, you might use the word 'multiple.' For example, if you're discussing an online shopping order, you might say:  I ordered multiple items on Amazon, but they all arrived separately. (It's like having a relationship with a delivery driver who just can't commit.) If you're sharing a funny story about a doctor's visit, you could say:  According to my doctor, I have multiple personalities. Now, I can finally put the blame on someone else for my mistakes! Ok! Let's continue!  When we want to highlight a very large amount, we can use phrases like "a huge amount of," "a significant number of," or "a vast quantity of."  So, you can say:  The company invested a huge amount of money in research and development to create a groundbreaking new product. According to a recent survey, a significant number of students prefer learning through the internet. The library had a vast quantity of books, with rows upon rows of shelves filled from top to bottom. If you have more than you need of something, you could use words like 'plenty,' 'lavish,' 'overflowing,' 'teeming,' 'replete,' 'brimming,' 'packed,' or 'jam-packed.' 'Plenty' means more than enough. For example:  There was plenty of food at the picnic. There were sandwiches, fruits, cookies, and more. Read the transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
5/25/202313 minutes, 46 seconds
Episode Artwork

#252 Words and Phrases to Describe Small Quantities in English

Today, we'll talk about words and phrases that can help you express the amount or quantity of something and when to use them effectively. Get the text on my website: Speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/ Let's start by discussing small quantities. If you only have a little bit of something, you might say "a few" or "some." A few means three to five of something, while some are a bit more vague and can mean any small amount. For example, if you're discussing job opportunities, you might say: I've applied for a few positions, but I haven't heard back from any of them yet. If you're talking about your progress in learning English, you could say: Even though I've been learning English for quite some time, I still face difficulties in speaking fluently. When you have a bit more of something but not a lot, you could say "several." Several usually means more than three but less than ten. For example, if you're talking about books you bought from a bookstore, you could say: She bought several books from the store, including a mystery novel and a travel guide. Or maybe you need a "handful" or a "bunch" of something. A handful represents the amount that can be held in your hand, while a bunch refers to a group of things that are tied or held together. For example, if you're at the beach collecting seashells, you could say: I picked up a handful of shells at the beach. If you're asking for a snack from a bag of chips, you might say: Can you pass me the bag? I just want a small bunch. Ok, let's continue! If you have a collection of items, you could say "a group" or "a cluster." A group typically refers to a small number of things, while a cluster denotes a small group of things that are close together. For example, if you're discussing a meeting you attended with indecisive people, you could say: I attended a meeting with a group of people who struggle to make decisions, but we couldn't come to an agreement on what to discuss. Get the text on my website: Speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
5/18/202316 minutes, 4 seconds
Episode Artwork

#251 Technical problems on Zoom

Do you need help with technical problems during Zoom calls? In this episode, we'll cover common tech problems in Zoom meetings and how to handle them using helpful phrases. And you'll practice your speaking with a fun mini-story. Get the transcript on my website: Speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/ Zoom has become a crucial tool for remote work and communication. But, as you may have experienced, technical problems can pop up during a Zoom call. As an English learner, it's important to feel comfortable using the app and handling any problems that may come up. Don't worry if you're not a tech expert. Learning the basics of Zoom will help you communicate better with your coworkers and clients. It's a good idea to practice using Zoom's simple features, like sharing your screen, using the chat, and muting your microphone. These features can make your Zoom meetings run more smoothly. To help you tackle these issues, I've prepared an example conversation on Zoom addressing common technical problems. Participants: John from the United States; Maria from Brazil, and Yuna from South Korea John: Hello, everyone. Can you hear me clearly? Maria: Yes, I can hear you, John.  Yuna: Sorry, I'm having trouble hearing you. I may have a problem with the connection. John: No problem, Yuna. Can you check your internet connection or try refreshing your browser? Yuna: Sorry to interrupt, but my screen is blank. Is anyone else having this issue? Maria: No, my screen is working fine. John: Yuna, can you try exiting and then rejoining the meeting? Yuna: Okay, let me try that. Maria: John, I think you're frozen. I mean, your screen is frozen. Can you hear me?  John: Oh, sorry about that, Maria. I need to figure out what's going on. Let me turn off my camera and then turn it back on. Maria: I'm also having some issues. The image and sound are out of sync on my end. Yuna: I agree, Maria; I noticed the same thing. John: Hmm, that's strange. Let me check my internet connection to see if that's the issue.  Maria: You're breaking up a little bit, Yuna. Can you repeat what you just said? Yuna: Sorry about that. I said we needed to discuss the marketing strategy for the new product launch. Maria: There's an echo on the line. Can someone please mute themselves if they're not speaking? John: That's a good point, Maria. I am having trouble hearing you, Yuna. I think you're on mute.  Yuna: Oh, sorry about that. Can you hear me now? John: Yes, we can hear you now, Yuna. Let's continue with the meeting.   Get the transcript on my website: Speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
5/11/202313 minutes, 54 seconds
Episode Artwork

#250 Learn English by Watching Classic Movies: 'Gone with the Wind'

Today we will talk about one of my favorite movies: "Gone with the Wind." It's a romantic drama set during the American Civil War and its aftermath. The movie takes place in the southern United States, during the Civil War. The South is known for its elegance and charm, and the attention to detail in the movie is amazing. You'll see beautiful dresses, sprawling plantations, and stunning landscapes. But also the dark side of war and destruction, as the Civil War brings devastation and loss to the region. The main characters in the movie are Scarlett O'Hara and Rhett Butler. Scarlett is a young woman who is used to getting her way. That means she always got what she wanted in spite of opposition. She's in love with Ashley Wilkes, who is engaged to her cousin, Melanie Hamilton. Scarlett is determined to win Ashley's heart, but her world is turned upside down when the war breaks out. The other main character, named Rhett, is a charming man who acts carelessly and recklessly. But he becomes enamored with Scarlett's fiery personality and tries to win her over throughout the movie. The conflict in the movie is emotional and intense. We see the devastation of war and its impact on Scarlett and those around her. Scarlett struggles to adapt to the new reality, and she's forced to do whatever it takes to survive. Although Rhett tries to win her over, she's is still in love with Ashley, and can't let go of her obsession with him. Scarlett's journey throughout the movie is incredible. She goes from being a spoiled young woman to a strong and resourceful survivor, doing whatever it takes to protect herself and her family. And although she faces incredible challenges and tragedies, Scarlett never gives up hope.  Rhett's journey is also fascinating. He starts off as a carefree and reckless man, but as he falls in love with Scarlett, he shows a more tender side. He's not perfect and makes mistakes, but he's a complex and interesting character. One of the movie's main themes is the resilience of the human spirit. We see the characters face incredible challenges and tragedies, but they find ways to adapt and survive, even when it seems impossible. Another theme is the impact of war on society and relationships. The Civil War serves as a backdrop for the story, highlighting how it changed the South forever.  The movie can be a good starting point to learn more about the Civil War period.  However, it's important to remember that the movie is a work of fiction, not a completely accurate depiction of history. Overall, "Gone with the Wind" is a fantastic movie I highly recommend. After you watch the movie, I would love to hear your thoughts and feedback.   Get the transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
5/4/202312 minutes, 20 seconds
Episode Artwork

#249 Zoom Business Meetings in English

Do you get nervous when you need to speak English over Zoom? Don't worry because in this episode you'll discover how to engage in a business meeting over Zoom. In the second part of this episode, you’ll learn grammar in context with a point-of-view story. Okay! Let’s start! I'm not sure if you're good with technology, but as you know, over the past few years, many companies have adopted Zoom for work purposes. Therefore, you're probably already familiar with this app. And you may have noticed that whenever we connect to Zoom, technical problems tend to arise. Sometimes it's you, and other times a team member. However, today, let's focus on some useful phrases that can make our work-related Zoom conversations more effective. To help you feel more confident and prepared, I have put together an example conversation on Zoom. Participants: John (the host), Mary, Sarah, and Mark. John: Good morning, everyone. Can you hear and see me okay? Mary: Yes, John, we can hear and see you clearly. John: Great! Then let's get started. So, the first point on our agenda is the new marketing campaign. Sarah, would you like to start? Sarah: Sure, John. I want to add something before we begin, though. We should also discuss our target audience and their preferences. John: That's a good point, Sarah. Let's add that to our discussion. Mary: Sorry, Sarah, I didn't catch that. Could you repeat what you just said? Sarah: Of course, Mary. I mentioned that we should also discuss our target audience and their preferences. Mary: Thanks, Sarah. John: Alright, let's move on to the next point. Mark, please update us on the sales figures. Mark: Sure, John. Our sales figures have been improving steadily, but we need to focus on our marketing strategies to reach our targets. John: That's clear, Mark. Thanks for the update. Let's discuss the next point on our agenda. Mary, please summarize the progress on the new project. Mary: Sure, John. To sum up, we have completed the initial design phase and are now moving onto the development stage. John: Great work, Mary. Thank you. Does anyone have any questions or comments before we wrap up? (Everyone remains silent.) John: Okay, I’ll see you next week then! Bye! Bye! Mary: Thank you, John. See you next week! Mark: See you soon! Sarah: Bye! Bye! (Zoom call ends)   Get the full transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
4/27/202310 minutes, 37 seconds
Episode Artwork

#248 Obtaining a Green Card: Becoming a U.S. Permanent Resident

Are you interested in becoming a permanent resident of the U.S.? Today I will discuss how to obtain a Permanent Resident Card, commonly called a green card. This document allows you to live and work in the U.S. indefinitely. And with a mini-story, you will practice your speaking skills. Hi there! I'm Georgiana, your English teacher. Thanks for joining me for a new episode. My mission is to help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. And, if you want to help me, it's very simple, just share the podcast with your friends. That would mean a lot. Thanks! Before we begin, I suggest you get the transcript from my website. SpeakEnglishPodcast.com Okay! Let’s start! A "green card" is a plastic card with the individual's biographic information, photo, fingerprint, and expiration date issued by U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services. The card once called the "green card" has kept its nickname, even though it is now yellowish and has a barcode on the back. The Permanent Resident Card is valid for ten years and must be renewed. However, the cardholder's status as a "permanent resident" remains valid unless the status is abandoned or revoked by the U.S. government. Becoming a permanent resident gives you the right to live in the U.S. permanently, work in any legal job you are qualified for, be protected by all U.S., state, and local laws, and vote in local elections that don't require U.S. citizenship. There are several other ways of obtaining it, but the most common way to get the Permanent Resident Card is through family sponsorship. If you have a U.S. citizen relative, they can submit a petition to the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) on your behalf. The petition must be accepted before you can apply for the card. Another common way to get a green card is through a job offer. An American employer can file a petition to the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) in your favor if they can prove that no other qualified American workers can fulfill the role and that you are the best fit for the job. As you can see, obtaining a green card can be a long and complex process. That’s why it’s important to consult an immigration lawyer to understand the steps and see if you are eligible. With the proper guidance, you can make your dream of living and working in the U.S. a reality.   Get the full text on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
4/20/202313 minutes, 13 seconds
Episode Artwork

#247 How to Negotiate in English When Traveling?

Transcript: Today, we will talk about how to negotiate when buying something while traveling. With a mini-story, you can improve your fluency by engaging in a conversation. It's like talking to another person in English. Hi there! I'm Georgiana, your English teacher. Thanks for joining me for a new episode. My mission is to help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. And, if you want to help me, it's very simple, just share the podcast with your friends. That would mean a lot. Thanks! Before we start, get the transcript on my website: https://SpeakEnglishPodcast.com To get the most out of the podcast and improve your fluency, I strongly suggest listening to each episode several times, if possible, on different days to better understand the material. Okay! Let's start! When you travel to a foreign country, knowing how to negotiate the price when shopping is essential. Here are some tips to help you get the best deal: 1. Do your research  Before you start bargaining, do your research. If haggling is a custom in the country you're visiting, look up the item you want to buy to know what a good deal is. 2. Start low and work your way up - Make an offer lower than what you're willing to pay, then work your way up to a price you're both comfortable with.  This strategy may help you to get the best possible deal, as the seller may be more likely to negotiate with you if you start low. 3. Make a counteroffer  Making a counteroffer means making a different offer than the one you initially presented. 4. Know when to walk away - Don't feel pressured to buy something if it's more than you are willing to pay. 5. Pay cash - To get the greatest discount, it's best to pay cash.   Get the full transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
4/13/202313 minutes, 25 seconds
Episode Artwork

#246 Easter 2023 in the US and Australia

Today we will learn how Easter is celebrated in the United States and Australia. We will hear Tom and Sarah's conversation about their plans for Easter this year. And with a point-of-view story, you will learn grammar in context without memorizing boring rules. Hi! Thanks for joining me for another episode of the podcast. I'm Georgiana, and my mission is to help you improve your fluency. If you want to support me, please share the podcast with your friends and family. It would mean a great deal to me. Thank you! Okay! Let’s start! Tom, from the United States, and Sarah, from Australia, were catching up on a video call before the Easter holiday. As they started chatting, they quickly realized they had different traditions and plans for celebrating the holiday. Let's listen to their conversation: Tom: Hey, Sarah! Happy Easter! Sarah: Happy Easter to you too, Tom! I hope you're doing well. Tom: Yes, I'm doing great. So, what are your plans for Easter this year? Sarah: I plan to attend church and celebrate Easter with my family. We usually have a big Easter dinner and spend time together. Tom: That sounds lovely. I'm also planning to celebrate Easter with my family. We usually have an Easter egg hunt and decorate Easter eggs. Sarah: Oh, that's a great tradition. We also decorate Easter eggs but don't have an egg hunt. Tom: That's interesting. Every family has their own traditions. Sarah: Definitely. What other traditions do you have for Easter? Tom: We usually go to church and have a big Easter brunch. We also exchange Easter baskets filled with candy and small gifts. Sarah: That sounds like so much fun. We don't exchange Easter baskets but give each other Easter cards. Tom: That's sweet. Do you have any special Easter foods that you eat? Sarah: Yes, we usually have ham, deviled eggs, and hot cross buns. Tom: That sounds delicious. My family has roasted lamb, mashed potatoes, and asparagus. Sarah: That sounds amazing. It's interesting to see how different cultures celebrate the same holiday.   Get the full transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
3/31/202310 minutes, 28 seconds
Episode Artwork

#245 The court of law in the USA -part 2

Today, let's keep talking about words related to trials. And to help you improve your English fluency, I have created a fun mini-story. As usual, I will ask you many simple questions you must answer quickly. It's just like having a conversation with someone in real life. Okay! Let's start! #1 Expert witness An expert witness is someone who, in a trial, gives their professional and impartial opinion on a specific topic related to the trial. Sometimes they may prepare a report or testify. Example: The expert witness gave his professional opinion on the box. It was indeed an empty box of chocolate chip cookies. #2 Witness A witness is someone who has direct knowledge of the facts on trial. Witnesses are essential because they can help determine a defendant's guilt. For example, a witness can provide key information about the crime's circumstances and help confirm whether the defendant was present at the crime scene. Example: The witness testified with horror that he saw the defendant eating and tasting the last chocolate chip cookie in the box. #3 Cross-examination In trials, an attorney asks the defendant and others questions to find out more about what happened. For example, imagine this cross-examination between the prosecutor and the defendant: - So, why did you lick your fingers? - Because they were covered in chocolate. - There are no further questions, Your Honor. #4 Judge The judge is the most influential person in the courtroom. They preside over the trial and pass sentences. 'Your Honor' is a respectful form to address a judge. Example: The judge ruled that the defendant was guilty of eating the last cookie without sharing it with his friends.   Get the transcript on my website:  https://SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
3/23/202315 minutes, 56 seconds
Episode Artwork

Spring Offer 2023

Transcript: This week is a bit special because it is Spring Offer, and all my premium courses have a 60% discount. I've received several messages with questions about the courses. I will try to answer some frequently asked questions in this short episode. By the way, you can get the offer at: speakenglishpodcast.com/courses Hurry up because the offer is only available until this Sunday at midnight. Let's start with the most frequently asked question: 1) What is the difference between the podcast and the premium courses? That's a great question! In the podcast, I talk about very diverse topics to improve your vocabulary. It's a great listening practice.  I also give a small example of a lesson in each podcast episode. It can be a mini-story of questions and answers or a point of view. Because of time limitations, I can barely develop these lessons, yet they allow you to test the method that I use in my premium courses in an easy and fun way. Instead, the premium courses are complete programs designed to improve your spoken English dramatically. These are conversation courses. You start speaking from DAY ONE with the conversation simulator. They are audio lessons that "simulate" conversations. I call them Q&A mini-stories. Unlike the podcast, the premium courses contain hours and hours of questions and answers. Imagine for a moment a podcast episode multiplied by 100. Also, the courses allow you to work much better on grammar aspects such as the plural, singular, all kinds of verb tenses, and certain common expressions of English. All of this unfolds in an interactive way, following one or more stories that provide a rich and entertaining context. For example, the Fluency Course (level II) contains more than 8 hours of audio, thousands of questions and answers (mini-stories), and almost 200 pages of transcription text. Of course, there are also many point-of-view lessons that allow you to work very intensely on aspects of grammar. One rule I always follow is to create lessons with complex characters and funny stories with unexpected endings. That way, you'll never forget what you learn best and, of course, it's a lot more fun. Another question: 2) Can I use the premium courses on the iPhone, iPad, Android, and so on? Yes, of course. You can use them without problems. It is important to keep in mind that the courses are not apps. That is, you don't install them. It's much more flexible. The courses consist of mp3 audio and text (PDF). This is much simpler and prevents technical problems. Transferring the content to any device is quite easy. However, when you buy one of the courses, I send you detailed steps to know what to do. In any case, you can contact me by e-mail with any questions. 3) Is there a monthly payment for the premium courses? No, there is no such thing. They are yours for personal use and forever when you buy the courses. 4) How many premium courses are there, and what is the difference? There are currently four courses. I will describe them briefly: 1) 30-Day Crash Course (level 1): This course is for beginners with no knowledge of English. It is a course that works very well, and I am happy with the result because it helps a lot to start with English. In your case, I don't recommend it because if you are a follower of this podcast, you are no longer a beginner. 2) The Fluency Course (level 2):  The level of this course is a bit easier than this podcast, but there is almost no difference. This program will help you automate the most common structures when speaking. It consists of 20 units with 20 unique and fun stories. I recommend this course if you're trying to stop mentally translating when you speak English, even with relatively easy expressions.   3) The Magic Course (level 3): This course is very ambitious because it goes one step beyond the Fluency Course. The aim is to practice all the verb tenses in the context of a long and well-developed story. There is plenty of vocabulary, and grammar points are very useful. When you finish this course, you will have an advanced level of English. 4) The Business Course (Job Interview Course) With this course, you will master the 30 most common questions asked at a job interview, learn specific vocabulary, and when to use it. You will get examples of how to answer the questions. And the exclusive mini-stories will help you speak English more confidently at a job interview. 5) Georgiana, what if I don't like them or I don't adapt to the courses? That's all right. If during the first 30 days, you are not convinced by the program, you can request a refund without any problem. 6) Are there any free samples of the courses? Yes, of course. You can get some samples at: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/samples Very well, I think I have answered the most frequently asked questions. I hope you found this helpful. Remember that you can benefit from the Spring offer promotion at: speakenglishpodcast.com/courses If your goal is to improve your fluency, my courses can really help you. I repeat for the last time: speakenglishpodcast.com/courses Only until this Sunday at midnight. All right. That's all for today. I will see you next week! Bye! Bye!  
3/14/20238 minutes, 51 seconds
Episode Artwork

#244 The court of Law in the USA —Part 1

"Now that I’m all by myself, I’m going to indulge in this last cookie. I don’t think anyone will notice!” Today I’ll explain some words related to trials. While I’m hoping you’ll never have to use these words in real life, becoming familiar with this language will help you better grasp the subject and engage in conversation on the topic. Come on, let’s start! #1 The Accused or Defendant The person who is accused of breaking the law is called the accused or defendant. They have the right to tell their side of the story and present evidence to the judge.  For example: The police arrested the defendant. He is accused of having eaten the last cookie in the box. #2 Courtroom A courtroom is a place where legal cases are heard and decided. People go there when they are accused of doing something illegal or have a disagreement that needs to be settled by a judge or jury. Example: The trial of the defendant will take place in the courtroom. Okay, next word: #3 Crime A crime is an act or omission against the law punishable by a fine, imprisonment, or both. For example, stealing is a crime.  Example: – I just committed a crime! – What crime did you commit?  – I ate the last cookie without sharing – that’s an unforgivable crime! In this case, legally, it would not be a crime, but it is unforgivable to eat the last cookie without sharing it! #4 Accomplice An accomplice is a person who helps another to commit a crime or offense. There could be more than one person helping with the crime. Example: – I can’t believe we did this. – Me neither. But no one saw how we ate the cookie. Now we are accomplices. #5 Lawyer or attorney What’s the difference between a lawyer and an attorney? What is a lawyer? A lawyer is someone who has been educated in the law and has completed law school. They can provide legal advice, but cannot represent clients in court because they still need to pass the bar exam. What is an attorney? An attorney has graduated from law school and passed the bar exam in their state of practice; therefore, they can represent clients in court. Let me tell you a joke about lawyers: – Good morning, How much do you charge for a quick consultation? – 500 dollars for three questions. -Wow, isn’t that a bit expensive? – Yes. And what is your third question? #6 Presumption of innocence This is important. The presumption of innocence means we should consider the defendant innocent until proven guilty in a court of law. One example: The judge reminded the audience that the presumption of innocence must always be maintained. It hasn’t been determined if the accused ate the last cookie in the box.   Get the transcript on my website: http://speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
3/9/202311 minutes, 31 seconds
Episode Artwork

#243 How to get a visa to enter the US?

Are you planning a trip to the U.S.? In that case, this episode is for you because I will talk about how to get a visa to enter the United States of America. And with a point-of-view story, you will learn grammar in context without memorizing any boring rules. Hi! I'm Georgiana, your English teacher. Thanks for joining me for a new episode of the Speak English Now podcast. If you want to help, please share the podcast on social media. That would mean a lot. Thanks! Before we start, visit my website: Speakenglishpodcast.com, and subscribe to my FREE mini-course. Over the next five days, you will discover the 5 secrets to speaking English fluently. Okay, let's start! If you’re planning to visit the U. S., you must first obtain a visa. And even if the process can be complicated and time-consuming, you still need a visa to enter the U.S. Therefore, it is essential to understand the different types of visas and the information you need to provide.  For today's episode, I have put together some general tips about getting a visa to enter the U.S. First, you must determine which type of visa you require. Depending on your purpose for visiting, you may need a business or a tourist visa. Once you have determined the type of visa you need, you will gather the necessary documents. These may include proof of identity, evidence of financial stability, and a letter of invitation from a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. After all the necessary documents, you must fill out the visa application form and submit it to the U.S. Embassy or Consulate in your home country. This form requires personal information, such as your name, date of birth, address, and additional information related to your trip. After applying, you'll schedule an in-person interview with a consular officer. You will likely need to provide additional information about your trip and answer questions about your eligibility for a visa. Once your visa application is approved, you will receive the document with an expiration date. It is vital to keep track of the expiration date of your visa, as staying within the timeline of your visa is essential. Otherwise, you may be required to apply for a new one. Read the TEXT on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
3/2/202310 minutes, 2 seconds
Episode Artwork

#242 Private Healthcare in the U.S. and Others

Healthcare insurance in the U.S. has a long history. However, the earliest forms of healthcare insurance in the U.S. were largely private plans that covered hospital and medical care for individuals or employers.  Today, most Americans obtain health insurance through their employers or government plans such as Medicare and Medicaid. In today's episode, I will start by talking about the private healthcare system. Private care in the U.S. allows individuals to purchase health insurance coverage from private companies instead of relying on public insurance sources like Medicaid or Medicare.  Most private health insurance plans are offered through employers and are known as employer-sponsored health insurance.   Private health insurance usually covers a wide range of healthcare services, such as doctor visits, prescriptions, mental health care, hospitalization, and emergency care. Depending on the plan, private health insurance might include coverage for vision and dental care, alternative medicine, and other services. These plans can vary significantly in cost and coverage, from basic plans that cover essential services like doctor visits and prescription drugs to more comprehensive plans that can cover costly treatments like surgery.    Other options In addition to health insurance, there are several other options for accessing healthcare. You can access healthcare through community health centers or free or low-cost clinics if  uninsured.    Health Marketplace For instance, the Health Marketplace is a resource where people can shop for and purchase health insurance coverage. It provides access to various health insurance plans, including private and Medicaid and the Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP). It also provides information about subsidies and tax credits that can help reduce the cost of premiums.   Get the transcript on my website:SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
2/23/202314 minutes, 57 seconds
Episode Artwork

#241 The Public Healthcare System in The U.S.

Transcript: Are you curious about how the healthcare system works in the U.S.? In this episode, I will explain the basics of the American healthcare system. There is not one universal system, but a range of public and private insurance options. I will lay out how these plans work so that you can gain a better understanding. And yes. Contrary to what some people assume, public health care exists in the USA. There are several public systems, both federal and state. All Americans must have health insurance or face a federal offense. Therefore, everyone should be properly insured. If someone is unemployed, they may be eligible for federal or state public insurance programs to help them access the necessary health care services. Let’s find out more about public health in the U.S. In 1965, the federal government created Medicare and Medicaid, which provided health coverage to the elders and the poorest segments of the population. What are Medicare and Medicaid? Medicare is a federal health insurance program primarily available to people 65 or older, certain younger people with disabilities, or people with End-Stage Renal Disease. Medicaid offers health insurance to countless Americans, such as eligible low-income adults, children, pregnant women, senior citizens, and people with disabilities. States must follow federal rules while running the program, which is funded by both state and federal money. Other programs, such as the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP), is a federal-state partnership program administered by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Children’s Health Insurance Program provides health insurance coverage to low-income children and pregnant women who do not qualify for Medicaid but cannot afford private health insurance. I hope you found this episode interesting. In the next one, I will continue talking about healthcare in the U.S. [END OF THE EXTRACT]   Get the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
2/16/202310 minutes, 15 seconds
Episode Artwork

#240 Paradox in English and Speaking Practice

Transcript Do you like paradoxes? Today I will talk about the paradox of the magic bill, which has gone viral on social media.  Ok, let’s start! A paradox is a fact, expression, or story that seems contrary to logic. I invite you to listen to this paradox and then assume the solution. Pay attention! A tourist arrives at a hotel. He is very picky about the rooms, so he asks the receptionist if he can see them first. The receptionist agrees but asks the tourist to leave $100 at the front desk. The tourist leaves a $100 bill and goes upstairs to look at the vacant rooms to see if he likes any of them. The hotel manager then takes this bill and goes to the butcher shop to pay a $100 debt to the butcher. The butcher goes to the bakery to pay the $100 debt he owes the baker and does so with the same $100 bill. The baker, in turn, takes the bill and pays his debt to his doctor with the same bill. Finally, the doctor returns to the hotel and pays a $100 debt he owes to the hotel manager. At that point, the tourist returns and tells the desk clerk that he does not want to stay at the hotel. He takes his $100 bill and leaves. The apparent paradox is that before the tourist arrived, the manager, the butcher, the baker, and the doctor owed $100. When the tourist recovers the $100 bill, the tourist, the manager, the butcher, the baker, and the doctor no longer owe anything. No one owes anything to anyone. No one has worked or produced anything, and no one has lost a single dollar. Get the full transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
2/9/202312 minutes, 57 seconds
Episode Artwork

#239 Fluency and Correction when Speaking English

Today, I'd like to take a closer look at a common issue faced by many learners of English: the proper usage of various verb tenses, as well as the potential mistakes they can make. First, you should bear in mind that native speakers tend to use fewer verb tenses when speaking compared to when they are writing. In other words, spoken language is more direct and simple. And that's good news!  So, why does this happen?  We can consider how to articulate our ideas best, select suitable grammar structures, and more when writing. However, when speaking, there is no time to think about how to construct a sentence. Secondly, when learning a language, there is often a conflict between two components. These two elements are fluency and self-correction. By fluency, I mean the ability to produce the language with few pauses, and by self-correction, I mean the perception that what you are saying may be wrong, and consequently, you self-correct. To illustrate this point, let's assume that Tom is an English learner with a low level of fluency. Tom has to make a significant effort to find the right words, finish sentences, and so on. He is probably mentally translating from his native language to English and the other way around. While Tom is in a conversation, struggling to finish sentences, the last thing Tom can think about is whether he is making any grammar errors. It's hard enough trying to keep the conversation going. If Tom wants to reduce the number of errors, he will need to pause frequently for several seconds to ponder the best way to express himself. Even so, he will make mistakes. This last scenario is quite common in traditional language schools. Teachers often require students to speak from the beginning without errors, even if they can barely articulate sentences. Consequently, this hinders fluency, preventing students from relaxing and enjoying basic conversations. So, what is the solution? The key is to follow the natural process of language acquisition. First, you need to listen many times to the same language patterns so that they become automatic in your mind. This way, you can gradually focus on making fewer mistakes. That’s why I often insist you should be listening to simple content repeatedly. Read the transcript here:SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
2/2/202310 minutes, 42 seconds
Episode Artwork

#238 English Idioms for the New Year - part2

Transcript: Every January is the same. Everyone wants to improve their lifestyle. So, let’s continue learning some new year expressions in English. Let's start! #1 Today is the first day of the rest of your life. People often use this phrase to express that every day is an opportunity to start over and make the most of life. It encourages people to make the most of each day and appreciate the present moment. Examples: "Don’t look back; look forward! Today is the first day of the rest of your life. " "Regardless of what happened yesterday, you can always start anew today. Remember, Today is the first day of the rest of your life!" #2 To give it my best shot. Giving your best means doing the best you can in a given situation. It implies that you will try your best and strive your best to achieve success. Examples: "I’ll give my best shot to get through this job interview and show them why I'm the perfect candidate." "Next month, I will run my first marathon and give my best shot." #3 To tighten [one’s] belt. To forget previous debts or mistakes and be given a new chance to succeed. Examples: "You must tighten your belt this month if you want to stay on budget." "I’m trying to save money, so I will have to tighten my belt and cut back on unnecessary spending." #4 to bury the hatchet. To bury the hatchet means to forgive and forget past differences, usually between two people, and end a disagreement. Examples: "After weeks of disagreement, the team decided to bury the hatchet and work together as one." "After months of arguing, we finally decided to bury the hatchet and make amends." #5 To shake things up a bit. It means to do something different or unexpected to change the situation. It can be used when you want to try something new or exciting or to make a change. Examples: "We've been using the same methods for years; it’s time to shake things up a bit and try something new." "Let's shake things up a bit and take a different approach to this project." #6 To mend your ways. We use this expression to encourage people to change their behavior or habits to become better. It is a way of prompting someone to take responsibility for their actions and strive to make positive changes in their life. Examples: "If you want to turn your life around, you must mend your ways." "You must take steps to mend your ways if you want to improve." #7 To go cold turkey. To go cold turkey is to abruptly stop an addictive behavior or substance, such as smoking or drinking alcohol. Examples: "After years of smoking, Tom decided to go cold turkey and quit entirely." "The best way to give up sugar is to go cold turkey and cut it out of your diet completely."   Get the transcript of this episode at: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
1/26/202314 minutes, 48 seconds
Episode Artwork

#237 Talking about Pets in English

Transcript: Today we will talk about pets in the United States. And with a fun mini-story, you will practice your English speaking. I’m sure you’re going to enjoy answering many questions in English. It’s like having a conversation with another person. Hi, I’m Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com, and I’m back again to help you speak English fluently. So, how can you help me? It’s really simple. Please share the podcast with your friends on social media. That would make me very happy! Before we start, subscribe to my free mini-course on my website: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com [With my free mini-course, you will learn: How to accumulate vocabulary, how to learn grammar, how to learn deeply and not forget, how to speak automatically, and how to stay motivated.] Okay! Let’s start! Nowadays, more and more people are adopting animals, and pet ownership in the States is on the rise. I had a dog some time ago, which was a beautiful experience. The connection between a dog and its owner is always special, especially when you take them for a walk. A dog needs to go for long walks to be able to connect with you. Some assume you must give them their favorite treat to win them over. But that link happens when you take them out for a walk. There are few things like the unconditional love of a dog. It’s a unique feeling when you come home after a stressful day and know that your dog is waiting for you, always happy to welcome you. In America, dogs are the favorite pet. Almost 40% of households have at least one dog as a pet. However, before adopting one, you should keep in mind that it requires training, daily walks, etc. In addition, owning a dog in the States is costly. Dog owners spend more than $1,000 yearly on vet check-ups, medications, and medical supplies. But as I was saying, the relationship with a dog is rewarding. And if you haven’t had a positive experience with your dog, it’s probably due to a lack of understanding. The first time you adopt a dog, you learn on the fly how to handle it. In any case, I encourage you to try again. But if you are not yet ready for this, I totally understand. Because although I have been fortunate with my dog because he was really sweet and obedient, I am not yet considering adopting another one. Now you may wonder which is better: buying or adopting a dog? Although there is nothing wrong with either option, adopted animals seem to be very grateful. And since I’ve never had a cat, I can’t speak much from personal experience, but I have some friends who adopted a cat a few months ago, and they are delighted with the furry animal. Besides, cats require much less maintenance because they are more independent. Even so, a cat is still a great companion. In the States, cats are the second most preferred pet, and unlike dogs, cats don’t need daily walks and are happy to entertain themselves. Okay, now we know a little more about pets. And you, do you have a pet at home? You can send me a picture of your pet if you want. [END OF THE EXTRACT]   Get the transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
1/19/202313 minutes, 7 seconds
Episode Artwork

#236 English Idioms for the New Year (part1)

Hi! I'm Georgiana, your English teacher. Thank you for joining me for another episode.  If you want to help, please share the podcast on social media. That would mean a lot. Thanks! I hope you are doing great! The New Year is the perfect time for new beginnings and the perfect time to learn some idioms in English for the new year.  You will also learn grammar with a point-of-view lesson without memorizing boring rules. Before we start, visit my website: Speakenglishpodcast.com and subscribe to my mini-course - it's completely free! Ok, let's start! #1 To kick off the new year To kick off the new year means to start a new year. Examples: "Let's kick off the new year with a positive attitude." "The best way to kick off the year is to be surrounded by friends and family. #2 To turn over a new leaf It means to start acting or behaving better or more responsibly. Examples:  "Since I moved to New York, my life has completely changed. I can say that I have turned over a new leaf." "You always promise to turn over a new leaf if I give you another chance. But you've proven to me time and time again that you'll never change." #3 To start with a clean sheet When we start with a clean sheet, we forget previous debts or mistakes and are given a new chance to succeed at something. Examples: "I'm afraid we've started on the wrong foot. Why don't we start with a clean sheet?" "Although you have put a lot of effort into this new project, it is a disaster. Therefore, we will have to hire someone else and start with a clean sheet. #4 Out with the old and in with the new Out with the old, in with the new means it is good to replace old things with new ones, to leave old things or ideas behind and bring in new ones. Examples:  "I need to get a new jacket because this one is out of fashion. Out with the old, in with the new!" "My cell phone is ancient. I can't even take pictures with it. I need to buy a new one, so out with the old, in with the new!" #5 Ring in the New Year To ring in the new year means celebrating the beginning of a new year, usually with a party or formal dinner. Examples:  "My friends rang in the new year with a party at their parent's house." "I am very happy because we will ring in the new year in New York." #6 To kick the habit One of our New Year's resolutions is to quit a bad habit. Many want to quit smoking; others want to stop eating too many sweets, etc. Examples: "My husband tried to kick the habit last year, but he loves to eat." "This new year, I want to kick the habit of smoking." #7 Stick to something But if you want to kick the habit, you must stick to your New Year plan without deviating. Examples: "My friend started a diet for the new year, but I'm afraid she won't be able to stick to it." "Your suggestion didn't work out, so we must stick to the initial plan." Get the transcript at: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
1/12/202311 minutes, 44 seconds
Episode Artwork

#235 New Year’s Resolutions 2023

Hi, everybody! I’m Georgiana, founder of speakenglishpodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier when you use the right material and techniques. In this episode, let's take a look at the most common New Year's resolutions. Then you will practice your English fluency with a mini-story. Alright! Let’s start! By the way, if you are new here, visit my website to get the transcript of today's episode. Go to: speakenglishpodcast.com If you're already familiar with this show, please share it with your friends and family. That would make me very happy! Tell your friends that my podcast is available everywhere on the internet. You can find it on my website and many podcast apps like Spotify, iTunes, Youtube, Facebook, Soundcloud, etc. Just look for "Speak English Now with Georgiana," and start learning English with me!" Well, first of all... Happy New Year! How time flies! A new year has just begun. It’s curious how the passage of time is perceived according to age. Young people don't think much about it. Middle-aged people think about the things they still want to achieve and realize that they have less and less time. Older people, on the other hand, remember the old days. Don't worry; I won't get too philosophical in this lesson.  :) I’ll go ahead and talk about New Year's resolutions. As you know, when a new year comes, we all feel like doing a lot of things. Also, we feel a bit guilty for having celebrated a little too much at Christmas. Therefore, in this episode, we will take a look at the most popular New Year's resolutions and practice new vocabulary. And what’s a resolution? A resolution is a firm decision to do something.   My new’s year resolution is to use highly proven techniques, based on the natural learning of a second language, to help my students to speak English automatically.  Losing weight or going on a diet. This resolution is a classic. After all the meals and alcoholic beverages, we decide to lose weight. Usually, this decision is made after a very generous meal. We are on a full stomach and solemnly decide that we are going to lose weight and that we are going on a diet. Going to the gym Another classic! It's funny how many people are paying their gym fee every month but never go. Sounds familiar?  Then now it's the perfect excuse to start exercising. A friend of mine told me in October that he wasn't going to the gym, but that he would certainly start going in January. :) If you ever go to the gym at the beginning of the year, you'll see a lot of people working out — everyone with a lot of determination. The problem is that in February there are half as many people exercising. Sometimes the New Year's resolution for exercising includes an ambitious goal, such as running a marathon. The important thing is to finish the race so don’t obsess about timing. For some time, I was aiming to run a marathon. About four years ago, I ran a half-marathon and noticed that running a marathon was a reasonable goal. Then I changed my mind because the training I needed was too intense for my knees. Now I'm taking it slower and alternating between different sports. Quit Smoking Quitting smoking is a hard thing to do. Many people try to quit smoking and start a healthier life at the beginning of a new year. Luckily I’m not a smoker, but I always wish them all the best. So, we have the health trio: dieting, going to the gym and quitting smoking. Many try, very few succeed. Read more books It’s always a great idea to read. You can learn many things. I know people who haven't read an entire book since high school. I also know others who read a lot. A good New Year's resolution is to read more. I suppose, to be successful, you need to start with a book you like. Learn a new language I particularly like this resolution. As you already know, it’s extremely important to have the right materials and use the right techniques. Just going to a language school isn’t enough. I firmly believe that if you are an adult, you can learn by yourself from home. Since we are very busy and don't have much time, we need a system that fits our lifestyle, not the other way around. With a little consistency, you can get amazing results!   Saving money During the Christmas holidays, it’s very common to spend more money than usual, perhaps too much. With the festive spirit, it’s normal to spend and spend and shortly after, at the beginning of the new year, to want to save money. Travel Also, a classic. I remember two years ago that I traveled to five different countries. However, the following year I got tired and didn't travel anywhere. Maybe too much of something can become tiring. Traveling is a good goal, but first, you have to meet the previous goal: to save some money. I read once that a very high percentage of New Year's resolutions are not met in the first three weeks of January. Those same resolutions are reformulated a year later, after the Christmas holidays, in January. It's a kind of deja vu :) My experience in these cases tells me that: - It’s better to focus on objectives per quarter than per year. So, we can be much more realistic because we know we only have three months to accomplish them. - Writing objectives is also important. There is a technique that consists of writing your goals on a piece of paper and putting them in the bathroom mirror or on the fridge. Like this, you can see them every day. - It's also important to be precise about your goals or purposes. This year I’d like to read more books, exercise more than last year and to travel more. How about you? Let me know what your new year’s resolutions are. Read the transcript on my website: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
1/5/202315 minutes, 57 seconds
Episode Artwork

#234 Christmas Markets in New York 2022

Transcript: Merry Christmas, everyone! I’m Georgiana, your English teacher, and my mission is to help you speak English fluently. And if you want to help me, share the podcast with your friends and family. Ah! It’s almost Christmas!!! And today, I will talk about Christmas Markets in New York. And with a fun mini-story, you will improve your speaking. If you need to give something special for Christmas, consider buying my Premium courses. Visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/courses and get my English programs at an exceptional price. Ok! Let’s talk about Christmas markets in New York. What are you planning to do at Christmas? I recommend you fly to NYC because the best Christmas markets are here. New York’s holiday markets often include ice skating, twinkling lights, great food vendors, and fun holiday activities. Plus, you can make your Christmas shopping a positive and relaxing experience.  Bryant Park’s Winter Village You could start by visiting Bryant Park’s Winter Village. One of the highlights of this market is the 17,000-square-foot ice skating rink, which is free to use if you bring your skates. FAD Market And after ice skating, you could visit the FAD Market. Each season, the FAD market – which stands for Fashion, Art, and Design – takes over a different Brooklyn venue with a bunch of independent vendors and creators. Here you’ll find New York City’s emerging brands, designers, and small businesses offering a curated selection of handmade jewelry, clothing, skincare, tableware, and much more. Columbus Circle Holiday Market And after all this activity, you should go to the Columbus Circle Holiday Market, which is one of the most iconic holiday markets. The uptown counterpart to the Union Square Holiday Market offers shoppers a feast for the eyes and the stomach. Are you having fun? Let’s practice speaking with a fun mini-story. Mini-Story 📖(Practice your speaking) Mini stories are excellent for improving fluency. The goal is to answer without mentally translating it into your native language. That’s why I recommend short and quick answers. You can pause if necessary. Come on, let’s get started! After listening to Georgiana’s podcast, Tom traveled to New York to explore the Christmas markets. What did Tom do for Christmas? Stay at home? No. No. Tom didn’t stay at home. He traveled for Christmas. Where did Tom go? To Hawaii? No. Tom went to New York. He didn’t travel to Hawaii. Why did he travel to New York? For business purposes? No. Not for business purposes. He traveled to New York to explore the Christmas markets. Christmas shops or markets? Christmas markets. Tom traveled to New York to explore the Christmas markets.  Did Tom travel to New York with his mom? No. No. Not with his mom. Tom traveled to New York alone. Tom went ice skating at Bryant Park’s Winter Village and ate some delicious local treats at the Columbus Circle Holiday Market. Tom went roller skating. Right? No. No. Tom went ice skating. Where did he go ice skating? Finland? No. No. He didn’t go ice skating in Finland. He went ice skating in New York at Bryant Park’s Winter Village. Did Tom eat anything?  Yes. He ate something. What exactly did he eat? Can you remember? Yes. He ate some delicious local treats at the Columbus Circle Holiday Market. After a few hours, he rested on a park bench. Next to him, there was a girl named Elsa, and they began to have a lively conversation.  What did Tom do after some hours? Rest or play tennis? Tom didn’t play tennis. After a few hours, Tom rested on a park bench. Was there someone next to him? Yes. Next to Tom, there was a girl. What was her name? Elsa. Her name was Elsa.  Elsa? As in Elsa from Frozen? Exactly. Her name was Elsa. Just like the princess from Frozen. Was Elsa an actual princess? Well, we don’t know that. We know she was sitting next to Tom in New York. It turned out that Elsa also traveled to New York after listening to Georgiana’s podcast. What a coincidence! Why did Elsa travel to New York? Because Georgiana told her students to explore the Christmas Markets in New York. When did Elsa travel to New York? Before or after listening to the podcast? After Elsa listened to the Speak English Now podcast, she traveled to New York. Not before. Was it coincidentally that Elsa and Tom traveled to New York after listening to the podcast? Yes, it was an amazing coincidence. But the shocking part was that they met in New York.  As they rose from the bench, Elsa grabbed Tom's hand. He smiled shyly.   Did Elsa give Tom a rose? No. No. Elsa didn't give Tom a rose. They rose from the bench. Who grabbed Tom's hand? Santa? Elsa. Elsa grabbed Tom's hand. Not Santa. Did Tom get angry? No. No. He didn't get angry. He smiled. He smiled shyly when Elsa grabbed his hand. Was Tom shy or bold? Shy. Tom was shy. He wasn't bold. Tom smiled shyly. Tom and Elsa had one wish for Christmas: to encounter someone to love. Who had a wish for Christmas? Elsa and Tom. They had a wish for Christmas. What kind of wish? Did they have the same wish? Yes. They both wanted to encounter someone to love. Ok! That’s the end of this Christmas story. I hope you enjoyed practicing your speaking. And, if you need to give something special for Christmas, consider buying my Premium courses. Visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/courses and get my English programs at an exceptional price. Merry Christmas and a Happy New Year!
12/22/202212 minutes, 43 seconds
Episode Artwork

#233 Money expressions in English part#2

Today we continue talking about money in English. You will learn new expressions, and I’ll give you some advice on how to save money. And with a fun mini-story, you will improve your English fluency. It’s like having a conversation with another person in English. Hi, I’m Georgiana, your English teacher, and my mission is you help you Speak English fluently. And do you know how you can help me? You can share the podcast with your friends and family. That would mean a lot. Thanks:) Before we get started, get the transcript at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Ok. Let’s start! 1. Money doesn't grow on trees  We use this phrase to warn someone that money is a limited resource and should not be wasted.  Example:  "When I told my five-year-old son that I couldn't buy him a toy because "money doesn't grow on trees," he told me to use my credit card instead." 2. A penny saved is a penny earned  Although many families today live on credit, it is always wise to put some money aside. We use this expression to say that saving money is a good idea.  Example: "You should always put some money aside. My grandma used to say that a penny saved is a penny earned." 3. Flat broke  And if you never save and spend all your money, you become flat broke. Example:  "It's been two years since I lost my job. Now I'm looking for one because I've spent all my money and I'm flat broke. " 4. Live from hand to mouth  This idiom means having only enough money to live on, not having money to spare or save any money. Example:  "I have bad news. I'm afraid we will have to live from hand to mouth until the end of the year. " 5. Save for a rainy day  I said before that it is always a good idea to save some money. And this English expression means to save money for when you need it.  Example:  "Last winter, the boiler broke down. Thankfully, we saved for a rainy day. " 6. Daylight robbery  If you really want to save money, you should compare prices and avoid shopping where prices are too high. This idiom means that something is costly. It can be an exorbitant fee for a product or service.  Example:  "I never buy anything from this store. The prices here are a daylight robbery."   Read the full transcript at: SpeakEnglishpodcast.com/podcast
12/15/202214 minutes, 49 seconds
Episode Artwork

#232 Money idioms in English - Part 1

Hi! I’m Georgiana, your English teacher. Thank you for joining me for another episode. Today you will learn new idioms in English with MONEY. I will teach you some English expressions related to money. And with a point-of-view story, you will learn grammar without memorizing any boring rules. And if you want complete programs with hours of audio designed to develop your fluency, don't think twice. Visit Speakenglishpodcast.com/courses/ There are several levels. Ok! Let's start! Depending on the culture, people talk about money or get really uncomfortable when someone brings up this subject. However, everybody needs money nowadays, so today, we will learn expressions about money because "money makes the world go round." When something "makes the world go round," it is extremely important. But not only money makes the world go round; love also makes the world go round. However, love without money can get really complicated sometimes. Anyway, I'm digressing. Today, I'd like you to learn some English expressions about money. Let’s start! #1. Bring Home the Bacon  You may be thinking I'm hungry. But although this expression may seem unusual, we use it to talk about money. It means earning money so that a family can get by.  Example:  "I have to work day and night to support my family. Someone's got to bring home the bacon." #2. Time is Money  We use this expression to emphasize that you should use your time wisely because you could use it to earn money. Example: "I've been waiting for the delivery guy all day, but I can't sit around any longer. Time is money." #3. Break the Bank  There is no need to break anything. We use this expression to say that something costs too much money. Example: “That coat is way too expensive. It will break the bank!” #4. Quick Buck (Fast Buck) These expressions refer to money earned easily or quickly and, on some occasions, may indicate that someone wants to earn money dishonestly. Example: “You can make a quick buck by selling your coin collection.” #5. Bread and Butter  While bread and butter are delicious, we use this expression to indicate someone who depends on their job for a living. Example:  “I'm sorry I can't go shopping with you tomorrow. I can't miss work again, or I'll get fired, remember, it's my bread and butter!” #6. Money Talks  Obviously, this expression cannot be taken at face value. But it's pretty funny. We use it to talk about wealthy people that can get whatever they want because they have money. Example: "I was convinced that I had a high chance of being elected. However, my opponent has much more money than I do, and, as they say, money talks." #7. Born with a Silver Spoon in your Mouth  This expression means to be born to a wealthy family. Therefore, people born with a silver spoon in their mouths get everything they want. Example:  “My friend's parents always gave her everything she ever wanted. She was born with a silver spoon in her mouth. “ [END OF THE EXTRACT] Get the full transcript on my website: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
12/9/202212 minutes, 53 seconds
Episode Artwork

#231 Please avoid saying these things in English

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In this episode, let's look at some bad strategies and attitudes that don't quite work in conversation. I mean, like having awkward conversations. Next, you'll practice your fluency with a mini-story lesson—the best way to learn to speak English without translating mentally. All right, have you ever been with someone and not know what to talk about? It's happened to me sometimes. Every once in a while, we run into situations where it's difficult to continue the conversation. One example is what happens in an elevator. Imagine that you meet a neighbor you hardly know, and a typical dialogue ends up going like this: —Good morning. —Good morning. —Going down? —Yes. — ... — It's cold today, isn't it? — Yes, yes. It's going to be like this all week, they say... — ... As you can see, this conversation is not very intellectual. It's more about avoiding silence, which can be uncomfortable. This doesn't just happen in elevators but in all kinds of social interactions. I read recently that a silence of four seconds or more triggers anxiety. It doesn't get any better when you have to speak in a language you are learning. You have even fewer resources to express yourself. Today we are going to see which topics or strategies do not work well in conversations, especially with strangers.  The goal, I think, is to have a somewhat interesting conversation. Come on, let's move on to the first one: Talking about the weather Talking about the weather is not a bad thing, but if we only talk about it or any other obvious things, we are not going to make a good impression. Now I can think of a couple of situations where talking about the weather is an awful strategy. — A first date: Talking for 45 minutes about whether it's raining or hot or cold or windy isn't going to make you more attractive. — Job interview: Let's see...you don't know what to say...better not start commenting that it's a cold and foggy morning. However, there are also exceptions. If you have a date with someone who works in meteorology or your job interview is to work as a meteorologist... well, yes, of course, you have to talk about the weather, right? Let's see the next one: You don't listen. Yeah, I know it seems obvious, but... many people don't know how to listen, and it shows. When you really listen, you can find many ways to continue the conversation engagingly. Sometimes people just pretend to be listening. They repeat the last part of what you say in the form of a question.  For example: — When I was on vacation in Rome, it rained all week. — The whole week? — Yes, and we had to buy umbrellas. — Umbrellas? — Yes, and Bill Gates gave us all his money. — All his money? — Yeah... and you don't listen. — I don't listen? Well, you see what I mean, right? Let's continue. How to say it. It is not only important what to say, but how to say it. The most common mistakes are: — Talking too fast. Sometimes people need a slower pace to understand the message better. Not everyone is familiar with what you are saying. — Speak too softly. Shy people sometimes speak too softly and are hard to understand. — Speak without articulating well. Some people do not pronounce well, and it is difficult to follow what they say. It's better to speak clearly. — Speak without pausing. It is better to pause from time to time and observe how the other person reacts. Talk about something negative. Another mistake that some people make is to talk about a negative topic to strangers. I really don't recommend that. Talk about something boring. I don't think it's a good idea to talk for half an hour about what color you want to paint the bedroom wall. You have to know how to choose your topics. Basically, for you, it can be relevant, but not for the other person. Messing up There are many ways to mess things up, but a common one is to assume something is true when it is not. Let's look at some examples of messed-up conversations: The first one: — Congratulations! — Why? — Well, you're pregnant. How many months? — No, I'm not pregnant. Oops! The poor woman may have been a few pounds overweight. So, don't assume anything! The second one: — Ah, how beautiful your wife is and how young! — No, she's not my wife. She's my daughter. And she's a minor. Again... oops! It's better not to assume this kind of thing. In fact, the other way around is also wrong. — Ah, it's good you're coming with your mother. —She's not my mother. She's my wife. We also have to be careful with criticism. Especially when you do not know the type of relationship between the person you are talking to and the one you are criticizing. For example, if you're at a wedding: — Food is very scarce. Not much money has been spent. — What a pity! I'll tell my brother, who paid for everything. Get the transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
11/11/202215 minutes, 17 seconds
Episode Artwork

#230 
Irony, sarcasm, and cynicism. Differences.

- Did you know that most English learners know more grammar than the native speaker but can barely speak? - Is that so? Now that's pure irony.   Welcome to Speak English Now podcast, with your host, Georgiana. The podcast that will help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. Hi! I'm Georgiana. Thanks for joining me for a new Speak English Now podcast episode.  Today we have a very interesting topic: I'm going to talk about three concepts that are often confused: irony, sarcasm, and cynicism. - Next, you'll practice verb tenses with a short story about two kids who have a problem on a frozen lake. Okay, let's get started. Yes, many language learners indeed know more grammar than the average native speaker, yet they can barely speak fluently. That's why I recommend my mini-course, where you can understand how to develop your speech, among other things. Go now to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and sign up now. It's free! What is the difference between irony, sarcasm, and cynicism? We are going to analyze these concepts one by one, and of course, I will give you some examples; you learn very well with examples! And it's not irony :) Irony. The irony is an "expression that implies something contrary or different from what is said, usually as a mockery." Okay. To make it clear, a "mockery" is an action or words with the intention of laughing at something or someone. It can also be a simple joke. The irony is sometimes directed at oneself or a situation. Let's look at an example: - How was the date with that girl you met? - Ah, fantastic! It couldn't have gone better. She said she would call me... But she didn't ask for my phone number.   When in the dialogue, he says, "it couldn't have gone better," he is obviously saying the opposite of reality and uses it as a subtle mockery of himself. Irony also occurs when there is an outcome that is not expected. For example: - A fire in a firehouse. - The financial advisor going bankrupt. - A dietician with overweight problems. All these situations have their dose of irony. Now let's look at sarcasm. Sarcasm is very similar to irony, but what differentiates it is the intention. Sarcasm is a cruel irony with which someone or something is offended or mistreated".  The person using sarcasm seeks to ridicule, humiliate or insult. Example: - The report won't be ready today. I think I'll finish it next week. - Ah, Tom...! You are always such a hard worker! In this example, sarcasm is used to attack Tom's work and make it clear that he works slowly. Finally, cynicism. I am not going to go into the philosophical doctrine of cynicism from Ancient Greece, but how it is commonly used. There are two ways of understanding cynicism. First, a cynical person is someone who has no shame. He or she lies unashamedly and defends dishonorable behavior and actions. In other words, someone who has no principles and acts without ethics or morals. For example, a politician is found to be corrupt, and he, instead of apologizing, says: "Well, this is commonplace. All politicians, in one way or another, do similar things."  Second, cynicism also refers to extreme skepticism. The cynic no longer believes in anything. He doesn't believe in politics, he doesn't believe in relationships, in friendship, etc. This leads to not trusting anything, having no principles, and being suspicious of everything. In a way, it can lead to behaving like the previous explanation about cynicism. I have a friend who thinks this way. In some things, she is not wrong. Perhaps the opposite of this kind of cynicism is extreme positivism. Okay, now we know these three concepts a little better. Information is power, and use power responsibly. :) Get the transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast
11/4/202211 minutes, 4 seconds
Episode Artwork

#229 Halloween: Origins, Meaning and Traditions

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.   In today's episode: I'll be talking about one of the most celebrated holidays in the United States: Halloween. After that, you'll practice your speaking with a new mini-story while enjoying my new Question & Answer story.   Very well. Let's get started! Halloween is a holiday celebrated on the last day of October. I would say it's very popular because everybody's excited about it, especially children. The word Halloween comes from an old English expression, "All Hallows' Eve," and it means the day before All Saints' Day.  Children of all ages really love Halloween because they can dress up in funny costumes and knock on their neighborhood doors, shouting, "Trick or Treat!". The neighbors usually give them candies. The meaning of the phrase "Trick or Treat" is interesting. In this context, "treat" means getting the candies, and "trick" means the consequence of not getting the sweets. It's like an innocent threat children make. Of course, kids get really excited when they knock on strangers' doors in their neighborhood. Since Halloween originated as a celebration connected with evil spirits, the most common symbols are witches flying on broomsticks, ghosts, skeletons, black cats, etc. The black color is one of the traditional Halloween colors. Of course, pumpkins are also a Halloween symbol. I'm sure you've seen them in movies. People empty pumpkins and put a candle inside to make a lamp.  How do you make a Halloween pumpkin?  The first step is hollowing out the pumpkin. After that, we use a keyhole we saw to cut the hole.  When using a candle for illumination, you can cut the hole in the pumpkin's top. For electric lights, make a hole in the bottom or side so you can hide the cord. The Halloween pumpkin is called Jack-O'-Lantern. It's common to see jack-o'-lanterns on doorstep decorations before and on Halloween. The name comes from an Irish legend about a man named Jack. He was so ungenerous that when he died, he couldn't enter Heaven, but he couldn't go to Hell either because he had told jokes about the Devil. As a result, Jack had to walk and walk with a lantern until the Day of Judgment. Here's what a typical family does at Halloween: They decorate their home. Americans spend about 5 billion dollars every year. They buy costumes. A costume is not cheap. It can cost $30 or more. They buy plenty of candy, and of course, they eat it. Kids go "trick or treating." In most towns, it's only allowed from 3 pm until5 pm because it gets dark quickly. Very well, now you know a bit more about this beautiful holiday. Maybe next time, you'll carve your own Halloween pumpkin and celebrate Halloween just like an American! Get the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
10/29/202212 minutes, 19 seconds
Episode Artwork

#228 How to stop making mistakes when speaking English

Transcript: Hi! I’m Georgiana, and here to help you speak English fluently. Thanks for joining me for another episode of the Speak English Now podcast.  Today, I talk about how to stop making mistakes when speaking English. And how to improve writing. – Next, we’ll practice fluency with a question-and-answer exercise. If you want the complete courses with hours of audio designed to develop your fluency, don’t hesitate. Visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/courses There are several levels.  Ok, let’s start! Many students asked me over the years how to avoid making mistakes when speaking English.  And that’s an excellent question. As you know, the best way to become fluent in English is by listening to plenty of content that’s easy for you to understand. You should comprehend 90% of the content. Otherwise, it is too difficult for you. And even if you like novelty, the truth is that repeated listening to the same content helps you to automate your speech.  For example, listening to a story allows you to intuitively understand how sentences are constructed without having to learn grammar rules. This way, you will be less insecure when speaking because you will not have to constantly think about whether you are making mistakes. To speak fluently, you have to do it without worrying whether you speak perfectly.  So as I was saying, it is very important to listen to understandable content. That is, depending on your English level, it is necessary to select the content that is not difficult to understand. A typical mistake is to listen to content that is too complex with the idea of trying to force progress. It is always better to lower the level until it is easy to understand most of the words. This way, the brain is in “comprehension” mode. If it is too difficult, your brain eventually switches off and stops paying attention.  Students have also asked me if it’s a bad idea to consult the grammar rules. And how can you improve your English writing? The typical student using my courses has already studied some English with some formal grammar and is frustrated because he or she cannot speak. That is why I insist that to improve fluency, it is necessary to listen a lot and not rely on formal rules to produce the language. Having this clear, there is nothing wrong with consulting a grammar book. Regarding writing well, it is very important to read a lot and, above all, to read text similar to what you want to write. For example, if you want to write a text that describes things that happen nowadays, reading many newspaper articles may be a good idea. That’s the basis: read a lot. Of course, practicing is also essential, but I would spend the time this way: 90% reading and 10% writing. If you are really motivated, a good exercise is to read an article a couple of times and then try to write a summary without looking at the article, if possible, using expressions and vocabulary specific to the article. Then consult the article and analyze what you could have done better. On the other hand, we have to keep in mind that the process of learning a language involves making many mistakes, both spoken and written. This is normal.  As you progress, you make fewer and fewer mistakes. Over time you start speaking intuitively, just like a native speaker. Most of them speak fluently without knowing the specific grammar rule; they just know when a sentence “sounds wrong.” This is the ability that we want to develop. We can observe, for example, how children make quite a few mistakes, but after many hours of listening and reading, those diminish over time. Many teachers try as much as possible to prevent the learner from making mistakes from the beginning. But this ends up damaging spontaneous speaking, which is strongly linked to the development of fluency. It also generates unnecessary anxiety. If you have questions like this, you can send me a message through my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. I try to answer all messages. Maybe I will make an episode to answer your question 🙂 Get the transcript on my website: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
10/21/202214 minutes, 42 seconds
Episode Artwork

#227 English Pronunciation practice with tongue twisters

I thought I thought of thinking of thanking you. I thought I thought of thinking of thanking you. Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier than it seems! You just have to use the right material and techniques. In this episode, you’ll learn some new tongue twisters in English to help you with your English pronunciation. And with a mini-story, you will improve your fluency. A mini-story is very simple but very powerful. I ask easy questions on purpose so that you can simulate a conversation. It’s like talking with another person in English. Before we get started, go to my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com to get the transcript. It’s free!  Ok. Let’s start! So, do you remember what a tongue twister is?  It can be a difficult phrase that we say quickly, usually because of a sequence of almost similar sounds.  For example, “Peter Piper picked a pickle of pickled peppers.” Many people use tongue twisters to speak clearly, including actors, politicians, etc. These allow you to practice pronunciation and agility when it comes to producing sounds in English. So today, we are going to practice English pronunciation with new tongue twisters. Are you ready? Let’s go! I will start saying each tongue twister slowly, and then I’ll go faster.  At first, they may seem very difficult, so make sure you have the text in front of you to be able to follow it better. Ok. So, I will say it very slowly: 1. I saw a kitten eating chicken in the kitchen. Are you ready to speed it up? (Say it faster.) I saw a kitten eating chicken in the kitchen. Ok. Even faster! I saw a kitten eating chicken in the kitchen.   I hope you’re having fun. Let’s continue! 2) I thought I thought of thinking of thanking you. Ok. Now I’m gonna speed it up! (say it faster.) I thought I thought of thinking of thanking you. Ok. Even faster! I thought I thought of thinking of thanking you. 3) A big black bug snoozed on a big black rug. Ok. Say it faster! A big black bug snoozed on a big black rug. Even faster! A big black bug snoozed on a big black rug. 4) Thin sticks, thick bricks. Ok. Say it faster! Thin sticks, thick bricks. Even faster! Thin sticks, thick bricks.   5) Fred fed Ted bread, and Ted fed Fred bread. Say it faster! Fred fed Ted bread, and Ted fed Fred bread. Even faster! Fred fed Ted bread, and Ted fed Fred bread. Ok, that’s it for now; I really hope you’re having fun practicing your English pronunciation, but before we continue…  I want you to learn English 3 times faster, and that’s why I created a video course. Visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my video course for FREE!
10/13/202211 minutes, 35 seconds
Episode Artwork

#226 English Accent Reduction - Tongue Twisters - The S sound part2

Today we will continue the accent reduction exercise with some fun tongue twisters in English. And with the help of a point-of-view story, you will learn grammar in context without memorizing any boring rules. Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Do you know how you can help me? You can share the podcast with your friends and family. Tell them to go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my free mini-course. That would mean a lot to me. Thanks. Oh, by the way, remember that you can check out the transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast Ok, let’s start! Last week we started this accent reduction exercise by focusing on the S sound with the help of some fun tongue twisters. So, let’s remember the tongue twisters we used last week to help you improve your English pronunciation. I will go fast, but if you want to practice them, you can do so by listening to the previous episode on my website. Listen and repeat: #1 I saw Esau kissing Kate. I saw Esau, he saw me, and she saw I saw Esau. #2 Santa’s Short Suit Shrunk. #3 You cuss, I cuss, we all cuss for asparagus. #4 Thin sticks, thick bricks. #5 Systematically assisting Sisyphus’s stealthy cyst-susceptible sister.  I hope you’re having fun.  Let’s practice with new tongue twisters. Are you ready? Let’s go! I will start saying each tongue twister slowly, and then I will go faster. At first, they may seem very difficult, so make sure you have the text in front of you to be able to follow it better. Ok. So, I will say it very slowly: 1. She saw Sharif’s shoes on the sofa. But was she so sure those were Sharif’s shoes she saw? Now I will say it faster. She saw Sharif’s shoes on the sofa. But was she so sure those were Sharif’s shoes she saw? Ok. Even faster! She saw Sharif’s shoes on the sofa. But was she so sure those were Sharif’s shoes she saw? Let’s continue! 2) The chic Sikh’s sixty-sixth sheep is sick. Let’s say it faster! The chic Sikh’s sixty-sixth sheep is sick.   Even faster! The chic Sikh’s sixty-sixth sheep is sick. 3) There’s a pessimistic pest amidst us. Ok. Say it faster! There’s a pessimistic pest amidst us. Even faster! There’s a pessimistic pest amidst us. 4) Which witch switched the Swiss wristwatches? Say it faster! Which witch switched the Swiss wristwatches? Can you say it faster? Which witch switched the Swiss wristwatches? 5) She sells seashells by the seashore. Let’s say it faster! She sells seashells by the seashore. Even faster! She sells seashells by the seashore. Well, that’s all for now; I hope you had fun practicing your English pronunciation, and you didn’t get tongue-tied like Smith. We’ll see what happened to him and why he was crowned king.  But before we continue… If you want to know how to speak English using the proper techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my video course for free. So you can learn how to speak English fluently once and for all!   Get the transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
10/9/202213 minutes, 2 seconds
Episode Artwork

#225 Accent Reduction with Tongue Twisters - The S sound

Today we are going to do an accent reduction exercise with some fun tongue twisters in English. To be specific, we will practice the S sound. And with the help of a mini-story, you will improve your English fluency. A mini-story is very simple but very powerful. Here's how it works: I ask easy questions deliberately so that you can simulate a conversation. It's almost like talking to another person in English. Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Do you know how you can help me? You can share the podcast with your friends and family. Tell them to go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my free mini-course.  That would mean a lot to me. Thanks.  Oh, by the way, remember that you can check out the transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast Ok, let's start! Do you remember what a tongue twister is?  It can be a difficult phrase that we say quickly, usually because of a sequence of almost similar sounds.  For example, "Peter Piper picked a pickle of pickled peppers." Many people use tongue twisters to speak clearly, including actors, politicians, etc. These allow you to practice pronunciation and agility when it comes to producing sounds in English. And for language learners, tongue twisters are very useful to use as accent reduction exercises. So today, we are going to practice English pronunciation with new tongue twisters. Are you ready? Let's go! I will start saying each tongue twister slowly, and then I will go faster.  At first, they may seem very difficult, so make sure you have the text in front of you to be able to follow it better. Ok. So, I will say it very slowly: 1. I saw Esau kissing Kate. I saw Esau, he saw me, and she saw I saw Esau. Are you ready to speed it up? (Say it faster.) I saw Esau kissing Kate. I saw Esau, he saw me, and she saw I saw Esau. Ok. Even faster! I saw Esau kissing Kate. I saw Esau, he saw me, and she saw I saw Esau. I hope you're having fun. Let's continue! 2) Santa’s Short Suit Shrunk. Ok. Now I'm gonna speed it up! (say it faster.) Santa’s Short Suit Shrunk. Ok. Even faster! Santa’s Short Suit Shrunk. 3) You cuss, I cuss, we all cuss for asparagus. Ok. Say it faster! You cuss, I cuss, we all cuss for asparagus. Even faster! You cuss, I cuss, we all cuss for asparagus. 4) Thin sticks, thick bricks. Ok. Say it faster! Thin sticks, thick bricks. Can you say it faster? Thin sticks, thick bricks. 5) Systematically assisting Sisyphus’s stealthy cyst-susceptible sister. Can you say it faster? Systematically assisting Sisyphus’s stealthy cyst-susceptible sister. Even faster! Systematically assisting Sisyphus’s stealthy cyst-susceptible sister. Ok, I know that was hard. But that's it for now; I really hope you're having fun practicing your English pronunciation, but before we continue… If you want to know how to speak English using the proper techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my video course for free. So you can learn how to speak English fluently once and for all!    Get the transcript on my website: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
10/1/202215 minutes, 8 seconds
Episode Artwork

224 How to ask for clarification in English

Are you having a hard time following conversations in English? Don't worry. Today, I'll show you some expressions you can use confidently in situations where it isn't easy to follow a conversation. Welcome to Speak English Now podcast, with your host, Georgiana. The podcast that will help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. Hi, I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Do you know how you can help me? You can share the podcast with your friends and family. Tell them to go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my free mini-course. That would mean a lot to me. Thanks. Okay, let’s start! When we learn a new language, we are eager to practice speaking with another person. But what happens when the conversation is difficult for some reason? Maybe it's hard to keep up or follow what they tell us. Or if you are in a conversation with people who speak very fast, and you can't hear those words at all, or you don't recognize them, you feel uncomfortable. Although you may be embarrassed to interrupt in these situations, you can politely say that you don't understand what they have said. So today, I will show you some expressions you can use confidently in situations where it isn't easy to follow a conversation. Let's get started! #1. Asking for clarification: Sorry, I'm afraid I don't follow (you.) By using this expression, you are suggesting that you must have it re-explained or explained differently. Examples: "Sorry, I don't follow (you)—what exactly do you want me to do next?" "Do you understand? No, I'm afraid I don't follow." Here are some more phrases to ask for clarification: "I'm not entirely sure what you mean; could you explain it again? Or…" "Could you please say that a little slower?" "Sorry! That went straight over my head. Could you explain it differently?" #2. When someone asks for your opinion: If someone asks for your opinion on a topic for which you feel unprepared, you can use the following phrases: "It's hard to express my ideas about this topic in English, but I'll try my best. "It's really fascinating listening to you talk, but to be honest, I don't know much about this topic." #3. How to end the conversation: This is a little beyond me. By using this expression, you are ending the conversation. You are not asking for clarification; you are saying that the conversation is too difficult for you. Examples:  "I'm sure it's fascinating what you're saying, but I have to admit that it's beyond me." I hope you are enjoying yourself. These expressions can be very useful when we find ourselves in difficult situations and have to ask for clarification. If you want to know how to speak English using the proper techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my 5-day video course, so you can learn how to speak English fluently once and for all! And it's completely free.   Read the transcript on my website: https://SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
9/22/202212 minutes, 31 seconds
Episode Artwork

223 How to avoid frustration while learning English

Today: I'm going to reflect on the frustration that some English learners may experience. In part 2, you'll practice with a point of view story: you'll meet James and Jane and their adventures! Welcome to Speak English Now podcast, with your host, Georgiana. The podcast that will help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. Hi, I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Do you know how you can help me? You can share the podcast with your friends and family. Tell them to go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my free mini-course.  That would mean a lot to me. Thanks.  Oh, by the way, remember that you can check out the transcript, on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast Okay, let's get started! Learning to speak English is not as simple as studying for a couple of days. Can you imagine? In one month, we could learn 15 new languages, or 14 if we are lazy :) If your goal is to become fluent, it takes some time. For example, my Fluency course has 20 units. And you have to dedicate a minimum of one week per unit. However, I assure you that if you follow the instructions, your fluency will improve dramatically by the end of the course. During the learning process, some students lose patience and become frustrated. They all have an initial phase of high motivation due to the novelty and transition to a plateau phase that leads to frustration when they do not see steady improvement. It is common for frustrated learners to blame themselves, saying things like:  "I am not good at learning languages",  "As an adult it is almost impossible to learn",  "I don't have the memory to remember all this vocabulary",  "I make a fool of myself when I speak.” This kind of mindset is dangerous because it affects motivation, and the chances of giving up are very high. Other students blame the method. For example, they say to themselves, "This method is useless", or  “I am wasting my time", "This is pointless", etc.  They buy many courses in the hope that the latest one will be the definitive one, the one that works. And I am not against discontinuing an English course if the method is not effective. I don't want to give away names, but large companies are more concerned about perceived value than real value, and some of these systems are very superficial. In other words, they do not allow you to learn in an effective and lasting way. You may already know this, but my system is specifically focused on speech development.  My premium courses are based on repeated listening to audios. To give the brain time to assimilate and consolidate the lessons, you must repeat the audios on different days. In addition, the courses feature question-and-answer exercises that help the student to speak from day one.  So I believe the key to avoiding frustration is not to focus on results, but on learning time.  Imagine you are in Unit 8 of the Fluency Course. Instead of evaluating your progress because you haven't finished yet, which is also very subjective, simply keep track of the number of hours you spend. You can, for example, use a spreadsheet and write down the time you are listening on a weekly basis. This way, you take the pressure off yourself and focus on what really matters and what you can control: the time spent. And if you are not convinced of your progress, you can listen to an earlier lesson, for example, unit 2 or 3. You'll find that they seem easier than before. This means you are making progress, but as I said, the most important thing is to accumulate hours of listening. Also, keep in mind that our brain needs quite a few days to assimilate new patterns, sounds, words and expressions.  Think about how you learned your native language. Studies indicate that when we are young, we spend about two years listening to our parents before we can articulate sentences. This is called the "silent period" because the brain is learning and assimilating. Imagine a young child thinking, "Wow, I can't articulate words, so I will cover my ears so I won't listen." And finally, don't forget to enjoy yourself! Take listening to the lessons more as a game than an obligation. I try to make the content fun, entertaining, and a bit absurd in the course lessons. I do this so that it won't be boring, and you can remember better. In short, focus more on what you can control: the time you spend listening to the lessons, and try to enjoy the stories with slightly crazy characters. I hope this helps you on your way to fluency in English. You can check out the transcript, on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast If you want to know how to speak English using the proper techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my 5-day video course, so you can learn how to speak English fluently once and for all! And it's completely free.
9/16/202213 minutes, 50 seconds
Episode Artwork

#222 Going to the gym in the summer

Today’s episode is going to be a little different than usual. In the first part, you will improve your grammar with a point-of-view story based on actual events. And in the second part, you'll practice your English speaking with a mini-story. Welcome to Speak English Now podcast, with your host, Georgiana. The podcast that will help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. Hi, I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Ok, let's get started! How was your summer vacation? Mine was quite uneventful, and since it was hot, I didn't travel anywhere. I just wanted to stay at home, chilling by the AC (air conditioner). As I was saying, this episode will be a bit different. I'll start with a point of view based on actual facts. I'll talk about Jim, who wants to join the gym in the summer. Ok. Let’s start! POV-Story  (Learn grammar in context) I'll tell you a short story more than one time. Every time, I'll change a grammar point. I can change the tense or the person. This way, you'll notice the changes in context. First, I will tell the story from my point of view: After a long time of making excuses not to go to the gym, Jim finally dragged his feet and walked into the gym building to sign up. The clerk handed him the sign-up form. With tears in his eyes, Jim filled out the registration form and paid the first installment. "Now I have no excuses!" said Jim. So, the next day, he packed the gym bag, which included workout clothes, a towel, shower gel... And a pack of donuts to refuel. By the way, Jim always eats diet donuts, the ones with a hole in the center, like that you eat less quantity. On the first day at the gym, he took it very easy. But even so, he felt stiff for the next two days; he could barely move. After a few sessions and several boxes of doughnuts, Jim began feeling better about exercising. However, one day, after finishing his workout at the gym, he felt a little under the weather. It turns out that Jim came down with a cold, so he had to rest for the next few days. Jim also developed back pain during those days of rest. So, he took it easy for a couple of weeks and didn't go to the gym. Finally, after recovering, Jim tried going back to the gym; although, with the terrible heat waves, he ended up going to the beach. Now, I will tell the same story from Jim's point of view: After a long time of making excuses not to go to the gym, I finally dragged my feet and walked into the gym building to sign up. The clerk handed me the sign-up form. With tears in my eyes, I filled out the registration form and paid the first installment. "Now I have no excuses!" I said to myself. So, the next day, I packed the gym bag, which included workout clothes, a towel, shower gel... And a pack of donuts to refuel. By the way, I always eat diet donuts, the ones with a hole in the center, like that I eat less quantity. On the first day at the gym, I took it very easy. But even so, I felt stiff for the next two days; I could barely move. After a few sessions and several boxes of doughnuts, I began feeling better about exercising. However, one day, after finishing my workout at the gym, I felt a little under the weather. It turns out that I came down with a cold, so I had to rest for the next few days. Strangely enough, I also developed back pain during those days of rest. So I took it easy for a couple of weeks and didn't go to the gym. Finally, after recovering, I tried going back to the gym; although, with the terrible heat waves, I ended up going to the beach. Ok! That's the end of this short exercise. Notice that the changes between grammar points are subtle but important. My suggestion is that you avoid memorizing grammar rules. It's better to see the changes in the proper context.  And with a story, it is much easier to remember all this. If you want to know how to speak English using the proper techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my 5-day video course, so you can learn how to speak English fluently once and for all! And it's completely free.
9/10/202214 minutes, 49 seconds
Episode Artwork

#221 Understanding someone with 
a strong English accent

In today's episode, I will discuss how to understand people with strong English accents. And with a point-of-view lesson, you'll practice vocabulary and improve your grammar without memorizing boring rules. Hi, everyone! I'm Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com.  My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Do you know how you can help me? You can share the podcast with your friends and family. Tell them to go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my free mini-course.  That would mean a lot to me. Thanks.  Oh, by the way, remember that you can check out the transcript on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast Awesome! Let's get started! Very often, I hear people speaking English with a strong accent. That's because their native language sometimes has a strong influence on the way they speak English.  Have you ever traveled to another country and tried to speak their language? Then you're probably aware that some locals experienced difficulties understanding you and that not everybody was patient. Some people got very impatient and sometimes even rude.  That's why you should be patient and encouraging whenever you talk to people with a strong accent because they are usually aware that you may have difficulty understanding them. Therefore, be honest with your conversation partner. Don't pretend you understand the person if you can't comprehend what they are saying. And don't be afraid to hurt the other person's feelings. Being honest doesn't necessarily make you rude. Instead, use a polite phrase to say that you have some difficulty understanding. Ask the other person to speak more slowly. Say something like this:  "I'm sorry, but I'm having some difficulties understanding you." or "Can you please speak a bit more slowly?" Don't try to understand every single word. Instead, make an effort to grasp the overall meaning. This way, you will be able to participate in the conversation.  You'll need to relax, listen to meaningful words, and observe as a listener. Use as many contextual clues as possible. Listen very carefully to give all the feedback you can to the speaker. Use your facial expressions to give feedback.  Nod when you get the meaning. Smile when the topic is engaging. Frown when the content is about some problem. Learn how to listen without interrupting: If you can understand the main point but are unsure about some words that don't seem relevant, ignore them and don't interrupt.  However, when you don't seem to understand keywords or relevant ideas, you'll need to interrupt by using a phrase like this one: "Excuse me; I don't quite understand." "Could you please say that again?"  Ask questions:  Help the speaker by asking questions like: "Do you mean that…?" or "Are you trying to say that…." Like this, the speaker will feel that you're genuinely interested in the conversation. And keep smiling, show respect, and have fun communicating with people from all around the world. By the way, if you want to know how to speak English using the right techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my 5-day video course so you can learn how to speak English fluently. And it’s completely free.   Read the transcript on my website:  http://speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast
9/1/202212 minutes, 31 seconds
Episode Artwork

#220 Urban Gardens in English

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.  In today's episode  - I'm going to tell you how you can get vegetables without going to the supermarket. And I’m not talking about magic :) - In the second part, you will learn grammar without memorizing any boring rules.   Are you a new listener? I recommend that you get my free video course at speakenglishpodcast.com. You will learn how to acquire more vocabulary, how to learn grammar but without memorizing anything, how to learn deeply, how to speak automatically and how to maintain yourself motivated in the long run. Very well. Let’s start! Some things only happen in cities. Interesting things. One of them is urban gardens,   If you have an urban garden, you can grow your own veggies if you live in a city.  I'm talking about tomatoes, celery, broccoli, etc. It is an exciting option if you do not want to buy them directly from the supermarket or if you want to make sure that the vegetables are pesticides free. Urban gardens appeared as a fad, but the truth is that they are consolidating in many cities. A good phrase to use in this case is: "they are here to stay". That is, it is not just a fad. Where can we find these gardens? Locations vary. For example, there are large gardens in the suburbs of many cities. These are family gardens that produce all kinds of veggies.   We can also find urban garden projects in schools, where they have an educational function. I find it very helpful for children to understand that tomatoes are not "manufactured" in the supermarket but rather grown in the soil. On the other hand, many apartments have a terrace, and people have some vegetables in small earthen containers. Some take advantage of the rooftop. There is usually quite a lot of space available. I guess in general you can save money, but it's easy to overspend. You need tools, fertilizers, seeds, substrates... and a lot of patience. In any case, it's an outdoor hobby that is usually rewarding. However, there are some disadvantages. The most important is that the contamination affects the plants. All contaminating particles fall on the surfaces. Many of them are metals such as lead, mercury, or cadmium. And I don't believe anyone likes the idea of eating a tomato with these kinds of metals in it.   Then there is the expense of the water, which can be significant. Nowadays, the water bill can go up quite a bit because there are more and more taxes.   So... Would you like to have an urban garden? If you already have one, you can tell me about it in the comments section. Before I move on to the next section, go and get the transcript of this episode at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Do you know how you can help me? You can share the podcast with your friends and family. That would mean a lot to me. Thanks.
8/13/20229 minutes, 14 seconds
Episode Artwork

#219 Cooking in English

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.  In this episode, I'd like to include some food and cooking vocabulary. And with a mini-story, you will improve your English fluency. You’ll see, it’s like having a conversation with another person. You know, when I enter the kitchen, the first thought that I have is… Why am I here? Yeah. I'm hungry. That's why. Now I remember. :) I open the refrigerator and start scanning for some delicious food. Since I don't buy ready-made food, I usually stare at the fridge for some minutes until it starts beeping. Then I close it and open it again to continue scanning. And I'm not saying my refrigerator isn't well organized; it's just that I'm looking for something that I can prepare in 1 minute, or preferably even less. Many times, I end up making a green smoothie. That's a fast and easy way of getting all the needed nutrients. And plus, smoothies are delicious. By the way, a smoothie is a thick drink that you can make using fruits, vegetables, greens, seeds, milk, ice, etc.  Like I said earlier, I usually end up making a green smoothie. Don't panic. It's green but really yummy.  I add some water or milk, one avocado, 1/2 cup of pineapple, 1/2 frozen banana, 2 cups of spinach, and 1/2 cup of ice cubes. I put it at speed 10 for 45 seconds, and the smoothie is ready. Delicious! By the way, in case you were wondering, I use a Vitamix blender to prepare my smoothies. And I don't use it only for that.  I also make frozen desserts with it, soups, I can make flours with it, almond milk, batters, dough, nut butter, juices, dips, etc. It's very versatile. Whenever I'm not in the mood for a smoothie, and I want to eat healthy and fast, I use a pressure cooker or a frying pan. A frying pan is simply a metal pan with a handle that we use for frying foods. A pressure cooker is an airtight pot where the food is cooked quickly under steam pressure. I love using a pressure cooker because whatever I throw into the pot comes out delicious. I'm not here to promote any brands, but I'm really happy with my Instant pot cooker. The Instant Pot is not only a pressure cooker. It's multi-functional, and I use it all the time. I even bought one for my mom, and she loves it! And you know what I like using it for? For making yogurt. Yes! I started making yogurt, and it was super simple and just delightful. I also use this machine for cooking rice, pasta, potatoes; you can steam with it, and keep food warm after cooking. I usually steam vegetables like broccoli, cauliflower, green beans, etc. So, how do I steam with the Instant Pot? I place some water in the pot, and then I add a basket where I put the veggies. Make sure you don’t add any salt into the water while you are steaming because it delays the evaporation. I just add the salt once it's cooked. Get the transcript here: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
7/30/202213 minutes, 33 seconds
Episode Artwork

#218 The word Bear in English

Today, I'm going to talk about the word bear.  And with a mini-story, you will practice your English conversation skills. Hi! I’m Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Before we start, get the transcript at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Very well. Let's get started!  The word BEAR is normally used as a noun when we're referring to a large furry animal that likes eating honey. In the second part of this podcast, you'll meet two funny bears, Yogi and Boo-Boo.  The word BEAR can also be a verb. In that case, it has several meanings: A few of them are: to hold, to support, to exhibit, to stand, or to give birth to.  For example, if I say that "I can't BEAR" something, I mean that I can't tolerate it or stand it. It's just too much, or it makes me very unhappy.  Here are some more examples: Usually, we use the verb to BEAR when we need to accept or tolerate something, especially something unpleasant:  Examples: "The pain was almost more than Jason could bear." "How can you bear to eat that food?"  There are some other similar expressions. Instead of saying, "I can't bear it," you could say I can't stand it, or I can't put up with it.  Example: "I love going to the beach, but my sister can't stand it." "I just can't put up with my friend's dog."    We can use the word BEAR in many different ways.  For example, when you need to deal with something painful, we say that you BEAR the pain: Example: "Sometimes it's hard to bear the pain of being lonely." Other times, you need to take responsibility for the negative effects of your actions. It's when we say that you BEAR the consequences: Example: "She's quitting her job anyway, so; she won't be here next month to bear the consequences." That’s it for now. I hope you enjoyed learning new expressions with the word BEAR. Ok! If you want to know how to speak English using the proper techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my video course for free. So, you can learn how to speak English fluently once and for all!   
7/15/202213 minutes, 48 seconds
Episode Artwork

#217 Maintaining a Positive Attitude

Hi! I’m Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In today's episode: I'll reveal some tricks to maintain a positive attitude while learning English. And you'll practice your speaking with my new mini-story. Before we start, get the transcript of this episode at: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Very well. Let's start! Is it possible to maintain a positive mental attitude? We know it's important, but how can you be more positive, and most importantly, how can you maintain that attitude? What you need is a change of mindset. And you can achieve that, by changing your strategy. For instance, get off social media and exercise more. I'm not saying you should run a marathon. But make sure you walk every day, even if it's just a little bit. Read self-help books in English.  There are many self-help books out there, so do your research. However, I can recommend Unlimited Power, by Tony Robbins. Anyway. We all know that being positive helps us achieve amazing things. That’s why I wanted to share with you some of the tools which worked for me. Finally, without making too much effort and without trying hard, you'll think in a more positive way.  All these tools will create a healthier approach towards life and, of course, towards your English learning routine. Do you know how you can help me? You can share the podcast with your friends and family. Tell them to go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my free mini-course. That would mean a lot to me. Thanks. Ok! If you want to know how to speak English using the proper techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my video course for free. So, you can learn how to speak English fluently once and for all!  Get the transcript of this episode on my website: https://SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast  
6/26/202213 minutes, 47 seconds
Episode Artwork

#216 What to bring 
to the Beach part #2

Today, you will learn what else you can take to the beach.  And with a mini-story, you will practice your English speaking. I will ask you many questions that you need to answer right away. It’s like having a conversation with another person in English. Welcome to Speak English Now podcast, with your host, Georgiana. The podcast that will help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.  Before we start, visit my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast to get the transcript for free.  Ok, let's start! Well, in the previous episode, we learned what things are useful when going to the beach: Swimsuit Towel Sunscreen Sunglasses  Hat or cap Air mattress Let's learn some more today. #1 Parasol A parasol is a kind of big umbrella that is used a lot at the beach. It's not meant to protect you from the rain, but from the sun. Parasols have a pointed end that sticks into the sand. Sometimes, in windy weather, parasols blow away.  So, it's important to stick the parasol in well. #2 Floater No, a floater is not a person that floats. It's like a donut with air in it that helps you float. Although the floater is usually used only by children, if you don't know how to swim much, it is better to have a floater at your disposal. It's better to be a little embarrassed than to drown.  #3 Beach ball You inflate a beach ball by blowing and blowing. Of course, as it weighs very little, it will go many miles away if it's windy. Parasols and beach balls are not very compatible with the wind. #4 Folding beach chair Although I've never used it, it sounds like a great idea. As the name suggests, a folding beach chair is one you can fold. When you put it away, you can change the shape to make it more compact. In addition, the short legs allow you to be closer to the sand when you sit on it. All that's missing is a cool drink. #5 Cooler And speaking of cold drinks. The beach would not be the same without drinks and food. Therefore, you need a cooler. There are small coolers designed to be easy to carry with you. That's all for now. I hope you had a good time learning new English vocabulary. And if you go to the beach, don’t forget to take with you some of the things that I have suggested in the last couple of episodes.  Get the transcript on my website: https://SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
6/17/202213 minutes, 10 seconds
Episode Artwork

#215 What to bring to the beach? part#1

Today I want to talk about what to take to the beach. This way you will practice the specific vocabulary on the subject and, of course, you will be the most prepared on the beach. Hi, I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Today, I’m talking about what items you need to take to the beach. – And with a unique point-of-view story, you will practice grammar without memorizing any boring rules. Oh, by the way, remember that you can check out the transcript, on my website speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast Ok. Let’s start! It’s already June. And with June comes summer and good weather. One of my favorite activities during the summer is going to the beach. I go to the beach usually in the mornings when there are not many people. I find that midday is too hot, and the sun’s rays really burn the skin, but some people love that. Today I want to talk about what to take to the beach. This way you will practice the specific vocabulary on the subject and, of course, you will be the most prepared on the beach. #1 Swimsuit   The most important thing is wearing a swimsuit. A swimsuit is a piece of clothing people wear for swimming, especially women and girls. Men on the other hand wear swimming trunks. They are often made from light, fast-drying materials like nylon or polyester. #2 Towel You may want to dry yourself when you get out of the water. Therefore, you need a towel. But the beach towel is not only for drying yourself. You can spread it out on the sand and lie down. So, you can sunbathe and get a tan. That’s why beach towels are usually extra-large. #3 Sunscreen In summer, the sun hits hard. Its intensity is high, especially in the central hours of the day. To enjoy the sun without being harmed, wear good sunscreen. Sometimes it is also called a sunblock. It is usually a cream applied to the skin and absorbed little by little. #4 Sunglasses Not only do you have to protect your skin, but also your eyes. You know that in summer, the sun is very intense. So, it is essential to wear a good pair of sunglasses. #5 Hat or cap Although I don’t usually wear a hat or cap, I think it’s a good idea to wear it to protect your head in the middle hours of the sun. If I had to choose, I would prefer a cap, as you can store it better anywhere.  #6 Beach Air mattress. Imagine you want to have something that floats and also be able to lie down in the water. This is the perfect solution: a beach air mattress. There are plenty of things to take to the beach, and in the next episode, we will continue talking about this topic. By the way, if you want to know how to speak English using the right techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my 5-day video course so you can learn how speak English fluently. And it’s completely free.
6/11/202212 minutes, 47 seconds
Episode Artwork

#214 Difficult Words to Pronounce in English part2

Listen to a new episode of Speak English Now Podcast, your favorite material for practicing your spoken and heard English. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary, and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: Today, we will look at some English words that are very difficult to pronounce. And with a mini-story, you will practice your English fluency by answering many questions! Welcome to Speak English Now podcast, with your host, Georgiana. The podcast that will help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Before getting started, visit my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast to get the transcript for free.  Ok, let's start! 1# Rural Rural can be challenging to pronounce even for some native speakers, especially when repeated or placed next to a word with similar "r" sounds. Let's pronounce it several times. Listen and repeat!  [ roor-uhl ] Rural   Rural   Rural Examples: "I would prefer to leave the city for a rural home." "She has a romantic view of rural society." 2# Phenomenon This singular form of "phenomena" means an amazing event, pronounced as "fi-NOM-uh-non." So, let's practice the word phenomenon a little bit. Listen and repeat: [ fi-nom-uh-non ] Phenomenon    Phenomenon   Phenomenon Examples: "Gravity is a natural phenomenon." "This phenomenon is unique in nature." 3. Sixth Adding a "th" after "x" can be tricky for many English students. Let's pronounce it several times: [ siksth ] Sixth   Sixth   Sixth  Examples: "The dictionary is now in its sixth edition." "She lives on the sixth floor." 4. Specific This word is quite easy to pronounce, but it may be difficult for those who do not understand that "s" and "c" can have the same sound, although different, within the same word.  Let's practice it! [ spi-sif-ik ] Specific     Specific    Specific Examples: "My boss gave me very specific instructions on dealing with the client." "If you want to be successful, you need to be more specific about what you want to do." 5. Temperature For some students, "tem-per-uh-chur" is difficult to say quickly, as the "t" takes on a "ch" sound. Let's pronounce this word several times before using it in a sentence. Listen and repeat after me: Temperature Temperature Temperature [ tem-per-uh-cher ] Examples:  "Let me check your temperature." "The temperature ranges from zero to twenty degrees." That's all for today; I hope you had a good time practicing these complex words. If you want to know how to speak English using the proper techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my 5-day video course, so you can learn how to speak English fluently once and for all! And it's completely free.
6/5/202215 minutes, 2 seconds
Episode Artwork

#213 How to manage your time to learn English part#3

Hi, I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Time flies, and it is vital to know how to manage it.  So, today, I will give you three more points to consider regarding the use of time when learning English. I hope you like it. And with a point of view story, you will learn grammar in context without memorizing any boring rules.   Before we get started, go to my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast to get the transcript for free.   Ok. Let’s start! 1# Look for situations with few distractions. If there's one thing I'm guilty of, it's spending too much time on the internet. I have the lousy excuse that I do it to get inspired to make new episodes of the podcast. As I say, it’s a lousy excuse :) Ideally, you want to be in a situation with few distractions, but sometimes, that's difficult because we always carry our cell phones with us. In my case, I have found a good solution: walking. When you move, it becomes uncomfortable to look at your cell phone. So it's a good option to be able to listen to something without getting distracted. You just let yourself go while listening to your English lessons. Also, when you move, more blood gets to your brain, and it stays more active. So, I recommend that you find an activity or situation where the level of distraction is low to spend more time listening. Maybe you can take long walks while listening to your lessons. #2 Try the 1-minute challenge. I'll tell you a secret. Often, I don't do things because I think it's going to take me too long. It's something I need to get better at. For example, lately, I've been reading on and off. Recently, I was waiting for a friend in a coffee shop. I knew she could arrive at any moment.    Psychologically, I figured, "it's not worth starting to read. She'll be here any minute." So, even though I had my Kindle with me, I didn't read anything and spent my time browsing social media. My friend was about 10 minutes late. If I had started reading, I could have read a few pages.  So, here's what I suggest. Try listening to some English content for just one minute. You only have to listen for 60 seconds. Then you can stop if you want. The best thing is that many times you will continue listening. #3 Change the mindset from sprint to marathon. Finally, it is vital to understand that learning English takes time, even with the best techniques and materials. Therefore, we must change from sprint, which suggests a lot of effort and intensity, to something calmer and more sustained: a marathon.   It's about finding the right pace that will allow us to continue for many weeks. It's not about running a lot initially only to be exhausted soon after, but the other way around. Start calmly and find the right rhythm and routines. The results will come, but your brain needs some time to assimilate what you learn. Well, I hope I’ve helped you with these reflections, and of course, also with English.  Get the transcript on my website: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
5/26/202211 minutes, 41 seconds
Episode Artwork

#212 How to manage your time to learn English? Part #2

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today, I am going to continue talking about how to manage your time to learn English.  Next, you are going to practice fluency with a mini-story. Mia is determined to learn English, and she starts to motivate herself by taking something.  But before we start, please visit my website, SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast to get the transcript of this episode. It's completely free. Ok. Let’s start! #1 Treat yourself!  What better way to motivate yourself than to treat yourself! Yes, you deserve it. Well, only when you achieve the goal, of course. Maybe after getting to 5 hours of listening in a week, you can afford something special like watching a movie, going out to eat at your favorite restaurant, etc. The treat doesn't have to be something fancy or expensive. It can be of minor importance, but it helps to stay motivated.  By the way, I recommend that you don't do it the other way around. First, the treat to motivate yourself, and then the study. I've tried it the other way around:) So no donuts before you start!   #2 Create a routine.  As human beings, we like routines. That is, we like to do the same things repeatedly because what the brain does is automate many of our behaviors. Suppose you make yourself a cup of coffee every day. You can take the opportunity to put on your headphones and listen to a few minutes of an English lesson. Soon, you will associate making coffee with listening to English. It sounds silly, but it works. They say that to establish a routine; you need about 21 days. That is about three weeks. Although the exact number of days is not important, we can draw the following conclusion: to create a routine; you need little time. So, you can consider creating a specific routine to listen to at certain times of the day. #3 Keeping track of the time you are listening. Although everyone is different, many people like to keep track of the number of hours they listen when learning English. This gives you a sense of progress in your learning and informs you when you are not doing well.  So, you could write down the time you spend listening. And add it up by weeks and also months. This way, you can project how much time you will spend listening in a year, make averages, etc.  And you don't have to be precise. It doesn't matter if you listen for 55 minutes or a little over an hour. Just write down an hour, and that's it.  Oh, and... Why don't you share this with someone else who is learning English? Imagine going for coffee and talking about how your week went. How many hours you listened, if it was difficult, etc. This way, you can motivate each other and set common goals. Well, I hope I have helped you with these new reflections. By the way, if you want to know how to speak English using the right techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my 5-day video course, so you can learn how to speak English fluently. And it’s completely free.
5/19/202213 minutes, 3 seconds
Episode Artwork

#211 Time Prepositions in English

Hi, I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Today, I am going to talk about time prepositions in English.  And with a point of view story, you will learn grammar in context without memorizing any boring rules. Before we get started, go to my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com to get the transcript. It's free!  Ok. Let's start! Prepositions are short words (on, in, to, of) that usually stand in front of nouns, pronouns, or a group of nouns. They show direction, time, place, location, or introduce an object.  We commonly use prepositions to show a relationship in space or time or a logical relationship between two or more people, places, or things.  But today, we will focus on time prepositions. I don't recommend memorizing the examples since that method doesn't work. It's always best to learn in context by listening repeatedly.  Ok. Let’s start learning some time prepositions in English. We use ON before the days of the week: Examples: "I went to the doctor on Monday." "Don’t call me on Sundays because I’m resting." "I’d like to buy you lunch on Friday."   We use IN before months, sessions, time of the day, year, seasons, or after a certain time period. Examples: "I was born in September." "Many people go on vacation in August." "I like running in the morning." "My mom came back from the trip in the evening."   "Her family goes to Hawaii in winter." "I love going to the beach in summer."   "We visited Mexico in 2010." "My sister was born in 1998." "I’ll see you in an hour." "I’ll be back in 20 minutes." We use AT for night, for the weekend, and at a certain time.   Examples:   "We sometimes finish work at night." "Kids go to bed at 9 pm." "I visit my family at Christmas."   We use SINCE with days or dates.    Examples: "I haven't seen Tom since yesterday." "She hasn’t eaten since breakfast. "Since the party, he has not spoken to me at all." We use the preposition FOR to indicate the length of time. Examples: "I haven't seen him for two years." "She had been taking care of her mother for a year." "I’ve waited for the bus for two hours." We use "AGO" to determine a specific time in the past.   Examples: "She renewed her membership about two months ago." "Winter seems a very long time ago." "He should have gone a long while ago."   "BEFORE and AFTER"  We use "before" and "after" to say that something happens before or after a specific time. You can use "before" and "after" with specific times, days, years, or months. Examples: "They never visit us before the summer arrives." "They will visit us after the summer arrives." "I’m hoping we can finish work before 5 pm." "I’m hoping we can finish work after 4 pm." Ok, that’s it for now, but before we continue…  I have something important to tell you. I want you to learn English 3 times faster, and that's why I created a video course. Go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my video course for FREE!
5/15/202213 minutes, 20 seconds
Episode Artwork

#210 Managing your English learning time

– I first eat a donut and then listen to some English to motivate myself. – I see. That’s why you’re so fat. So, how’s your English? – Good, good. A donut? Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today, I’m going to talk about managing your English learning time. Next, you will practice your speaking with a mini-story.  But before we start, please visit my website, SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast to get the transcript of this episode. It’s completely free. Very good. Have you ever wondered how to find more time to do something? I ask myself that all the time. In fact, I think time runs away from me, and I don’t have time to chase it. The truth is time flies. And it flies for everyone. We always have something to do in today’s society, and there is never time for anything. But don’t despair. Even in these circumstances, you can find a good strategy to learn English. As you know, my system is based on listening. Therefore, it is a significant advantage since you can take the lessons wherever you want on your mobile, tablet, or laptop. There is no need to sit in front of the computer and start studying. In fact, I think very few people can do that consistently. So, today, I’m going to give you some ideas about managing your English learning time. #1 Free time during the day We waste many minutes that we could be putting to good use throughout the day. The list is endless: driving the car; waiting in line at the bank; cleaning the house; walking the dog; ironing, etc. If you add up all those minutes, you might be surprised how much time is wasted. So, it’s a good idea to try to make the most of all this free time. One objection I sometimes get is the following:  You can’t be 100% focused if you’re doing something else, like driving a car. Yes, it’s true that you may not be fully focused, but let me tell you a secret. Your brain is always learning, even if you don’t always pay close attention. For example, if you listen to a song without paying attention, you may later hum the melody without realizing it. Let’s say you listen for 1,000 hours during a year. 200 hours at full concentration. 500 hours at medium concentration and another 300 hours at low concentration. You will have listened for 700 hours at high or medium concentration, which is not bad at all. And even if you’re not paying much attention during those 300 hours, they’re still useful. Think of it this way: When you learned your native language, you weren’t 100% focused every time you heard something—many times, you weren’t paying attention. When I learned Spanish, I spent a lot of time listening. And I wasn’t always focused, but I accumulated hours and hours of listening, and I got much better over time. #2 Small daily actions have a massive impact over time. One day, I heard this idea. A person was complaining that he didn’t have time to read. He hadn’t opened a book in years. So, someone made this reasoning to him: “Let’s say you only spend 10 minutes a day reading. Maybe 5 minutes in the morning and 5 minutes in the evening. I think that’s a very modest goal. Let’s do the math. If you take 1 minute to read one page, that’s 10 pages a day. A month has 30 days, so you would read 300 pages. This is roughly equivalent to an average-sized book.  Reading one book per month equals 12 books per year. Over five years, that would be 60 books. So, imagine now that you go to a library and pick out 60 books. This would be what you would have learned, just by reading 10 minutes a day in 5 years.” I find the idea fascinating, as it shows in a very simple way how much time you can accumulate by devoting it to one thing consistently. I usually recommend at least an hour a day of listening, but if you can’t, you can listen less. Over time, you will realize how much you are learning. #3 It’s a matter of priority A friend of mine once told me: “You always find time for things that are a priority for you, and you never find time for things that are not.” Interesting reflection. If it is a priority, you will always find the time. Saying that we don’t have time is something very recurrent. And it allows us to feel better when we are not doing something we are supposed to be doing. So, one way to find the time is to reevaluate your priorities. Ok. Now it’s time for you to practice your speech with a mini-story. By the way, if you want to know how to speak English using the right techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my 5-day video course, so you can learn how to speak English fluently. And it’s completely free. Get the transcript on my website: https://SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
5/8/202217 minutes, 13 seconds
Episode Artwork

#209 Benefits of learning English

Hi, I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. Speaking English is way easier than you think. You just need to use the right materials and techniques. Today I am going to talk about the benefits of learning English as an adult. And the truth is that there are many, and some of them are surprising. And with a mini-story, you will practice your spoken English. I'll ask you lots of questions that you'll have to answer right away. It's like having a conversation with another person in English. Before we get started, go to my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com to get the transcript. It's free!  Ok. Let's start! #1 It is an excellent exercise for our brain. Many times we go to the gym to tone our muscles. We also try to lose weight to be ready for the beach in summer. We don't always succeed, but that's another story. :) In the same way, learning a new language is like sending our brain to the gym. We stimulate it with all sorts of new sounds, words we didn't know, grammar, expressions, and other elements. This mental exercise is very healthy, as we help our brain to stay active. Many experts recommend learning a language when we are older to maintain our cognitive ability. It helps us to improve our memory and concentration. Imagine the number of words you end up learning—all of them new. And then, you have to learn how to use them according to context, sentence order, etc. All this new information accumulates in an orderly fashion in our brain and is ready to be used. This process improves our ability to remember all kinds of things. Moreover, we learn to concentrate better. For example, when you listen to this episode, your concentration level is higher than when you listen to an episode in your mother tongue. So, it's a great thing! #2 You learn a new culture and a new way of thinking. Every language is necessarily linked to culture. This implies customs, ways of understanding life, traditions, habits, values, and history. I find discovering a new culture fascinating. It serves to learn something new and contrast and reevaluate the culture in your own country. In addition, you learn to look at things from a new perspective. This can help you to be more original and creative in your daily life. #3 Improve your self-esteem. Yes, learning a new language as an adult and conversing with native speakers is an excellent boost to your self-esteem. You feel better because you have achieved something that many people think is impossible. I remember my first conversations in Spanish. I made mistakes, and my vocabulary was limited, but what a joy to talk to people from other countries! That's always a good feeling. Get the transcript here: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
4/30/202213 minutes, 35 seconds
Episode Artwork

#208 Happy Easter 2022

Hi, everyone! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today I'll talk about something more festive. I'll talk about Easter and how Americans celebrate this holiday. And with a fun mini-story, you'll improve your English fluency by answering many questions in English. Before we get started, I just wanted to say hi if you are new here. And if you are a long-time listener, I want to thank you for supporting this show by sharing it with your friends and family. Ok, let’s start! Whenever Easter comes, everywhere I go, I see chocolate eggs and Easter bunny cakes.  But what do we celebrate on Easter?  Easter is a Christian holiday celebrating the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead. The New Testament describes the resurrection occurring on the third day after his burial following his crucifixion by the Romans on Calvary around 30 AD. Americans spend this holiday with friends and family, and some attend special services held in churches on Easter.  And while not all Americans observe the holiday from a spiritual point of view, Easter is certainly one of the most celebrated holidays in the States. And if there's one thing people love doing during the holidays, it's eating. Let's take a look at the 3 most popular dishes at Easter. Hot Cross Buns These are a typical Easter food. It is a sweet bread seasoned with nutmeg, flavored with currants and apricots, and covered with a lemon glaze. Stuffed Leg of Lamb Americans also enjoy a stuffed leg of lamb. A delicious recipe, yet very easy to make. With parsley, garlic, bacon, and red wine. Honey Butter Ham Another very representative dish for this holiday is the honey butter ham. This recipe is simple and is prepared in the oven or a slow cooker. And how about the colored eggs and the Easter Bunny tradition? Typically, people start dying hard-boiled eggs in a variety of colors the night before Easter Sunday. These eggs are left for the Easter Bunny on Saturday night. The Bunny comes and hides them all over the house. So when the children wake up on Easter Sunday, they get excited looking for the eggs and the Easter baskets filled with goodies. The idea of the Easter Bunny giving candy and eggs is said to have originated in Germany during the Middle Ages. Pennsylvania Dutch settlers brought the rabbit to the United States in the 18th century. Another fun fact about the Easter holiday is that Easter and Halloween often compete for the highest candy sales every year. Some years, Americans buy more candy the week before Easter than the week before Halloween. How interesting. Right? If you want to tell us how you celebrated Easter this year, you can leave a comment on my website, SpeakEnglishPodcast.com.  
4/14/202212 minutes, 36 seconds
Episode Artwork

#207 English Punctuation Marks

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today I am talking about punctuation. :) In the second part, you will improve your English fluency with a fun mini-story. It's like having a conversation with another person in English! Before we start, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast to get the transcript of this episode. Ok! Today I am talking about punctuation. By this word, I mean the different spelling marks used when writing. These are the main ones. Period or full stop . - is a punctuation mark that we use to show the end of a sentence. Commas , are the ideal punctuation mark to divide sentences or indicate when to pause. Apostrophes - we use them to identify something that belongs to someone, or to show a letter or multiple letters are missing from a word. Colons : are used to precede a list of items, a quotation, or an expansion or explanation. Semicolons ; indicate a pause, usually between two main sentences, longer than that indicated by a comma. Ellipsis … We use them to show that one or more words have been removed from a quote and create suspense by adding a pause before the end of the sentence. And we can also use it to show the end of a thought. Quotation marks " " Inform the reader that you have used written material from other sources or direct speech.  Question marks ? Indicate that the speaker is asking a question. They're used at the end of the question (or interrogative) sentences. Exclamation marks ! Can change a sentence's meaning and tone. They still end a sentence, but they can add emotion, whether excitement, anger, or nervousness! Round brackets ( ) are used similarly to commas when we want to add an explanation, an afterthought, or a comment related to our primary line of thought but different from it. Square brackets or brackets [ ] We use them for special purposes, such as technical manuals. Hyphen - we use it to join words and separate syllables of a single word.  Punctuations can be very confusing, especially if you don't know where to place them, and can change the entire meaning of what you want to say. Let's look at some examples of situations when we do not use punctuation marks properly: #1 Woman Without Man A teacher wrote the following sentence on the board and asked his class to punctuate it:  Woman without her man is nothing. Half of the class punctuated the sentence in the following way: Woman: without her, man is nothing. The other half of the class responded with the following: Woman, without her man, is nothing. Fascinating how punctuation can change the meaning of a sentence entirely. Another example:  #2 Your granny's life depends upon it! Here, commas matter. Let's eat granny! Or  Let's eat, granny! See the difference? #3 Eat your dinner. You say to a child: Eat your dinner! You say to a cow: Eat! You're dinner! Here, apostrophes matter. #4 I'm sorry I love you. When you are in a terrible fight, you might say a horrible thing like this one: I'm sorry I love you. And when you want to make up again, you can say: I'm sorry; I love you.   Semicolons matter! :)   #5 I find inspiration in cooking my family and my dog. That sounds crazy! Right? We need some commas here!    Let’s hear it again:   I find inspiration in cooking, my family, and my dog.   That’s much better! By the way, if you want to know how to speak English using the right techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my 5-day video course, so you can learn how to speak English fluently. And it’s completely free.
4/10/202214 minutes, 31 seconds
Episode Artwork

206 Best Online English Dicionaries

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today, we will talk about a topic that I’m sure you will find very useful. I will talk about the best online English dictionaries. And with a mini-story, you will practice your English fluency. Okay. Let’s get started. We have all used an English dictionary at one time or another. And I think it was easier before the Internet. Everyone had a single dictionary at home and consulted it in paper format. And then, for a short time, people used dictionaries on their computers. But then came the Internet. And everything became faster, more convenient, but also more confusing. Because right now, we have more dictionaries at our disposal than ever. However, especially when we want to look up how to pronounce a word in English. So let’s see what are the most used English dictionaries on the Internet: Of course, many people use the Google dictionary, which is actually a translator. And although it is not a bad one, I do not recommend it, especially if you want to look up the pronunciation of an English word. Although the Google dictionary also has some good things. It is compatible with several languages, it has the credibility and reliability of Google as a brand, and it also provides the meaning of almost all the words in English. However, the translations of the words are not always correct. On the other hand, The Free Dictionary is one of the most famous dictionaries for pronunciation. It offers all the basics you need as a pronunciation resource. You can search by words, characters, or text with this dictionary to find definitions and voice pronunciations. In addition, you can compare the pronunciation differences between American and British English. And in case you want to use your mobile or tablet, they also have an app for iPhone and Android. There is also the Merriam-Webster online dictionary, one of the most respected dictionaries of the English language. It offers phonetic translations, Spanish to English translations, and a medical dictionary. It also provides information on the history and etymology of words. Cambridge Dictionary online. Many people use the Cambridge Dictionary online. It has three outstanding features: dictionary, grammar, and translator. If you want to look up the pronunciation of a British English word, especially, or if you are looking for a very detailed historical resource, this is for you. I find that American English pronunciation is not always correct, so I recommend this dictionary for those who like British pronunciation better. Collins Dictionary is one of the best platforms for students, translators, and teachers. It has over 4.5 billion words and comes with unique options that can help you improve your grammar and fluency. Its search engine has an auto-suggest feature that allows you to select the word you are looking for by just typing a few letters. The Oxford Dictionary is one of the oldest and most trusted online dictionaries. This online dictionary is a robust tool that helps you define words in both British and American English. It is the ideal dictionary to use when writing a thesis or research paper. However, I should also note that this dictionary has complex word definitions and unclear explanations. Even though it is the last on the list, Dictionary.com is the dictionary I use regularly. This dictionary has earned the trust of millions of users worldwide for the last two decades. One of my favorite features is the audio pronunciation. It is the dictionary I recommend if you want to consult and practice the pronunciation of American English words. In a faraway country, there were many thousands of different kinds of dictionaries. Where were there thousands of different kinds of dictionaries? In a faraway country. In a faraway country, there were thousands of different kinds of dictionaries. How many kinds of dictionaries were there? Thousands. There were thousands of dictionaries. What kind of book was there? Dictionaries. There were thousands of different kinds of dictionaries. So, it wasn’t obvious to find a suitable dictionary for each situation. Was it a little or very confusing to find a suitable dictionary? Very confusing. It wasn’t obvious to try to find a suitable dictionary. What was confusing? Finding the right dictionary for each situation. Was it confusing to find any dictionary or the right dictionary? The right dictionary. It was confusing to find the suitable dictionary. Consequently, Lisa had the fantastic idea of writing a dictionary portfolio. Did Lisa have a horrible idea? No. No. Lisa did not have a horrible idea. She had a fantastic idea. Did she have the idea of writing a romance novel with her boyfriend in mind? No. No. She had the idea of writing a dictionary portfolio. What kind of portfolio? A dictionary portfolio. The portfolio consisted of thousands of listings with the names of the available dictionaries. Did the portfolio consist of a list of dishes? No. No. It didn’t consist of a list of dishes. What did the portfolio consist of? It consisted of thousands of listings with the names of the available dictionaries. Lisa’s portfolio was such a success that others started writing thousands of dictionary portfolios just like her. Did other people start writing self-help books? No. No. Not self-help books. They started writing portfolios just like Lisa. Who was the first person to write dictionary portfolios? Lisa. Lisa was the first. How many portfolios did they start writing? Hundreds? Thousands? Thousands. They started writing thousands and thousands of dictionary portfolios. Well, I hope you liked finding out more about the online English dictionaries. By the way, if you want to know how to speak English using the right techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my five golden rules to speak English fluently. And it’s completely free.   Get the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
4/3/202212 minutes, 28 seconds
Episode Artwork

#205 Fuel, Electricity, Gas, and rising prices

- You know, I couldn't buy gasoline because it's too expensive,  I sold my car, and now I have enough money to buy it without any problem. Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In this episode: - I'm going to talk about a current topic: the widespread price increase we are suffering because of the economic situation.  - In the second part, you will practice grammar with a point of view lesson. Don't miss it! Remember, you can get the text and much more at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast  If there's one thing we can say lately when we go shopping for groceries, it is that prices are going up a lot. And this wouldn't be a big problem for people if wages were rising in the same way.  Obviously, people are not happy. They see that, with the same salary, they can buy fewer and fewer products. This is partly due to the increase in the price of three goods in the energy sector: fuel, electricity, and gas.   When I say fuel, I mean gasoline and diesel. Usually, trucks use diesel. Fuel prices are about to double. This affects the economy a lot because, as you know, goods have to be transported from one place to another. The transport sector takes care of this. A large truck can easily have a tank of 1000 liters. That's a little more than 250 gallons. Imagine the cost of all that diesel. This affects the entire distribution chain and makes products more expensive. The second key element that is affecting prices is the cost of electricity. I have seen some bills that double and even triple previous years' totals at the consumer level.  All businesses in all sectors use electricity. If you increase the cost, all economic sectors are affected, from industry to food. For example, imagine you go shopping at the supermarket. You want to buy meat, yogurt, fish;... All these products are refrigerated. To refrigerate, you need electricity, so prices increase.  Finally, the price of gas has gone up a lot.  At the domestic level, gas is used for cooking and air conditioning. In winter, it is very important because you need to heat the house. But it is also used in industry, and it affects costs in a very significant way. I have read that some companies, in order to avoid raising prices, they offer less quantity of product for the same price. So, for example, for the same price of 500 grams of meat, now they only give you 400 grams. It is a psychological trick. Okay, to finish this section, let's look at some expressions you may hear regarding this topic: - Inflation is the generalized rise within a certain period of products and services. Please do not confuse it with inflammation. If you have inflammation, better go to the nearest hospital. :) - CPI: This is the consumer price index. Many people confuse it with inflation, but it is not the same. It is a representative selection of products and services and calculates the average increase to measure inflation. The inflation figure can be altered if you change this selection of products. - Purchasing power: This is the ability to buy things. If prices go up (inflation) with the same amount of money, you have less purchasing power.  - Tightening the belt: It is a phrase that means that you have to make an effort to reduce expenses. - Not making ends meet. With the money you earn, you don't have enough for your expenses. So, what you have to do is tighten your belt. Well, I hope you liked this current topic and the associated vocabulary. By the way, if you want to know how to speak English using the right techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my five golden rules to speak English fluently. And it's completely free. Get the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
3/26/202212 minutes, 16 seconds
Episode Artwork

#204 Flaws in English #2

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In this episode: - We continue with the flaws in English. We're going to learn four more words. - In part two, you'll practice grammar with a point of view lesson. Remember, you can get the transcript and much more at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com Last week I talked about flaws. Unlike virtues, flaws are undesirable characteristics of someone's personality.   I talked about this:   Stinginess: when you don't ever want to spend money. Indifference: When you have no interest or empathy for something or someone. Intransigence: When you are rigid in your positions and never make concessions. Gossip: When you are indiscreet in talking about others. Today we are going to look at four more flaws. Let's start! #1 Greed In a previous episode, I talked about stinginess. If you remember, it means trying not to spend money. Well, we have another word that may have some relation. I'm talking about the word greed. A greedy person desires to possess and acquire wealth to keep it. For sure, a stingy person can also be greedy, although not necessarily.  The idea is to accumulate wealth. Let's look at an example: "Although their offer isn't very appealing, I have to be careful not to be greedy and spoil everything."   #2 Envy Ah, envy. It is the feeling of longing or resentment caused by another person's possessions, qualities, or good fortune. That is, an envious person feels bad when someone else has or gets something beneficial or desirable.    Example: - Look at Tom and his new car. How did he afford it? I wish I had a car like that. - Maybe you're a little envious. - Me? Envious? No. It’s just that I am a better driver than he is.   Sometimes envy can stimulate greed. Let's continue!   #3 Unpunctuality Who hasn't been unpunctual at some time? Being unpunctual -or being late- regularly can be quite annoying to others, as it is a waste of their time.   I love being punctual and appreciate it when others are more or less punctual. However, I have a friend who is always twenty minutes late. I guess she has no understanding of time management. Okay, let's look at the following example:   “Alice, this is the fourth day in a row that you have been unpunctual for work.” #4 Narcissism I once read that the most common type of photo is a selfie. And no wonder. It seems that many have an inflated sense of self. And this leads them to have a deep need for excessive attention and admiration. Especially young people tend to get depressed if they don't get enough "likes" on their videos or photos. Example: A narcissist meets a girl in a bar, and after talking for two hours about himself, he says to her, "Well, but let's not talk about me anymore, let's talk about you. What do you think of me?" Okay. Today you've learned some more vocabulary regarding flaws. The list is huge, but we don't want to overdo it. By the way, if you want to know how to speak English using the right techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my five golden rules to speak English fluently. And it's completely free. Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
3/11/202211 minutes, 47 seconds
Episode Artwork

#203 Flaws in English Stinginess, Indifference, Intransigence, Gossip

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In this episode: You're going to learn vocabulary about flaws. That is the negative characteristic of people.  In the second part, we will practice speaking with a fun mini-story of questions and answers. Remember to get the transcript of this episode at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Let's start! In a couple of previous episodes, you learned vocabulary related to virtues. You know, those good characteristics of people. As you know, you and I are full of virtues, but today we're going to talk about negative characteristics that others have, not us, of course. Although there are many flaws, I will focus on just a few. I have made a selection to discuss them below. Let's go for the first one: 1. Stinginess A person who never wants to spend money is stingy, especially if they can afford it. I think it is convenient to distinguish between a saver and a stingy person. A saver person tries to manage his money well. On the other hand, a stingy person always tries to save every last cent. An example. Imagine a dialogue between a stingy person and a cab driver: - How much is a ride to the airport?  - Thirty dollars. - How much do you charge for the suitcase?  - There is no charge for the suitcase. - Well, then take my suitcase to the airport. I’m walking. 2. Indifference It is very common in the world we live in. An indifferent person has the attitude of not showing empathy or interest in something or someone. Sometimes it is a defense mechanism to avoid being emotionally involved in some circumstances.  One can be indifferent about many things: politics, social problems, friendships, family, etc. Example: - Hey, what's the difference between ignorance and indifference? - I don't know, and I don't care. Wow, that's really showing indifference... And ignorance. Let's look at the next one: 3. Intransigence We can say that someone who is intransigent is rigid in their positions and who is not willing to make concessions or give in to compromises under any circumstances. An example: - Paul is a good teacher, but he is very intransigent. A student asked for more time to turn in his work because he had a health problem. However, Paul told the student that he would not make any exceptions. 4. Gossip It means to speak indiscreetly or maliciously about someone. Example: -Did you know that Alice just got divorced and already has a boyfriend? - Lucy, stop gossiping and get back to work. Ok. Now it’s time for you to practice your speech with a mini-story.   Get the transcript at: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
3/6/202214 minutes, 48 seconds
Episode Artwork

#202 Virtues in English: Gratitude Perseverance Courage Prudence

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In this episode: We're going to continue to learn virtues in English. Maybe we'll discover that we possess those virtues by the end of the episode, with a bit of luck. In the second part of the show, you'll practice your English with a new mini-story with questions and answers related to virtues. Remember that at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com, you can find the transcript of this episode. Ok. In a previous episode, I talked about these four virtues:   - Loyalty - Sensitivity - Serenity - Resilience Today, we will look at four more virtues that I will further discuss and give examples. We will all end up very virtuous :) Let’s start!   1. Gratitude Okay, this is a virtue that is lacking in our society. It involves giving thanks, either in word or with an action. That is, you can reciprocate with gratitude to someone by helping them with something, or by showing kindness, etc. From the word gratitude, we get the word grateful. Example: "Pam has no gratitude towards her parents.  Her parents saved all their lives so she could go to college. But she dropped out of college to travel the world with a backpack. " And while Pam surely has a great time, she has been very ungrateful towards her parents. Let's look at the next one: 2. Perseverance Well, this word I think is easy to remember. It means to be persistent in some projects, which typically may take quite some time. It is an essential virtue since it takes a lot of perseverance to achieve most things in life. We can take the example of athletes, who need to train every day at a very high level. This is very hard, and it requires perseverance. An example. Imagine yourself in a job interview: -  What is your greatest virtue? -  I am perseveran…presea…pers…perseverant person! :) Now that's a persevering person :) Let's see the next one: 3. Courage We can also use the word bravery instead of courage. A person with courage confronts danger without being afraid and even transforms it into determination. Many times courage is exhibited with passion. It can be found in soldiers, police officers, firefighters, ... But we can also find courage in any person and situation.  An example: - Tom had the courage to ask for a raise. - And did he get it? - No. Now he is looking for a job.   And last but not least: 4. Prudence Although courage and prudence seem like opposites, they are not. A prudent person is not a fearful or frightened person. They simply do not act impulsively. They avoid unnecessary risks. They act with caution. It is quite similar to wisdom. The difference I think, is subtle. A prudent person tends to have good judgment. That is, to make good decisions. A prudent person simply tries to avoid potentially dangerous situations by not acting impulsively.  For example: A ship was sailing at sea when a fire broke out. The captain asks everyone to leave the ship immediately. A passenger is about to jump into the sea, but his very prudent wife tells him: "Tony, wait 1 hour, we just ate, and we haven't even digested yet." Well, this example has a certain humor. Sometimes an excess of prudence is not very wise :) What do you think? Do you have all the virtues, only some of them, or are you lacking in virtuosity? Ok. Today we have talked about these four virtues: Gratitude Perseverance Courage Prudence Get the transcript on my website: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
2/26/202215 minutes, 15 seconds
Episode Artwork

#201 Virtues in English Loyalty, Wisdom, Serenity, Resilience

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In this episode, you will learn vocabulary related to virtues with examples. In the second part, you will practice grammar with a point of view lesson without memorizing any boring rules. Before getting started, visit my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get the transcript for free.  Okay. First of all, what is a virtue? Thanks for asking. A virtue is a positive characteristic of a person. Usually, someone's virtues have a positive impact on others. Yes, I know that sometimes it's hard to find virtues in some people, but if you look carefully, you will find them. Sometimes the word "quality" is also used to say the same thing. The opposite of virtue would defect, which logically is negative. It's the undesirable aspect of a person. Sometimes people confuse virtue with ability. They are not precisely the same. A virtue is part of someone's personality, and that helps differentiate them from other people. For example, one person may be wise, and another may not. On the other hand, someone may have the ability to play an instrument, be organized, etc. Okay, let's look at some of these virtues. There are so many, and I had to make a selection. I think it's quite useful vocabulary. Let's look at the first one: #1 Loyalty Loyalty implies being faithful to something or someone. You can be loyal to a cause, an idea, etc. You can also be loyal to a friend, for example. It conveys the idea of support.  Let's look at an example: "Philip is a very loyal person. Even though the company was going through hard times, he did not leave and stayed until the end." Loyalty is easy when things are going well but more difficult when there are problems. For example, many people are disloyal when they can no longer benefit from a situation. #2 Wisdom Wisdom is known as being prudent and having good judgment. The latter, good judgment, means that after analysis and reflection, good decisions are made. In other words, a wise person does not make strange or crazy decisions. It has a lot to do with maturity.  Example: "My friend is not wise (unwise) because he never fastens his seat belt when he drives." #3 Serenity What a lovely word, right? A serene person is someone who remains calm when facing problems. It is a calm attitude towards life. Please do not confuse it with an unaware person, someone who ignores problems. A serene person usually faces problems, but their attitude is relatively relaxed. I like to talk to people who have this virtue because they give you quite a lot of peace. Here's an example: "Daniel is a serene person. He hardly gets upset about anything." Let's look at the next one: #4 Resilience This word became very fashionable in the environment of psychology and even business. In essence, resilience is the ability to face adversity and recover quickly. It involves adaptation, flexibility, and certain confidence to move forward. Example: "I admire Monica because of her resilience. It turns out that she lost her job two weeks ago, but she is already training to adapt to the needs of today's job market."   That’s all for today. :) By the way, if you want to know how to speak English using the right techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my five golden rules to speak English fluently. And it's completely free. Ok! Now it's time for you to learn grammar in context with a point of view story. Get the transcript at: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
2/20/202211 minutes, 18 seconds
Episode Artwork

#200 Difficult words to Pronounce in English

Listen to a new episode of Speak English Now Podcast, your favorite material for practicing your spoken and heard English. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary, and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today, we will look at some English words that are very difficult to pronounce. And with a point of view lesson, you will improve your English grammar without memorizing any boring rules. Before getting started, visit my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get the transcript for free.  Also, let me say that I’m really happy because this is episode number 200!! It’s been five years since I launched the first episode of the Speak English Now Podcast!! Thank you so much for your support and sharing the podcast with your friends and families. Ok, let’s start. 1. Cavalry and calvary People often confuse cavalry (armed forces on horseback) with calvary, an experience of extreme suffering, especially mental suffering. We call a metathesis the change of one or more sounds within a word. And yes. Metathesis is also a hard word to pronounce. Anyway, let’s practice the two words a little bit. Listen and repeat after me: [ kav-uhl-ree ] Cavalry. Cavalry. Cavalry. [ kal-vuh-ree ] Calvary. Calvary. Calvary. 2. Comfortable and Vegetable These two words are the most difficult for my students to pronounce. Most Spanish speakers pronounce comfortable, and vegetable as “comfortaibal” or “vegetaibal” and I guess it’s because both words end in “table.” So, let’s practice the two words a little bit. Listen and repeat: [ kuhm-fer-tuh-buhl, ] Comfortable. Comfortable. Comfortable. [ kuhmf-ter-buhl ] Comfortable. Comfortable. Comfortable.  [ vej-tuh-buhl ]  Vegetable. Vegetable. Vegetable. [ vej-i-tuh-buhl ] Vegetable. Vegetable. Vegetable. 3. Deteriorate Another word that my students find difficult to pronounce is deteriorate. Let’s practice it for a bit. Listen and repeat after me: [ dih-teer-ee-uh-reyt ] Deteriorate. Deteriorate. Deteriorate.   4. Explicit Don’t worry. Almost everyone sounds a little funny when they pronounce the word “explicit.” Let’s practice it! [ ik-splis-it ] Explicit. Explicit. Explicit. 5. Exponentially Yes, I understand you perfectly. Sometimes exponentially gets exponentially harder to say the more you try to say it. 🙂 Let’s practice this word. Listen and repeat after me: [ ek-spoh-nen-shuh-lee ] Exponentially. Exponentially. Exponentially. [ ek-spuh-nen-shuh-lee ] Exponentially. Exponentially. Exponentially. That’s all for today; I hope you had a good time practicing these complex words. Next week we will practice more of these difficult words in English.  By the way, if you want to know how to speak English using the right techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my five golden rules to speak English fluently. And it’s completely free. Ok! Now it’s time for you to learn grammar in context with a point of view story. Get the transcript on my website for free: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
2/10/202213 minutes, 43 seconds
Episode Artwork

#199 Learning English and Music

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Do you play a musical instrument? Well, today we will learn some benefits of playing a musical instrument and whether it will also help you with learning English. And with a mini-story, you will improve your fluency. I will tell you a story while asking many questions that you will need to answer as quickly as possible. It's like having a conversation with another person in English. Before we get started, visit my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get the transcript for free. Ok, let's start. #1 You'll be smarter One of the great reasons to learn to play music is to increase your cognitive ability. In other words, to be smarter. Playing music is a way to activate your brain in a way that helps you with memory retention, and you can learn new things quickly. #2 Improves your memory  Like I just said, playing an instrument improves your memory. So learning to play an instrument can be very beneficial for those not so young, those with memory problems. If you never know where you leave your keys, it may be a good idea to stimulate your brain by learning to play a musical instrument. Because learning to play music involves learning a lot of new things, your brain will become more accustomed to learning, which will make a big difference to your memory in the future. #3 You'll have better concentration  Improving your musical skills forces you to use all the parts of your brain involved in concentration, making you more capable of focusing on other life situations. #4 It builds your confidence Do you want to feel more confident? If you can play an instrument well, it will make you feel more self-confident. Feeling comfortable playing music in front of others is essential and will extend to other aspects of your life. For example, if you get nervous about public speaking, playing an instrument in front of a crowd can be a big help. #5 You'll feel proud  And not only will you feel more confident, but you will also feel proud of yourself. Because mastering a musical instrument can make you feel an enormous sense of accomplishment, this will have a substantial positive impact on your life, and you will feel happier. #6 Improves our mood Playing an instrument can help with stress, and depression because it acts as an outlet for difficult emotions. It can be a way to calm down in difficult situations and a healthy distraction on a stressful day. In short, playing an instrument has all kinds of positive benefits on our mood. #7 It makes you creative  And one of the most obvious benefits of learning a musical instrument is creativity. Being creative is essential for many aspects of life, and you can extend this idea to other areas, such as art, writing, or cooking. And finally, learning to play a musical instrument can also help you… #8 Learn a foreign language. When we learn to play an instrument, we also develop our listening skills. And it has been proven that students with musical training pronounce the sounds of a second language better and pick up the relevant contrasts between the sounds of that new language. On the other hand, although I'm fluent in several languages, I must confess that I haven’t yet had the opportunity to play any musical instrument. However, I intend to learn to play the piano because it's my favorite musical instrument. How about you? Do you know how to play an instrument? Leave me a comment on my website or social media. I would like to know if it has helped you in your English learning. By the way, if you want to know how to speak English using the right techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my 5 golden rules to speak English fluently. And it’s completely free. Get the transcript here:  SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
2/4/202214 minutes, 1 second
Episode Artwork

#198 Types of Humor in English

vocabulary, and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today we will talk about humor in English. There are many different ways that a person can be funny, and I will give you some examples of different types of humor in English. And with a mini-story, you will improve your fluency. I will tell you a story while asking many questions that you will need to answer as quickly as possible. It’s like having a conversation with another person in English. Before we get started, visit my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get the transcript for free.  Ok, let’s start. First, let’s talk about what we call a funny person, or at least someone who tries to be funny.  1) A goofy person For example, we have the typical goofy person or goofball who does silly things, including funny dances and dressing up in ridiculous costumes. Sometimes they make funny mistakes, although those are usually on purpose. Clowns are usually considered goofy. 2) A prankster A prankster is someone who plays practical jokes on people. Practical jokes are tricks that confuse or frighten others for a short period. I, personally, don’t enjoy pulling pranks, let alone being pranked. However, many people have a great time watching videos on the internet containing these practical jokes. 3) A self-deprecating person If you watch stand-up comedy, you will often find this type of self-deprecating person who makes jokes that make them look bad. They joke about their shortcomings and problems, although sometimes I find that they can even go too far with their storytelling, and I find their performance humiliating. 4) A witty person A witty person says funny and brilliant things. Witty people are also quick with their jokes. An example of witty humor would be: “Too many people run out of ideas long before they run out of words.”  Now let’s look at the different types of humor in English. Quirky sense of humor Someone with a quirky sense of humor tells strange, unpredictable jokes, and they frequently use improvisation. Dry or Deadpan sense of humor Someone with a dry or deadpan sense of humor usually says funny things with a serious, calm expression. They don’t smile, laugh, or make silly faces. This type of humor is my favorite, and the people who tell these types of jokes are usually very intelligent. Warped sense of humor Having a warped or twisted sense of humor means making fun of things that many people find scary or offensive. We’re talking about jokes about illness and tragic events.  And, of course, this kind of humor can go wrong in so many ways.  The truth is that there are types of humor that rarely make you laugh, such as, for example, corny humor. Corny or cheesy jokes Cheesy or corny jokes are supposed to be funny, but they’re not. They’re too silly or too predictable. For example, jokes involving two words that sound alike are too corny. Another type of jokes that don’t make me laugh are lame jokes. Lame jokes Lazy jokes just aren’t funny. A “lame” joke is actually worse than a “corny” joke. For instance, you might laugh at a corny joke even if you think it’s awful, but trust me, a lame joke just isn’t funny. Get the transcript at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
1/29/202213 minutes, 43 seconds
Episode Artwork

#197 Popular idioms in English

Hi, everyone! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. Today, let's learn some popular idioms in English. And with a point of view lesson, you will learn grammar in context without memorizing any boring rules. I'll tell you the same story from different grammar points. I can change the tense or the person. And like that, you will learn grammar in context. Please visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast to get the transcript. It’s free. Ok. Let’s get started! 1. NO-BRAINER: this is basically an easy decision. It's something that requires little or no mental effort. Example: "Do you think I should propose to my girlfriend? That's a no-brainer. She is such a fantastic woman!" 2. SIT ON THE FENCE: staying neutral and not taking sides. For example, if you have two friends and they have a fight, you will try not to take sides. You'll sit on the fence. Example: "Don't you think I'm right? He hasn't been nice to me lately, has he? I'm sitting on the fence with this one; you're both my good friends." 3. FREAK OUT: to become very angry, scared, or excited. Example: "Mum, don't freak out! But I have to tell you something that I did last weekend. Tom and I got married! "Last week, my sister won the lottery, and she freaked out about it." 4. BE A CATCH: Telling someone that others would be lucky to have them around, or even marry them. Example: "Dad, I'm taking Jessica out tonight. She is such a catch!" 5. COSTS AN ARM AND A LEG: when something is very expensive. Examples: "My son wants a new computer for his birthday, but it'll cost an arm and a leg!" "This new smartphone cost me an arm and a leg." 6. YOU ROCK: it means that you are great. Example: "I can't believe you got the tickets for today's game. You rock!" That's all for now; let's practice these expressions in the next section. By the way, if you want to know how to speak English using the right techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my 5 golden rules to speak English fluently. And it’s completely free! Get the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
1/22/20229 minutes, 45 seconds
Episode Artwork

#196 House Vocabulary in English

Today we will talk about finding the perfect home and what you should consider before you rent or buy a house. In the second part of this show, you will improve your fluency with a mini-story. I will ask you many questions that you need to answer as quickly as possible. It's like having a conversation with another person in English. Ok, let's start! Looking for a new home is an important decision, and many people are unprepared for the occasion. But today, I will help you find your perfect home in English.  When you want to buy or rent a house, make sure you try everything. Open and shut the cupboards, flush the toilets, and use a measuring tape.  Here are a few key things to look for on each home tour: First of all, you will need to consider the location, and the number of floors of the property—also, the size of bedrooms, bathrooms, closets, and storage space.  If the house is furnished and includes all electrical appliances, make sure you check out the age and condition of the appliances. Pay attention to the light switches and the number of sockets in each room, and check the plumbing and water pressure in the kitchen and bathrooms. Another thing that many people don't take into account is the house's orientation. This will determine the amount of natural light your house gets. For example, facing East, a house is heated in the morning and cooled during the rest of the day. So, make sure you pay attention to this important factor.  Although there are so many things you need to take into account, don't overlook any other vital aspects like the noise levels inside or outside the home. Living in a noisy neighborhood can drastically deteriorate your lifestyle.  Another suggestion would be that you walk around the entire home and property and pay attention to the age and condition of the roof and siding. Siding is the protective material placed on the exterior side of a house or other building wall. Take a few minutes after the home visit to look around the neighborhood. Pay attention to details. Are there any stores, or restaurants nearby?  If the property has a garage or parking capacity, make sure you scrutinize it as well. And during the home tour, make sure to take notes and photos. Why do I say this? It is mainly because we can get overexcited during the home visit, and it's hard to think clearly. That’s why it is essential to review the notes and photos taken. Ok, so you have already visited the place and collected a great deal of housing information. Now it's time to give the agent a call. Here are some basic questions you can ask the real estate agent: Is the price right? How old is the home? Why is it for sale? Are any repairs needed? When were the floors last refinished? What types of heating and cooling systems are available? How old is the electrical and plumbing? After you have collected as much information as possible, take some time to relax before making the decision, especially if you're buying.  The bottom line is that buying a home requires a great deal of commitment and patience.  My advice is to avoid falling in love with a house at first sight and do your research.  Ok, so you have learned plenty of new vocabulary today. By the way, if you want to know how to speak English using the right techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my 5 golden rules to speak English fluently. Read the transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast
1/15/202215 minutes, 38 seconds
Episode Artwork

#195 Santa Claus - Fun Facts - ESL

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Merry Christmas everyone! Today I would like to share with you five fun facts about Santa Claus. And with a fun mini-story, I will help you improve your English fluency. You just have to answer some simple questions, as if we had an informal English conversation. There are so many things I love about Christmas. I love baking Christmas cookies, watching Christmas movies, buying presents, and decorating the tree. And let's not forget about Father Christmas, Santa Claus. I hope you're having a great Christmas this year.  1. Is Santa Claus real? Yes, of course. Santa Claus is real. The real name of Santa Claus was Saint Nicholas, but he was also known as Kris Kringle. Saint Nicholas was born in modern-day Turkey. After donating all his inherited wealth, he became famous for helping the poor and sick. Over the years, he became popular for his deeds and became known as the protector of children. In many countries, on December 6, people still celebrate Saint Nicholas Day. And this day was considered a lucky day to make large purchases or for marriage purposes. 2. Why is Father Christmas known as Santa Claus? St. Nicholas became known as Santa Claus after his Dutch nickname, Sintar Klaas. In the 18th century, a New York Historical Society member distributed woodcuts of St. Nicholas at the society's annual meeting. On the other hand, Washington Irving, the author of the book The History of New York, further popularized the tales of Sintar Klaas by referring to St. Nicholas as the patron saint of New York in his book. 3. How old is Santa? Santa Claus' origins go back to a monk named St. Nicholas, born between 260 and 280 AD in a village called Patara, part of modern-day Turkey. So in 2021, Santa Claus is about 1750 years old. That’s amazing! :) 4. Who created the image of Santa Claus? One of the first artists to define the modern image of Santa Claus was Thomas Nast. This 19th century American cartoonist immortalized Santa Claus with an illustration for the January 3, 1863 issue of Harper's Weekly. Santa was dressed in an American flag and riding in a sleigh pulled by reindeer in this drawing. 5. Is it true that Santa traditionally wears red because of Coca‑Cola? Many believe that Santa Claus wears red because of Coca-Cola. Although there is no doubt that the soft drink company has influenced the representation of Santa Claus, the fact is that Saint Nicholas appeared in many illustrations and written descriptions wearing a scarlet coat. Well, I hope you enjoyed learning these 5 fun facts about Santa Claus. Now let’s continue with a mini-story. GET the TRANSCRIPT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
12/26/202112 minutes, 50 seconds
Episode Artwork

#194 The History of Coca-Cola ESL

Today, I will talk about Coca-Cola. And with a mini-story, you will improve your English fluency while learning some fun facts about Coca-Cola. Do you like Coca-Cola? I used to drink plenty of Coke when I was younger, but I try to drink more water nowadays. However, I admit that Coca-Cola is the perfect drink to complement my popcorn at the cinema. And the good news is that if you want a healthier version, you can choose the sugar-free and even caffeine-free Coke. But when and how was Coca-Cola invented? In 1886, John Pemberton, a pharmacist from Georgia, invented a new kind of syrup. The drink was first sold as a nerve tonic that "relieves exhaustion," but it wasn't very successful. Therefore, he sold his secret formula to another pharmacist, Asa Griggs Candler. Candler was actually the one who invented Coca-Cola, as he mixed Pemberton's syrup with soda. He started selling Coca-Cola in several drugstores and advertised his new drink, and soon people were going to the drugstores just to get a drink of Coca-Cola. Before long, the drink became very popular, and a couple of entrepreneurs wanted to sell it in bottles. So, Candler sold them a license to bottle the drink, and soon the men were millionaires.  Did you know that the Coca-Cola bottle is the most recognizable object in the world? The famous Coca-Cola bottle is more than 100 years old. Although the drink doesn't contain any cocoa, the famous bottle was originally shaped like a cocoa bean. Its unusual shape initially helped Coca-Cola stand out from its competitors. Nowadays, hundreds of millions of people can recognize a Coca-Cola bottle by its shape. Also, the well-known Coca-Cola logo is the most famous in the world, perhaps because it has not changed in more than 100 years. The company still uses the script logo that Frank Robinson crafted in 1891. Coca-Cola became popular in Europe during the First World War. American soldiers in Europe started asking for Coca-Cola, so the company started exporting it, and soon the drink was also being bottled in Europe.  Today, Coca-Cola is produced in countries worldwide and is undoubtedly the most popular drink in the world. When it comes to the famous formula, it is probably the most valuable secret in the world. The exact ingredients used to make Coca-Cola are known to only a handful of people. And since Christmas is coming up, I wanted to answer a very common question about Santa and Coca-Cola. Did you know that many people think that the Coca-Cola Company invented Santa Claus? Actually, I will talk in more detail about Father Christmas in a future episode, but I can assure you that Coca-Cola did not invent Father Christmas. The company began using Santa Claus in its advertising in the 1920s; however, Santa's story dates back to the third century.  That's all about Coca-Cola and Santa for today. Let's continue with a mini-story. Read the transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
12/17/202112 minutes, 54 seconds
Episode Artwork

#193 How to express Probability in English?

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.  - Do you know how to express probability in English? Probably, but just in case, let's practice with some basic expressions. In the second part, we will practice fluency with a short mini-story of questions and answers. You can get the transcript of this episode and more at Speakenglishpodcast.com. Very good. When we talk, we usually say things that are true, or at least we believe them to be true. For example, "it's cold today," but we can also say things that we don't know one hundred percent if they are true. In today's episode, we will learn some phrases and words used to express probability. I'm sure you already know some of these expressions, and seeing them with some examples will help you consolidate them. The key is to hear them in context and over time, repeating them several times. Don't try to learn them all in one day. Since these expressions are used a lot, it will be easy to remember and use them. Imagine the following situation: Someone doesn't know where the keys are.    Example: - Where are the keys? I have to go out, and I can't find them. They might be in the room. They may be in the room. They could be in the room. See? "They might/may/could be in the room" indicates an assumption, a certain probability. You think they are, with some probability, in the room when you say, "they might/may/could be in the room."   Get the transcript at: SpeakEnglishpodcast.com/podcast
12/9/202112 minutes, 58 seconds
Episode Artwork

#192 How to avoid uncomfortable conversations in English

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today, in this episode: We’re going to continue to see some bad strategies that I don’t recommend in conversations. Next, you will practice some grammar in an intuitive way with a point of view lesson. Okay, let’s start! If you remember, last week, we saw some unwise ways to interact in a conversation. Today we are going to continue with more things that we should not say or do when you  have a conversation in English. This is what we saw in the previous episode: – Talking about the weather. – Not listening to the other person. – Talking too fast, too softly, not articulating well, or not pausing. Talking about negative things. Talking about boring things. And my favorite: messing up. Remember, I told you how easy it is to mess up? That’s why we always have to be careful. If you didn’t listen to the previous episode, I suggest you do it along with this one. Cool! Let’s look at some more bad strategies. This way, you can avoid having uncomfortable conversations in the future. Interrupt others. Interrupting someone always has its risks, especially in more formal settings or with people we don’t know. I don’t like being interrupted at all, especially since I can lose track of what I was saying. This means that sometimes I don’t remember exactly what I was going to say. Of course, the worst thing is when they interrupt you to change the subject. Sometimes you just want to finish what you want to say, but they won’t let you. Imagine you’re telling a joke, and someone interrupts you. That completely ruins the moment. Okay, let’s move on to the next one: Always wanting to be right. It’s a classic. We always want to be right, even with strangers. We always know best. However, it’s better to be diplomatic and not try to impose on others. Sometimes someone says something we know is not true. We have to evaluate whether it is worth correcting that person or simply expressing our disagreement. It all depends on the type of relationship we have with that person and whether different opinions are accepted. Of course, if it is a brainstorming session, different points of view must be expressed. After all, this is the goal of the exercise. Okay, let’s see the next one: Stay away from sensitive or controversial topics. If you don’t know the other person, it’s better not to have a conversation about potentially polemical topics such as politics, diverse ideologies or even sports (in some countries soccer is almost a religion).  So be careful with that topic. Today we live in an era where any minimal controversy can trigger major conflict. So, it is better to stay away from anything that is potentially controversial. Something you should never do is… Showing off Showing off your car, your country, your economic status, how much weight you can lift at the gym, etc. is not usually a good subject to discuss with someone you hardly know. You are, in a way, making a comparison. I guess it’s better to be humble and avoid taking too many risks.   Read the transcript here:  https://speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
11/13/202112 minutes, 58 seconds
Episode Artwork

#191 Super Short Scary Stories in English part#2

- Well, well... So, you're going to make a cucumber salad. - Not exactly. You'll see in a while what I need them for. Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.  Today, in this episode... - We're going to continue to discover some more super short scary stories. - Next, I'm going to do a little mini-story for you to practice fluency. Simple and effective. Remember, you can check out the transcript for today's episode at www.speakenglishpodcast.com Alright. Last week we looked at some super short scary stories... Well, very short. So short that most of them can be written in a single line.  For example, we saw this one: "We know who you are and where you live." Today we are going to learn some more. As I know you are very brave, you will be able to bear it. I am also going to comment on them one by one.  Let's look at the first one: "Your bank called you." Phew. Every time the bank calls me, they try to offer me something I don't need: a mortgage, credit, insurance. But I suppose that, if there is a problem, they also call you. Still, they have never called me to give me any good news. Let's listen to another super short scary story: "Your mother-in-law invites you to Christmas dinner." Well, ... I have to say that poor mothers-in-law are not so bad. Rather, they are good... At least, I think they have good intentions. However, the myth is that mothers-in-law are always meddling in your life and are very annoying. One thing is true. Mothers-in-law are usually excellent cooks. "I saw a mouse in the office." A mouse! It's not a very good sign to see mice anywhere, let alone in the office. Best not to think about it. However, it could be a computer mouse. Then it wouldn't be so scary.  Another scary story: “There is a problem." Well... Yes, most of the time, this phrase indicates an unpleasant situation that we have to face. The worst thing is that you don't know the problem until you are given more details. Another one would be: "Did you hear that?" Well, this phrase, depending on the context, can be terrifying.  The last super short scary story: "I don't speak English." Yes, that's a problem, especially when you urgently need to say something important in English. Imagine you are eating French fries, and you need salt, but the waiter doesn't understand you. Okay, we'll leave it here for now.  Let's continue with a mini-story. Read the transcript here:  https://speakenglishpodcast.com/podcast/
11/5/202110 minutes, 46 seconds
Episode Artwork

#190 Halloween in America 2021

Listen to a new episode of Speak English Now Podcast, your favorite material for practicing your spoken and heard English. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary, and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: Hi, everyone! I’m Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help YOU to speak English fluently. In today’s episode: I’ll be talking about one of the most celebrated holidays in the United States: Halloween. After that, you’ll practice your speaking with a new mini-story, while enjoying my new Question & Answer story. Very well. Let’s get started!  Halloween is a holiday celebrated on the last day of October. I would say it’s very popular because everybody’s excited about it, especially children. The word Halloween comes from an old English expression, “All Hallows’ Eve,” and it means the day before All Saints’ Day.   Children of all ages really love Halloween because they can dress up in funny costumes and knock on their neighborhood doors shouting “Trick or Treat!”. The neighbors usually give them candies. The meaning of the phrase “Trick or Treat” is interesting. In this context, “treat” means getting the candies, and “trick” implies the consequence of not getting the sweets. It’s like an innocent threat children make. Of course, kids get really excited when they knock on stranger’s doors in their neighborhood. Since Halloween originated as a celebration connected with evil spirits, the most common symbols are witches flying on broomsticks, ghosts, skeletons, black cats, etc. The black color is one of the traditional Halloween colors. Of course, pumpkins are also a Halloween symbol. I’m sure you’ve seen them in movies. People empty a pumpkin and put a candle inside to make a lamp.  How do you make a Halloween pumpkin?  · The first step is hollowing out the pumpkin. · After we use a keyhole saw to cut the hole.  · When using a candle for illumination, you can cut the hole in the pumpkin’s top. · For electric lights, make a hole in the bottom or side, so you can hide the cord. The Halloween pumpkin is called Jack-O’-Lantern. It’s common to see jack-o’-lanterns on doorsteps decorations before and on Halloween.  The name comes from an Irish legend about a man named Jack. He was so ungenerous that when he died, he couldn’t enter heaven, but he couldn’t go to hell either because he had told jokes about the devil. As a result, Jack had to walk and walk with a lantern until the Day of Judgment.
10/29/202112 minutes, 19 seconds
Episode Artwork

#189 Super Short Scary Stories in English

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.  - We're going to be a bit scared. Well, not really. We're going to listen to some super short scary stories. Each story is one sentence, more or less. - In the second part, we're going to listen to a point of view story to learn grammar in context without memorising any boring rules. You can get the transcript for this episode on my website: SpeakEnglishpodcast.com How was your day? A lot is going on today: some good, some okay, and some bad.  Today I'd like to talk about fear. Well, I'm not going to get serious about it because we already have plenty of real scary stories in the news. I will actually talk about some scary stories that can be told in a few words. Here’s an example: "We have to talk." Indeed, the expression "we have to talk" can trigger all kinds of emotions, including fear, especially if your couple says it. But that's another story. Let's look at the first one: "There's a party tonight, and the whole family is going to be here."  Well, here's a typical case of family-induced panic! While it's usually a good thing to get together with family, it can be terrifying for some. And if you don't believe me, we've all heard stories about families at Christmas. Ok! Let’s continue with another super short scary story: "We know who you are and where you live." Hmmm... Well... Yes, it can be scary. Imagine you get a phone call from a hidden number; they tell you this and hang up. Or maybe you receive a note with just that phrase. How would you react if you received this kind of message? Well, let's look at another super short scary story. "Know where we came from and where we're going."  Well, this one can be terrifying. Especially if you're on the wrong bus, and you're going to the wrong place :) Although I understand that this phrase has a more transcendent dimension, the truth is that it gives food for thought. To give somebody food for thought means to make them think seriously about something. Ok! Let’s see the next one:   "I'm going to make you an offer you can't refuse." I must confess that I’ve heard this phrase before.And whenever I listen to someone say this, it makes me panic! Because usually this so-called offer hides a lot of things they don't want you to know. It is the typical phrase you can hear when someone wants to sell you something over the phone. And many times they are too pushy.  They insist too much. Ok! Another super short scary story! "Open your mouth, please!",  Well... I don't know what to say. I guess the context is when you're at the dentist.  Certainly, for many people going to the dentist is something they don't look forward to at all. Almost terrifying.  Come on, another one: "It's Sunday and someone is calling you from the office," Yes, this one is scary too. Imagine you're resting on a Sunday after a hard week at the office, and your cell phone rings. You look to see who's calling, and it's from the office - weird, right? I wouldn't want to pick up the phone. Would you? Well, we've heard some of these super short scary stories, which actually, are even funny. I hope you liked them. By the way, if you want to know how to speak English using the right techniques, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my mailing list. I will send you my 5 golden rules to speak English fluently. Do you know how you can help me? You can share the podcast with your friends and family. Tell them to go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my free mini-course.  Let's move on to the next section.  Get the transcript at: SpeakEnglishpodcast.com/podcast 
10/22/202111 minutes, 35 seconds
Episode Artwork

#188 Abandoned Towns in English

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today I’m going to talk about abandoned towns, where no one lives anymore for one reason or another. With a mini-story, we will meet John, a man who, tired of his lifestyle, makes a radical decision. Very good. Thank you for listening once again. We have reached 22 million downloads of this podcast; thank you very much for following me! If you want to help me, please share and recommend my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com by mentioning my podcast. Thank you very much in advance. Okay, let’s get to today’s topic. In every country in the world, there are villages where no one lives. I find this phenomenon fascinating. There are several words you can use to describe such a town. They all mean the same thing: Abandoned: This means that those who lived in that area have left. Therefore, people abandoned the place at some point in the past. Uninhabited: This word implies that it was previously inhabited. The inhabitants inhabit a place. If those people leave and don’t live there anymore, it becomes uninhabited. Ghost. A ghost town is simply a town without inhabitants, without anyone living there. This word sometimes gives a sinister air to the place. All kinds of legends can arise in certain abandoned places. Some people’s imaginations can be very vivid. Deserted merely means that there is no one there. For example: “The village was deserted, there was absolutely no one.” Now, let’s use a little imagination. Imagine that you decide to move to a deserted town. Moving means going to live permanently in a new place. So, you would be the only inhabitant. You could put a sign with the name of the village and the number of inhabitants: one. There are many advantages. For example, if you have a car, you can park almost anywhere. No more going around and around the streets to find a parking space. You don’t have to respect speed limits or traffic lights, which don’t work, or don’t exist because there is no police.  As for the neighbours…no more hassles, no more noises, no more arguments. You can just relax because no one is going to bother you. Since you are alone in town, you can run for mayor. The result would be obvious. Only you would vote, and you would win with 100% of the votes. Unbelievable!  Now you could say, But what about the supplies? The food? Well, you can order on Amazon, right? I’m sure they won’t get the wrong house. There’s just one small problem. A place like this can be terrifying. Being all alone in a town and hearing a strange noise. I don’t know; maybe it’s not such a good idea.  But in reality, multiple causes explain why certain towns are abandoned. Here are a few: – Epidemics. Certain towns suffered devastating epidemics such as smallpox, typhus, or cholera that reduced the population.  – Decline of mining. The mines’ work attracted many people, and many houses were built, forming towns near the mine. When the mine was no longer profitable, people left the village. – Industrial revolution. Many peasants engaged in agriculture left their hard work to go to the factories to get hard but perhaps safer work. Many villages are not abandoned, but every year they lose inhabitants. There are several initiatives to stop this depopulation. Some towns even offer free housing and work. There are also subsidies for companies and entrepreneurs to set up their business there. The truth is that with the Internet, perhaps some of these towns can be saved because it is feasible to run a business with a computer. Get the transcript at: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
10/15/202115 minutes, 50 seconds
Episode Artwork

#187 Beautiful Words in English

Did you know that there are more than 1 million words in English? I know it’s hard to believe, so keep counting, I mean keep listening. 🙂 Hi, everyone! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today I will share with you 9 of the most beautiful words in English. And with the point of view story, you will learn grammar only by listening. Ok. Let’s start! In 2010, during a project to search for words in digitized books, researchers estimated a total of 1,000,000 words. Yeah, I was a bit surprized by this, too, but there’s an explanation for all this.  First of all, you need to take into account that they have included different forms of the same word. Also, many words are archaic since they are not used in modern English.  Speaking of archaic words, in the second edition of the Oxford English Dictionary, there are approximately 600,000 defined word forms. But that’s because it includes many old-fashioned words. And also, the dictionary expands every year to keep up with new words being invented.  However, according to the BBC, the good news is that we only use about 170.000 words in English.  Yeah. I know. It’s still a considerable number of words, but you don’t need to know all these words to be able to have a conversation in English. I actually believe it’s a mistake to keep track of the number of words you know. If you want to learn English effectively, remember how you learned your mother tongue.   And let’s face it, you don’t know all the words that are included in the dictionary of your mother tongue. But that doesn’t stop you from speaking fluently and eloquently. Let’s not forget that words are a powerful form of communication. I have selected the ones that I consider to be the most beautiful out of all the words in English. 1. CherishThe word cherish means having a deep appreciation for something or someone. Example:“We all cherish our family, our home, our possessions, and I’m sure someone in your life cherishes you and the relationship they have with you.” 2. Demure We use the word demure when we refer to a person who is shy and polite. A demure outfit is a modest one. Examples:“The girl was dressed very demurely for the occasion.”“Her clothes were too demure for the occasion.”“The girl was demure.” 3. EbullienceHave you ever seen some puppies playing? The word that comes to mind is ebullience. Ebullience means excitement and enthusiasm.Just think of someone who is too noisy, almost euphoric. Example:“I remember that when you were a kid, you would always burst into the room with your usual ebullience, and talk to everyone.”4. EleganceI’m sure you’re smiling right now because this is a word you knew. However, it is still one of the most beautiful words in the English language. Examples:“When she entered the room, everyone was amazed at her elegance.”“We’ll deal with this matter with the utmost diplomacy and elegance.” Get the transcript at: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
10/9/202113 minutes, 8 seconds
Episode Artwork

#186 The mystery of the Monoliths

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.  Speaking English is way easier than you think! You just have to use the right material and techniques. – Do you like mysteries? I do, but only when they explain what’s really going on. Today I’ll talk about mysterious metallic monoliths. -And with a mini-story, you will improve your English fluency. Before we get started, go to my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com to get the transcript. It’s free! By the way, thank you for your messages and feedback. It’s my pleasure to help you speak English in a fun and entertaining way. Okay. Let’s start! Today’s topic is about mystery. I don’t know if you’ve seen this on social media or TV. In several places around the world, some very remote metal monoliths have appeared. Many have speculated on the subject. Some say it is simply a viral campaign on a global scale. Perhaps from some well- known brand. Others say that it is simply an artistic expression and that they do it this way, without saying anything, to draw attention. There are always people who claim that it is part of an alien invasion. What do you think? I don’t know if you remember the movie 2001. A Space Odyssey. This movie was released in 1968, and well, at the time, it was a landmark because of director Stanley Kubrick’s innovative style. In the movie, several monoliths are shown, leaving the viewer to guess their meaning. I guess whoever created these monoliths that have recently appeared was inspired by this movie. The first monolith, was found in the Utah desert in the United States. That was last November 2020. Environmental activists removed it. I guess they also recycled it, but it is not clear. Since then, structures of this type have been located in different parts of the world. One wonders what it could be. Well, now I will explain the mystery: they are not aliens. I myself have placed all these monoliths with the message: “I am Georgiana and I want to help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks.” Well, it was not me, but it would be a great idea! 🙂 Actually, the people responsible are an artist collective called The Most Famous Artist, or so it seems. It turns out that they sell these metal monoliths for the affordable amount of $45,000. I think that’s a lot of money, though. You know, if you want a monolith in your yard, you might want to start saving up. Okay! I want you to learn English 3 times faster, and that’s why I created a video course. Visit: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my video course for FREE!
10/1/202111 minutes, 12 seconds
Episode Artwork

#185 What is dubbing in movies, music and video games?

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.  Today I'll talk about dubbing. And we will practice grammar in context with a point of view story. Don’t worry. You won’t have to memorise any boring rules. Remember that you can get the 5 Secrets to Learn English totally free on my website: speakenglishpodcast.com Have you ever wondered why movies are dubbed in some countries and not in others? Dubbing a movie means to substitute the original voice for another one in the language of the country. This way you don't need to know the original language of the movie. You can simply watch the entire movie in your language without any problems. An alternative is to simply add translated subtitles. This is done in most countries.  This way you can listen to the original sound and at the same time read in your native language to understand the meaning. It is a cheap alternative and much easier than dubbing the movies.  Interestingly, performers are called voice actors. The truth is that I find this job very difficult. You have to record exactly at the moment when the character is speaking. Also, you need to use the right intonation. If the character is angry, or happy, or says something with irony, ... All this has to be taken into account.  There are some people who criticize dubbing. They give two reasons.  The first is that it doesn't help people learn foreign languages, such as English.  The second is that, in a way, it can distort the interpretation of the actors, since, if a dubbing actor is not good, he can totally change the character. But dubbing is not limited to movies or series. Music and video games are also dubbed. Dubbing music Similar to movies, dubbing has a totally different meaning in music. Here, this process occurs when you transfer or duplicate a song.  Dubbing video games Many games now require dubbing - when dubbing, the original audio is replaced with new recordings of the translated script. This allows players to listen while playing in their own language.  In my opinion, dubbing does not help people learn new languages.  Regarding whether or not the interpretation of the actors is changed, I think it can happen, but I have to say that there are very good dubbing actors who do it very well. Do you know how you can help me? You can share the podcast with your friends and family. Tell them to go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my free mini-course.  That would mean a lot to me. Thanks.  Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
9/24/202110 minutes, 25 seconds
Episode Artwork

#184 Things not to say in English

Today, in this episode Let’s look at some bad strategies and attitudes that don’t quite work in conversation. I mean, like having awkward conversations. Next, you’ll practice your fluency with a mini-story lesson—the best way to learn to speak English without translating mentally. Okay, let’s start with an important question: Do you think that you are too old to learn English? I have always thought that it is never too late to learn a language, and I have always had students of all ages using my method successfully. But a few days ago, I received an email from a student in Greece, saying something like this: Dear Georgiana, hello, I’m delighted to see your programs. I think you give your soul to every lesson. My mother tongue is Greek, and I am proud because our language has a positive contribution to the English vocabulary. I’m also proud that I try to improve my English even though I’m 94 years old. Georgiana, I encourage you to continue with your English lessons. I admire you! Erotokritos Thank you, dear Erotokritos, for your kind words. You are an inspiration for all of us. So, you see, I think I’ve made my point. It’s never too late to learn English. All right, have you ever been with someone and not know what to talk about? It’s happened to me sometimes. Every once in a while, we run into situations where it’s difficult to continue the conversation. One example is what happens in an elevator. Imagine that you meet a neighbor you hardly know, and a typical dialogue ends up going like this: —Good morning. —Good morning. —Going down? —Yes. — … — It’s cold today, isn’t it? — Yes, yes. It’s going to be like this all week, they say… — … As you can see, this conversation is not very intellectual. It’s more about avoiding silence, which can be uncomfortable. This doesn’t just happen in elevators but in all kinds of social interactions. I read recently that a silence of four seconds or more triggers anxiety. It doesn’t get any better when you have to speak in a language you are learning. You have even fewer resources to express yourself. Read the transcript at: SpeakEnglishpodcast.com/podcast
9/9/202116 minutes, 41 seconds
Episode Artwork

#183 English Expressions with the color Blue


Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.  In this episode: • I'll be talking about what happens just after we end our vacations. • Later, a cool mini-story to practice your English speaking. Let me start by telling you that I'm super excited to be back again and connecting with you! How are you doing? Are you feeling happy and relaxed? Or are you feeling blue?  We’re in September, so I can officially say that the summer holidays are over.  During summer, I've been resting, sunbathing, and enjoying my free time. I've recharged my batteries. I like to be near the beach, enjoy the sun, the sea breeze, and eat delicious food. I must say that I've managed to disconnect from my routine completely.  How about you? How did you disconnect from your everyday worries? Talking about disconnecting and taking a break. In September, a fascinating phenomenon occurs: I’m referring myself to the post-holiday blues, also known as the post-travel depression. By the way,  did you know that the color blue is actually the most popular color in the world? The color blue is also used to express feelings of sadness, nostalgia, or depression. Here are two expressions where we use the color blue to describe sadness: "feeling blue" or "getting the blues." Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
9/3/202113 minutes, 36 seconds
Episode Artwork

#182 Mistakes when speaking in English

Welcome to the Speak English Podcast, your resource for practicing your English speaking and listening. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary, and how to learn English more effectively. Transcript: I’m Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help YOU to speak English fluently. Today I will talk about fluency and how it is related to the possible mistakes that occur when we speak. Yes. Sometimes we can make mistakes! Next, we will practice grammar with a funny point of view story. You just have to listen and observe how the different grammar points change. Excellent! I have decided to talk about a topic that, I think, is very significant for the language student. First, let’s see what fluency means. When a person can speak fluently, they can speak more or less without hesitation, without pausing and thinking about how to say something. Occasionally, we can take a short pause to think, but this is not usual. We experience near-perfect fluency when we speak our mother tongue. If you pay attention to when you speak, you will see that you do not think about which words to use. You just have an idea of what you are going to say, and you say it. When you are learning a language, fluency develops gradually. A good symptom is when you find yourself without almost translating mentally. At first, it is normal to do so, but little by little, part of your speech becomes automatic, and the words are simply there. That’s when you start enjoying more and more conversations with Native speakers. It is amazing to see yourself in a conversation with a Native speaker in the language you are learning. Somehow, it all becomes real. Traditional or more academic methods insist on mastering more formal aspects such as grammar rules, word position, or conjugations. According to their theories, learning all this will help you express yourself better and avoid making so many mistakes when speaking. Ask yourself this question: How often do you think about grammar rules when you speak in your native language?  I believe that the most important thing for a language student is to develop fluency first. This has to be your main goal. When we are in the middle of a conversation, things go very fast. You can’t pause for 30 seconds to think about how to structure a sentence. You need to speak at that moment. You need to be fluent. And how does this relate to mistakes? It’s common sense. If you can express yourself more or less effortlessly, mentally, you don’t have to look up or translate words. They just come to your mind. This way, you can spend more time focusing on other aspects, such as making fewer mistakes or improving your pronunciation. As I always say, the way to improve your fluency is mostly by listening. The more you listen, the more you acquire the patterns of the language. When I talk about patterns, I mean word patterns that are very commonly used. So, you no longer think word by word, but by groups of words. A very positive effect of listening to content made by a native speaker is that you hear the language without mistakes, so little by little, you will end up using the same structures that are error-free. Read the transcript at: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
8/19/202110 minutes, 59 seconds
Episode Artwork

#181 Listening to podcasts in English while exercising

Hi everyone! I’m Georgiana; founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help YOU speak English fluently. In this episode: I’ll talk about the importance of moving and studying English. After that, we’ll practice grammar with a point of view story. Ok, let’s get started! Let me ask you a question. Imagine a person learning English. He or she’s preparing to study a new lesson. How do you picture the scene? Perhaps this person’s sitting at home or in a quiet library with an open textbook, a dictionary, and a notebook. Maybe this person has been sitting for hours, almost motionless, trying to learn and memorize the content. At least that’s the typical image that pops into my mind whenever I imagine an English student following the traditional method. Now let’s visualize a different scene. Imagine someone walking around. Their whole body’s moving. The feet transmit movement to the legs and to the entire body. The arms are swinging slightly, and the brain receives more oxygen. You can’t be too lethargic when you walk, can you? For me, this second state is the perfect one for learning. The brain’s more awake, and it can acquire new knowledge faster. And there’s no need to carry around any textbooks, notebooks, dictionaries, pencils, etc. That wouldn’t be practical at all while you’re walking. And people might start pointing you on the street as if you were some lunatic. I’m sure that if you’ve been following me for some time now, you already know that there’s a much more efficient way to learn English. You can now improve your English considerably by listening to interesting audios! There’s no need to sit in a chair and listen to my podcast or my audio lessons. The only thing you need is your cell phone and your favorite earphones. Start taking a nice walk every day and improve your English skills at the same time. In fact, the question and answer (Q&A) lessons are designed in such a manner so that you can simulate a conversation in English wherever you can and whenever you get some spare time.   Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
7/30/20219 minutes, 44 seconds
Episode Artwork

#180 Listening In The Background

Welcome to the Speak English Now Podcast, your resource for practicing your English speaking and listening. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary, and how to learn English more effectively. Transcript: Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.  In this episode: I’ll be talking about passive listening, or in other words, listening in the background.  Later on, we’ll practice conversation skills with the powerful Question & Answer technique. Ok, let’s get started! In the language industry, there’s an approach called passive listening. This means playing some English in the background while performing other tasks. In theory, you’re learning because the brain is always learning, no matter how. Interesting, huh? You just need to play some English while you’re cleaning, jogging, surfing the Internet, etc. Well, although this approach may be appealing to many of you, here’s the bad news: It doesn’t work as a whole system for developing a complete fluency in English. The main drawback is that when we need to learn new content, our brain needs to pay attention, to be active. So, in an ideal world, we would be 100% focused all the time while listening: We’d pay attention to every tiny detail: vocabulary, pronunciation, intonation, etc. However, as you may already know, idyllic things are sometimes hard to achieve. If you need perfect conditions every time you listen: for example, feeling rested, motivated, in a quiet place, then you will never start listening. What you need is a compromise. It’s ok to lose concentration from time to time.  Here’s my suggestion: For new content, try to maintain your concentration as much as possible. However, when you’re repeating the same content, you don’t need to focus 100% of your attention anymore because, in this case, you’re just remembering and consolidating. Another aspect to keep in mind: in this case, quantity is more important than quality. It means that when you listen for two hours, and you only focus on 70% of your attention, it’s still more efficient than when you’re listening for only 20 minutes, and you succeed to focus 100%. The accumulation of hours and hours of listening, it’s what truly helps you to become fluent. Just think about children. They’re not always focused when they listen, but they always learn. My takeaway for today is: Try to listen as much as you can. Being focused is essential when you’re learning new content, but when you’re already familiar with the material, what matters the most, it’s the amount of time you spend listening.   Get the full text here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast  
7/23/202112 minutes, 8 seconds
Episode Artwork

#179 Asking for Directions in English

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. I'm going to talk about how to ask and give directions in English. For example, when you want to go to a restaurant, and you have to ask for directions. Next, an exclusive mini-story to improve your fluency in English. Remember that you can get the text of the episode at SpeakEnglishpodcast.com. So, let's get started. As you know, it's very useful to know how to ask for directions when you go to a place for the first time, and you're a bit lost. Okay, yes, I know that nowadays with smartphones, you can check the GPS and you don't need to ask for help anymore, but think about this: Asking for directions is an excellent opportunity to practice English. In this episode, we will see the most common expressions with some examples: All right, the best way to ask for directions is by using this expression: "Excuse me, how do I get to _?" "Could you tell me the best way to get to _?"  For example, if you want to ask how to get to Times Square, you say: Excuse me, how do I get to Times Square? You could also say… "What is the quickest way to get to the movies?" "Excuse me. Where's the nearest (post office) please?" "Excuse me. I'm looking for _." And if you are very close to your destination, you could simply ask:           "Where is the hotel?" If you get lost, just ask this simple question: "Where exactly am I?"  Okay, great. Now let's see how to give directions.  Here are some useful phrases for giving directions on the street: TURN LEFT TURN RIGHT GO STRAIGHT AHEAD An example: "Sorry, what is the quickest way to get to the city center? "It is easy. Go straight ahead and then turn right. They can also tell you to TAKE the first, second, or third, street, for example. Let's look at the same example: "Excuse me, could you tell me the best way to get to the city center?" "It is easy. Go straight ahead and take the second street on the right." (END OF THE EXTRACT). Get the transcript here:  https://speakenglishpodcast.com/asking-for-directions-in-english/ 
7/15/202111 minutes, 39 seconds
Episode Artwork

#178 English Pronunciation Practice with Tongue Twisters

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier than it seems! You just have to use the right material and techniques. In this episode, I'll learn some new tongue twisters in English to help you with your English pronunciation. And with a mini-story, you will improve your fluency. A mini-story is very simple but very powerful. I ask easy questions on purpose so that you can simulate a conversation. It's like talking with another person in English. Before we get started, go to my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com to get the transcript. It's free!  Ok. Let's start! So, do you remember what a tongue twister is?  It can be a difficult phrase that we say quickly, usually because of a sequence of almost similar sounds.  For example, "Peter Piper picked a pickle of pickled peppers." Many people use tongue twisters to speak clearly, including actors, politicians, etc. These allow you to practice pronunciation and agility when it comes to producing sounds in English. So today, we are going to practice English pronunciation with new tongue twisters. Are you ready? Let's go! I will start saying each tongue twister slowly, and then I'll go faster.  At first, they may seem very difficult, so make sure you have the text in front of you to be able to follow it better. Ok. So, I will say it very slowly: 1. I saw a kitten eating chicken in the kitchen. Are you ready to speed it up? (Say it faster.) I saw a kitten eating chicken in the kitchen. Ok. Even faster! I saw a kitten eating chicken in the kitchen. I hope you're having fun. Let's continue! 2) I thought I thought of thinking of thanking you. Ok. Now I'm gonna speed it up! (say it faster.) I thought I thought of thinking of thanking you. Ok. Even faster! I thought I thought of thinking of thanking you. 3) A big black bug snoozed on a big black rug. Ok. Say it faster! A big black bug snoozed on a big black rug. Even faster! A big black bug snoozed on a big black rug. Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
7/8/202111 minutes, 35 seconds
Episode Artwork

#177 Learning English during the summer vacation (rep)

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.  Today, I’m going to show you how you can improve your English-speaking skills during the summer.  Later, we’re going to practice listening and speaking with a funny mini-story.  Let’s get started! Summer is here, and it seems like everyone has planned their holidays already. But how about you? Have you thought about improving your English during the summer holidays? If you still don’t have a plan. Don’t worry. I have some ideas. In fact, it’s really simple. All you need this summer is your cell phone to listen to my Speak English Now Podcast or my English premium courses. Now I’d like to suggest some places you could spend your summer holiday, especially if you’re on a tiny budget. Find an air-conditioned coffee shop in your neighborhood. Enjoy your drink while you listen to your favorite English show.  Go to the mall or fast food restaurants It’s the perfect environment where you can listen to some English lessons. Perhaps you won’t be 100% focused on what you’re listening to, though, you’ll still be learning a lot.  I’m telling you this because I enjoy going to the local mall, especially in summer and winter. It’s usually quiet; there’s free AC. (air conditioning) and I often carry around my laptop. Spending time away from my desk helps me to concentrate better.  But it’s not all about drinking coffee and shopping. Just like me, you might consider going to the gym more often! Where I live, it’s almost impossible to enjoy any outdoor activities in summer. Also, when you’re at the gym, try listening to your favorite English lessons. You’ll love it! Ok, last but not least: You need to relax. Go to the beach. Not only to get a nice tan but also to take your English to the next level. 
7/1/202111 minutes, 34 seconds
Episode Artwork

#176 The Benefits of learning English as an adult

Are there any benefits to learning English as an adult? There are many. Let's take a look at some in this episode.  Hi, I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. Speaking English is way easier than you think. You just need to use the right materials and techniques.  Today I am going to talk about the benefits of learning English as an adult. And the truth is that there are many, and some of them are surprising. And with a mini-story, you will practice your spoken English. I'll ask you lots of questions that you'll have to answer right away. It's like having a conversation with another person in English. Before we get started, go to my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com to get the transcript. It's free!  Ok. Let's start! #1 It is an excellent exercise for our brain. Many times we go to the gym to tone our muscles. We also try to lose weight to be ready for the beach in summer. We don't always succeed, but that's another story. :) In the same way, learning a new language is like sending our brain to the gym. We stimulate it with all sorts of new sounds, words we didn't know, grammar, expressions, and other elements. This mental exercise is very healthy, as we help our brain to stay active. Many experts recommend learning a language when we are older to maintain our cognitive ability. It helps us to improve our memory and concentration. Imagine the number of words you end up learning—all of them new. And then, you have to learn how to use them according to context, sentence order, etc. All this new information accumulates in an orderly fashion in our brain and is ready to be used. This process improves our ability to remember all kinds of things. Moreover, we learn to concentrate better. For example, when you listen to this episode, your concentration level is higher than when you listen to an episode in your mother tongue. So, it's a great thing! #2You learn a new culture and a new way of thinking. Every language is necessarily linked to culture. This implies customs, ways of understanding life, traditions, habits, values, and history. I find discovering a new culture fascinating. It serves to learn something new and contrast and reevaluate the culture in your own country.  In addition, you learn to look at things from a new perspective. This can help you to be more original and creative in your daily life. #3 Improve your self-esteem. Yes, learning a new language as an adult and conversing with native speakers is an excellent boost to your self-esteem. You feel better because you have achieved something that many people think is impossible.  I remember my first conversations in Spanish. I made mistakes, and my vocabulary was limited, but what a joy to talk to people from other countries! That's always a good feeling.   #4 Make more friends. Can you imagine making friends from other countries and cultures while speaking their own language? This is a compelling reason to study a language. Human relationships are vital, and they help you consolidate what you have learned. So, I suggest you practice your English with people from English-speaking countries. Remember that now, with the internet, you can use any video call app to communicate with anyone in the world. #5 Get a better job. Finally, learning a second language allows you to improve your resume and your chances of finding a good job. In an increasingly globalized world, knowing at least a second language is crucial. Knowing a new language is positive, as you come across as someone dynamic and capable of learning as an adult. Ok, that’s it for now, but before we continue…  I have something important to tell you. I want you to learn English 3 times faster, and that's why I created a video course. Go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my video course for FREE!
6/25/202113 minutes, 35 seconds
Episode Artwork

#175 Are you too old to learn English?

Hi, I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. And I am here to help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. In this episode, let’s find out if you are too old to learn English? Is it too late to learn a language? Is it possible to learn English as an adult? I'm going to answer these questions. - In the second part, we are going to meet Tom and his adventures to learn English. Before we get started, go to my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com to get the transcript. It's free!  Ok. Let's start! Some time ago, a 95-year-old student from Greece sent me an email. He wanted to tell me how my method helped him learn English. He is learning English and listens to this podcast. The truth is that I admire people who don't make excuses. And that's what inspired me to do this episode. There is a widespread belief that if you don't start learning a language when you are very young - ideally as a child - it is practically impossible to learn it. Some even bash those who are studying a language, saying things like:  "You're wasting your time and your money!" "Unless you go to the country, you'll never learn the language!" Well, I'm here to tell you that's a myth. You can learn English as an adult and become fluent in English. Many of my students have learned English at an advanced age and are perfectly able to speak it fluently. Children indeed seem to learn their mother tongue effortlessly. The younger you are, the easier it is to create new brain connections and consequently learn anything quickly.  However, studies show that the brain never loses the ability to learn. For me, the determining factor is the attitude, not aptitude. Attitude refers to how we feel about something. Aptitude, relates to the ability to do something. A bad attitude - that is, being negative, complaining, or making excuses - will not help you learn anything. It is crucial to have a good predisposition to learn. In other words, be more positive and less negative. Sometimes this bad attitude leads to limiting oneself. For example, some people think: "I am not good at learning languages." "I am too old for this." Certainly, this attitude does not help at all. On the other hand, children usually have a good attitude.  For example, they never say things like: "But there are so many words I don't know yet!" "I make a lot of mistakes! People are going to laugh at me!" “I will never speak English! I'd better not even try!" In reality, kids don't care how long it takes, how many mistakes they make, or whether they mispronounce a word. In fact, kids hardly get frustrated when they don't get something right the first time.  They just keep trying. They don't set mental limits for themselves as we adults do. So, I recommend you to be inspired by the attitude of the 95-year-old student I mentioned before. And because I want you to learn English 3 times faster, I have created a video course. Go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my video course for FREE.
6/17/202112 minutes, 4 seconds
Episode Artwork

#174 English Common Phrasal 
Verbs with TAKE

Listen to a new episode of Speak English Now Podcast, your favorite material for practicing your spoken and heard English. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary, and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: Hi, I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. And I am here to help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. Today we are going to continue learning new phrasal verbs. This time with the verb TAKE. And with a point of view lesson, you will learn grammar in context without memorizing any boring rules. I’ll tell you a story several times from different grammar points. I can change the tense or the person. And like that, you will learn grammar in context. Ok. Let’s start! Most English learners tend to become overly concerned with how to learn phrasal verbs. A phrasal verb is just a verb and a particle. For example, “take after.” There are thousands of phrasal verbs. Sometimes they may be confusing. Also, each phrasal verb can have multiple meanings. Ok, this scenario doesn’t seem very encouraging, and the million-dollar question is: How can you learn all those phrasal verbs? Here’s the good news: You need to learn the most common ones. In other words, what people use most of the time. So, let’s learn some common phrasal verbs with the verb TAKE: 1. Take After somebody To resemble a parent (looks or behavior) “I take after my mother so much that people think we are sisters.” 2. Take something Apart It means to disassemble or to separate the parts of something so that they are not together. “I’m going to have to take apart the remote control to clean it well.” 3. Take something Back This phrasal verb means to say that you don’t really mean what you’ve said or written. “I take it back. You’re not the worst person I’ve ever met. But you are the second-worst person I know.” 4. Take Down It means to separate the pieces of a structure or write something down. Examples: “We’ll have to take down the cupboard if we want to paint the walls.” “I’ve been trying to get back to you, but I took your number down incorrectly.” 5. Take On It means to accept a job, responsibility, or to hire somebody. Examples: “I can’t take on any more responsibilities; I’m too overstressed.” “By the end of the year, we plan to take on 100 more people in our company.” 6. Take over It means to gain control. Examples: “My boss told me to take over the project because my colleague was inefficient.” “When my father retired, my brother took over the business.” 7. Take somebody Up on something This phrasal verb means to accept an offer. Example: “-You’re always welcome to visit us.” “-Thank you, I’ll take you up on that the next time I come to Vienna.” Ok, so today, we have learned some phrasal verbs with the verb take. My advice is to learn phrasal verbs in context and never memorize them, especially because many of them have several meanings. [END OF THE EXTRACT] Get the FULL-TEXT in PDF here.
6/11/202113 minutes
Episode Artwork

#173 English Phrasal Verbs with GIVE

Listen to a new episode of Speak English Now Podcast, your favorite material for practicing your spoken and heard English. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary, and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: Hi, I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. And I am here to help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. Today we are going to talk about phrasal verbs with the verb give. Many of you have asked for a new phrasal verbs episode, so I am sure that you are excited about it. Apparently, everyone wants to learn new phrasal verbs. And with mini-story, you will improve your fluency. I will ask you many questions that you will need to answer right away. It’s like speaking English with another person. But before I get started, I wanted to thank you for listening to my podcast. It’s been over four years since I released the first episode, and since then, I’ve received a lot of support. And because I want you to learn English 3 times faster, I have created a video course. Visit my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my video course for FREE. Ok, let’s get started! #1 To give something away It means to give something for free as a gift or donation. Examples: “They give away a free chocolate bar for every $100 you spend in the supermarket.” “Tina gave her old clothes away when she lost weight.” #2 To give oneself or somebody else away It means to show where somebody is or what they are doing when they are trying to keep this a secret. Or to unintentionally reveal something about yourself that you don’t want anyone to know. In short, to give somebody away means to betray them. Examples: “Mia smiled, but her voice gave her away.” “Tom gave away classified information to the competition.” #3 To give in  It means to accept that you are defeated, to surrender. Or, in some cases, to give in means to finally agree to what someone wants after refusing for some time. Examples: “After being surrounded, the enemy gave in.” “My son insisted so much that I buy a cell phone, I finally gave in.” #4 To give out  We use this phrasal verb to say that something stops working correctly or becomes weak. Examples: “After running for 30 minutes, my legs finally gave out.” “The students wouldn’t listen, so his patience finally gave out.” #5 To give something over to somebody  It means to give responsibility for something to somebody. Examples:  “Our boss gave most of his work over to his assistant.” “The assistant gave herself over completely to her work.” #6 To give up This phrasal verb means to stop trying to do something, to surrender. Examples: “Because of health problems, he was forced to give up his job.” “Everybody knows my mom never gives up.” #7 To give somebody up It means to allow someone to be captured by the police. Or surrender oneself to the police. Examples: “When he was surrounded, the criminal gave himself up.” “The private detective gave the criminal up to the police.” “She remorsefully gave herself up to the police.” Let’s listen to the phrasal verbs we learned today: Give something away Give someone away Give in  Give out  Give up Give somebody up Give something over to somebody  Get the FULL TEXT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
6/4/202114 minutes, 9 seconds
Episode Artwork

#172 Getting Back to Normal after the Pandemic

Listen to a new episode of Speak English Now Podcast, your favorite material for practicing your spoken and heard English. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary, and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: Hi, everyone! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. Today let’s talk about how the lockdown has affected the way we interact with other people. Are we ready to get back to normal after the pandemic? And with a point of view lesson, you will learn grammar in context without memorizing any boring rules. I’ll tell you a story twice from different grammar points. I can change the tense or the person. And like that, you will learn grammar in context. Please, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com to get the transcript. It’s free. After a year of living practically on the couch eating takeout while watching series on Netflix, maybe you should consider whether you’re turning into a hermit. Takeout is prepared food packaged to be consumed away from its place of sale. So, what’s a hermit? A hermit retires from society and lives in solitude, usually for religious reasons. And after a year without leaving the house, many people are in danger of becoming hermits. Although when someone lives alone and deliberately avoids other people, we call that person a recluse. I’ve always been an extrovert. But being stuck at home for so long, with no contact other than my family, is becoming a bit of an issue. And you know, I was certain that extroverted people would have a tough time during the lockdown. But it turns out that even people who were never at home are finding any excuse not to leave the house. It seems that we have adjusted to this new lifestyle, and it’s going to be hard to get back to normal. And how about getting back to work? In my opinion, the pandemic killed the traditional workplace, and I am curious how companies will deal with this situation. And I have a feeling that remote work can be mutually beneficial. Because according to one study, telecommuters work 1.4 days more per month, and that’s more than three additional workweeks per year.  And let’s face it, while working in the office has some advantages, like meeting new people, very few employees want to go back to the office. What about you? How do you feel about all this? Do you want to get back to the office, or do you prefer to stay at home and work remotely?  Before I move on to the next section, go and get the transcript of this episode at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
5/28/20219 minutes, 31 seconds
Episode Artwork

#171 Different Ways to
 Greet Someone
 in English

Listen to a new episode of Speak English Now Podcast, your favorite material for practicing your spoken and heard English. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary, and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: When was the last time you saw people shaking hands? I can’t remember either, maybe in a movie. Hi, I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. And I am here to help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. Today, I will talk about different ways to greet someone while avoiding physical contact as much as possible. And with mini-story, you will improve your fluency. I will ask you many questions that you will need to answer right away. It’s like speaking English with another person. The situation has changed quite a bit since last year. It has impacted the way we interact with other people drastically. Nowadays, instead of shaking hands, we tend to wave from a distance.  Today we will look at some ways of saying hello that have become popular over the last year. Let’s start! 1. Elbow bump. The idea is to use your elbow to touch the other person’s elbow. The elbow is the joint we have in the middle of each arm. I consider this kind of greeting a bit absurd since you end up making physical contact in another way, but you avoid contact with your hands. However, it is easy to touch your elbows with your hands. For example, you might touch your elbows when crossing your arms. So, it’s better not to have any contact at all. 2. Saying hello with your feet. Yes. I’ve seen some people use their feet to say hello. And it looks strange, but the first time I saw it, I thought it was hilarious. The idea is to make each other’s feet collide.  I guess it’s safer than the elbow bump, but it requires some skill to stay balanced. For a couple of seconds, you need to stand on one foot. So perhaps for older people, it’s not the best idea. 3. High five from a distance. See, this seems more logical to me. You raise your right hand and pretend you are high-fiving. There is no contact whatsoever.  However, imagine you will greet someone, and you high-five in the air, but the other person doesn’t and stares at what you’re doing. It’s a bit embarrassing. 4. Military-style salute. As you can imagine, it is the typical salute that militaries give. Although we do it in a more relaxed and less abrupt way. When I greet someone on the street, I raise my hand and say, “hello.” I do it quickly, and it’s more natural that way. I don’t like the elbow or foot greeting. Before I move on to the next section, go and get the transcript of this episode at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Do you know how you can help me? You can share the podcast with your friends and family. And tell them to go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com to get my free mini-course. That would mean a lot to me. Thanks.
5/21/202110 minutes, 5 seconds
Episode Artwork

#170 Video Conference Vocabulary in English

Listen to a new episode of Speak English Now Podcast, your favorite material for practicing your spoken and heard English. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary, and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: Hi, everyone! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently with no grammar and no textbooks. In this episode: I will talk about video conferencing apps and the most common vocabulary and expressions used in English. Then, with a short point of view lesson, you will practice grammar in context. There’s no need to memorize anything, don’t worry. Before we start, make sure you get the transcript of this episode at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast As you know, the Internet allows us to communicate very easily. With the current situation, working from home has become customary. Teleworking is when you work from an off-site location using the Internet. And of course, to be able to communicate, we have to do it through dedicated apps like Zoom, FaceTime, Google Meet, Skype, etc. Let’s see some vocabulary related to apps for video conferences. I will use the expressions from the Zoom app, but they are more or less similar to any platform: Well, to use the Zoom app, you need an account. Usually, you visit the website and create a new account. Then you download the app to your computer or smartphone. You install it and run it. All you have to do is follow the instructions. Usually, you enter your username and password and follow the instructions. Sometimes it is necessary to select the audio and camera, but only the first time. The environment where people meet is usually called a videoconference room, or simply a room. Sometimes it’s also called a meeting. Okay, now you have everything set up. You need to join a meeting, but before that, you need an invitation. The invitation is only a link, and when you click on it, you can join the meeting. Other times the host will give you a number and password instead of a link. By the way, we call the people who attend Zoom meetings attendees or participants. You also have the option to host a meeting. This implies that you create the meeting and that you invite people to access the room. As a host, you have special permissions to control the other attendees. We can say that the host controls everything. The host usually sends an invitation to the others by email. Okay, so imagine you are in a meeting. You have to take into account two very important options. First, you have to learn how to turn audio and video on or off. It is very common to start talking and have the audio turned off. An even worse situation is to leave the audio on and make noises or say something inappropriate. You also have the option of typing text in the chat. If you are shy, this is the best option. Well, finally, when we want to leave, don’t forget to exit the meeting! So, we’ve learned quite a bit of specific vocabulary. You are now an expert in group videoconferencing 🙂 Remember that on my website speakenglishpodcast.com you can subscribe to my FREE mini-course and find out how you can learn English 3 times faster. Do you know how you can help me? You can support this podcast by sharing it with your friends and rating it with five stars. ⭐️⭐️⭐️ ⭐️⭐️ Get the full transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
5/14/20219 minutes, 45 seconds
Episode Artwork

#169 Movie expressions and vocabulary
 in English part2

Hi, everyone! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today we are going to continue to talk about idioms and specific vocabulary related to movies in English. And with a point of view lesson, you will learn grammar in context without memorizing any boring rules. I’ll tell you a story twice from different grammar points. I can change the tense or the person. And like that, you will learn grammar in context. Please, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com to get the transcript of today’s episode.  Before we start, let’s remember the 5 expressions you learned in the last episode. Get the show on the road Means to begin an activity or journey. To kick off a show, or kickoff To kick off a show means to start a performance or the first performance among many others. Popcorn movie It’s a movie to watch just for entertainment. Live up to the hype If a movie lives up to the hype, it is as good as the public anticipates. Sell outIf tickets are sold out, it means that all available tickets for a movie, concert, etc., have been sold. Now let’s learn some new vocabulary and expressions: 1. To make a clown of yourself Clowns are usually funny and entertaining people who do all sorts of things to make people laugh.  I’m scared of clowns, and I’m sure many other people are too. So, if you make a fool of yourself, you’re doing something that makes people laugh without meaning to. It means you make a mistake that makes people laugh, maybe you stutter or even forget what you were going to say.  So, we use this expression when someone appears foolish or someone who knows very little. Examples: 1. Jack was so worried about making a clown of himself, he got so nervous that he ended up calling off his performance. To call off means to cancel an event or agreement. “He should not have tried to call his ex, he made a clown of himself.“ 2. To be in the limelight The expression to be in the limelight comes from an old practice from the theater scene. Limelight was a bright white light made by heating oxygen and hydrogen and placing a piece of lime into it. It was used for stage lighting. But what does it mean? If you are in the limelight, you are in the public eye. Therefore, people will be interested in your personal life. They will want to know who you hang out with and what you do in your free time. As a result, the paparazzi and reporters are likely to surround you often. Examples: “Tom tried avoiding the press as much as possible, but he was in the limelight all the time because of his new blockbuster movie.” “Many people love being in the limelight, but I get nervous on stage.” 3. To crave the limelight Well, we have already seen what it means to be in the limelight, but let’s find out what it means to crave the limelight.  To crave something means to feel a strong desire for something or someone. Therefore, if you crave the limelight, it means that you really like to be the center of attention. Celebrities, politicians, but also regular people sometimes crave the limelight. Example: “My friend wasn’t a person who craved the limelight until her book became a bestseller. That’s when she got used to the attention.” 4. Break a leg This expression comes from the world of theater. Actors were superstitious because they believed that saying “good luck” would actually bring them bad luck, so people started using the expression “break a leg” instead. Examples: “Break a leg!” I shouted to my sister before the beginning of the play. “You’re so talented you don’t need luck but make sure you break a leg!” Ok, that’s it for today, but let’s first go over the expression we have learned today. To make a clown of yourself To be in the limelight 3.  To crave the limelight 4.  Break a leg Before I move on to the next section, go and get the transcript of this episode at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Do you know how you can help me? You can support this podcast by sharing it with your friends and rating it with five stars. Click here to learn how to rate the podcast with 5 stars on the Podcasts app.
5/7/202110 minutes, 48 seconds
Episode Artwork

#168 Movie idioms and expressions in English

Hi, everyone! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today we are going to talk about idioms and specific vocabulary related to movies in English. And with a mini-story, you are going to improve your fluency. I'll tell you a story while asking you many questions that you have to answer right away. It's like talking to another person in English. Please, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com to get the transcript of today's episode. And follow me on Facebook, Instagram, and YouTube. Let's get started! As I said today, we will look at some specific words and idioms related to movies in English. Let's start! 1. Get the show on the road When someone tells you to get the show on the road, they urge you to start doing something. They want you to start, even if there are some mistakes and things that hinder your progress. Examples:  "Let's get the show on the road, or we'll be late." "We're finally ready to get the show on the road." "It's about time we got the show on the road!" "Come on, the fans are waiting outside, and we must get the show on the road!" 2. To kick off a show, or kickoff In show business, to kick off a show means to start a performance. We also use this expression to refer to the first performance among many. A kickoff celebration is a party that celebrates the beginning of something. You can simply call this party a kickoff. Examples: "The advertising campaign is ready to kick off the show."  "Kickoff will be at 10 o'clock prompt."  "Tom is coming to the kickoff tonight."   3. Popcorn movie Do you enjoy eating popcorn?  But what's a popcorn movie? When you want to watch a movie just for entertainment, you will usually watch a popcorn movie. Although they are called popcorn movies, you don't necessarily need to eat popcorn while watching them.  Let's say that this kind of movie will not give you a new perspective on life. Many of the summer blockbusters are popcorn movies, and the great thing is that you can watch them with friends or family.  A blockbuster is a very successful product like a movie or a book that makes a lot of money. For instance, a Hollywood studio releases many movies in search of a blockbuster. Here are some popular popcorn movies you have already watched: Transformers (2007), Spider-Man (2002), Mr. & Mrs. Smith (2005), Mission: Impossible (1996), Forrest Gump (1994), Batman Begins (2005), The Fast and the Furious (2001), etc.  4. Live up to the hype If a movie or a show is up to the hype, it means there is enough interest in it. Movie critics and bloggers become excited about something by generating a lot of buzz or hype. Generally speaking, it's hard to live up to the hype, but the best movies can generate many expectations before they are released. Examples: "I watched that movie you recommended last week, and it definitely lived up to the hype. I loved it! "I am happy to say that your performance lived up to the hype." 5. Sell out We can use the expression to sell out in several ways.  But if tickets are sold out, it means that all available tickets for a movie, concert, etc., have been sold. And also when we want to buy something in a store or on the Internet. If they are sold out, they are no longer available. Examples:  "We sold out all the movie tickets in the first couple of hours." "My favorite T-shirt sold out everywhere." Before we continue, I want to give you a useful tip on how to understand movies in English. First of all, you should keep in mind that movies are meant for native speakers and are full of expressions and phrasal verbs. And yes, actors usually talk fast. And the reason they speak so fast is that they have memorized their lines. I believe that the biggest problem English students have is that they don't listen enough. First you have to build a good foundation by listening to many hours of content with clear audio and good pronunciation. Over time, understanding movies will become easier.  Before I move on to the next section, go and get the transcript of this episode at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast
4/30/202112 minutes, 49 seconds
Episode Artwork

#167 New English Words added to the dictionary - part2

Hi, everyone! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Last week we started to learn some words like YouTuber, to Facebook, to Skype, etc. Today, we will learn some new English words added to the dictionary in the last decade. You'll also improve your English grammar in context with a point of view lesson, like that you won't have to memorize any boring rules. Before I get started, remember to get the transcript at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast  It's free! This way, you listen and read at the same time if you find it necessary. Let's get started! As I said today, we will continue learning some more of the English words added to the dictionary in the last decade.  Let's start with the first word: 1. Crowdfunding Introduced in June 2015. According to the Oxford Dictionary, crowdfunding is the practice of financing a project or venture by raising money from many people who contribute a relatively small amount, usually through the Internet. For example, a music band can use crowdfunding to produce their next album. They can ask fans to contribute $10 to the project. And in return, they will receive a copy of the album when it's ready. 2. E-bike Introduced in June 2019. According to the Oxford Dictionary, an e-bike is an electric bicycle.  E-bikes are a great idea because it allows people to commute without getting to work sweaty, and you can take longer rides. 3. Router Introduced in March 2011. What's a router? A router is a device that allows communication between the local home network - like the computers, smartphones, tablets, printers, etc.- and the Internet. Every time we have internet problems, we reboot the router. It is also advisable to place the router as high up as possible and make sure no objects are too close to the device. 4. Kombucha  (kuhm-boo-chuh)  Introduced in June 2013. According to the Oxford Dictionary, kombucha is a beverage produced by fermenting sweet tea with a culture of yeast and bacteria. I must confess that I haven't tried this beverage yet. But I've been told it's great for digestion so, maybe I'll give it a try in the near future.  5. Cyber- Introduced in December 2010. "Cyber" is a word we use to describe a person, thing or idea that is part of the computer and information age. Here are some examples: cyberculture, cyberpunk, cyberspace, cyber sales, cyber economy, cyberattack. 6. CD Introduced in March 2012. CD means several things, but one of the international use is a Compact Disc. I realized that CDs were no longer relevant ten years ago when I bought a MAC computer. At that time, Apple stopped making computers with a CD player.  So, I had to buy a separate CD player from Amazon. I'm curious if you still have CDs at home.  That's it for now. Let's continue with a fun point of view lesson. But before we do that, remember to get the transcript at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com.  It's completely free! Do you know how you can help me? You can share the podcast with your friends and family. Tell them to go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and get my free mini-course.  That would mean a lot to me. Thanks. Let's move on to the next section. I'll tell you a short story more than one time. Every time, I'll change a grammar point. I can change the tense or the person. This way, you'll notice the changes in context. Let's start! First, we'll listen to the story in the third person in the past tense: Tom started an online business on a low budget. He had an old laptop and was experiencing constant Internet cuts. His router was practically obsolete, so he needed a new one, yet he couldn't afford it.  Additionally, Tom was afraid of losing some of his most important documents, so he stored them on a CD. Certainly, the cyber world was becoming frustrating, so Tom had to disconnect for a few hours. So, he took his e-bike and rode around the city. After a while, he spotted a mysterious café.  He went inside and ordered a new drink called kombucha. After drinking this beverage, Tom wanted to move to a tropical island and drink kombucha all day and every day.  Since he had no money, he initiated a crowdfunding campaign explaining how he wanted to move to an island. Surprisingly, he raised $1 million in one day. So, Tom now lives on a tropical island, and all he does is drink kombucha. Let's listen to the story one more time in the first person in the future tense.   I'm Tom, and I'm thinking of starting an online business on a low budget. I imagine that I will have an old laptop and will experience constant Internet cuts. My router will be practically obsolete, so I'll need a new one, but I won't be able to afford it.  I will be afraid of losing some of my most important documents so that I will save them on a CD. Surely, the cyber world will become frustrating, and I will have to disconnect for a few hours. I'll take my e-bike and go for a ride around the city. After a while, I'll spot a mysterious coffee shop.  I will walk in and order a new drink called kombucha. After drinking this beverage, I will want to move to a tropical island and drink kombucha all day and every day.  But first, I will need some money. So, I will start a crowdfunding campaign explaining how I want to move to an island. Surprisingly, I will raise a million dollars in one day. So, I will live on a tropical island, and all I will do is drink kombucha. Ok, it’s the end of this short lesson. As you can see, just by changing a point of view of the story, you can learn grammar intuitively. It is one of the techniques that I use in my premium courses. I recommend you to take a look at: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/courses
4/22/20219 minutes, 35 seconds
Episode Artwork

#166 Popular words in English added to the dictionary

Hi, everyone! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today we are going to look at some trendy words. These words have been added to the dictionary in the last decade. And with a mini-story, you are going to improve your fluency. I'll tell you a story while asking you many questions that you have to answer right away. It's like talking to another person in English. Please, visit SpeakEnglishPodcast.com to get the transcript of today's episode. And follow me on Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, etc. Let's get started! As I said today, we will look at some words added to the dictionary in the last decade. These are trendy words, and I'm sure most of them sound familiar to you. Let's start with the first word: 1. Jeggings The word was introduced into the dictionary in 2015. Jeggings are a blend of jeans and leggings.  When they first came out, I was fascinated by these pants. They are the most comfortable thing ever in my opinion, and yet they look so much like jeans.   2. YouTuber The term was introduced into the dictionary in 2016. YouTube appeared in 2005 and since then, millions of people have been uploading videos on the platform on a regular basis. I started creating weekly videos in 2012, but it wasn't until 2016 that the word was added to the dictionary. According to the Oxford Dictionary, a YouTuber is a person who uploads, produces, or appears in videos on YouTube. 3. LOL The word was introduced into the dictionary in 2011. Though this word is still popular, we have actually been using it for many years. So what's LOL? It's an abbreviation of laughing out loud or laugh out loud. The word abbreviation means a shortened form of a word or phrase. 4. Facebook The term was introduced into the dictionary in 2018. Did you know that we have used Facebook so many times that the verb to facebook has emerged?  So “to facebook” means to spend time using the social media website or app Facebook. 5. Skype The word was introduced into the dictionary in 2014. Before other apps like Zoom or FaceTime existed, Skype was the most popular app on the Internet for video calls.  According to the Oxford Dictionary, to skype means to have a spoken conversation with (someone) over the Internet using Skype, typically also viewing by webcam. Get the transcript here: SpeakEnglishpodcast.com    
4/15/202112 minutes, 47 seconds
Episode Artwork

#165 Easter in the USA -ESL

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today I'll talk about something more festive. I'll talk about Easter and how Americans celebrate this holiday. And with a fun mini-story, you'll improve your English fluency by answering many questions in English. Before we get started, I just wanted to say hi if you are new here. And if you are a long-time listener, I want to thank you for supporting this show by sharing it with your friends and family. Ok, let’s start! Whenever Easter comes, everywhere I go, I see chocolate eggs and Easter bunny cakes. But what do we celebrate on Easter? Easter is a Christian holiday celebrating the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead. The New Testament describes the resurrection occurring on the third day after his burial following his crucifixion by the Romans on Calvary around 30 AD. Americans spend this holiday with friends and family, and some attend special services held in churches on Easter.  And while not all Americans observe the holiday from a spiritual point of view, Easter is certainly one of the most celebrated holidays in the States. And if there's one thing people love doing during the holidays, it's eating. Let's take a look at the 3 most popular dishes at Easter. Hot Cross Buns These are typical Easter food. It is a sweet bread seasoned with nutmeg, flavored with currants and apricots, and covered with a lemon glaze. Stuffed Leg of Lamb Americans also enjoy a stuffed leg of lamb. A delicious recipe, yet very easy to make. With parsley, garlic, bacon, and red wine. Honey Butter Ham Another very representative dish for this holiday is the honey butter ham. This recipe is simple and is prepared in the oven or a slow cooker. And how about the colored eggs and the Easter Bunny tradition? Typically, people start dying hard-boiled eggs in a variety of colors the night before Easter Sunday. These eggs are left for the Easter Bunny on Saturday night. The Bunny comes and hides them all over the house. So when the children wake up on Easter Sunday, they get excited looking for the eggs and the Easter baskets filled with goodies. The idea of the Easter Bunny giving candy and eggs is said to have originated in Germany during the Middle Ages. Pennsylvania Dutch settlers brought the rabbit to the United States in the 18th century. Another fun fact about the Easter holiday is that Easter and Halloween often compete for the highest candy sales every year. In some years, Americans buy more candy the week before Easter than the week before Halloween. How interesting. Right? Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
4/5/202112 minutes, 36 seconds
Episode Artwork

#164 Different Types of Doctors in English - part2

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. This week we are going to continue talking about the different types of doctors in English. And with a fun mini-story, you will effectively improve your English fluency. Before we get started, make sure you get the transcript on my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com/podcast Ok, let's start! Last week we started talking about the different types of doctors in English. We saw that a general practitioner or family doctor treats common health problems. We also learned that an optometrist is an eye doctor and that a dentist treats teeth and gums' problems. Now let's continue learning the different types of doctors in English. 1) When we have skin, hair, or nail-related problems, we visit a dermatologist. If you have nasty red rashes on your body, quickly make an appointment with a dermatologist. So a dermatologist is a doctor who treats problems related to skin, nails, and hair. Nowadays, more and more people choose to see a dermatologist whenever they have a skin condition such as acne, sensitive skin, a rash, etc. It is always better to trust a specialist and not to experiment on our skin. 2) If you have children, you should take them to a pediatrician. A pediatrician's office is always very colorful and a very child-friendly environment. Therefore, pediatricians are physicians who take care of infants, toddlers, children, and teenagers. 3) What if you have a broken heart? Do you make an appointment to see a cardiologist? Unfortunately, a cardiologist can't fix your broken heart. But they will cure any cardiovascular disease. A cardiologist is a heart doctor. 4) And if you have an accident, you must see an orthopedic surgeon. An orthopedic surgeon deals with the skeletal system. Any broken leg or broken bone or anything that's wrong with your skeletal system, an orthopedic surgeon is going to fix it for you.  As people get older, they have many problems in their knees or their hands or even arthritis. So all of these things are taken care of by an orthopedic surgeon. 5) If you are a woman, you need to see a doctor who focuses on the female reproductive organs from time to time. We call this type of doctor a gynecologist. There is also the obstetrician who works in a particular area of gynecology that focuses on childbirth. 6) What if you are a man? Do you also go to see a gynecologist? No. No. Only women go to a gynecologist. Men should see a urologist. A urologist is a doctor who deals with urinary tract infections or urinary problems. A urologist deals with the male reproductive system or male reproductive organs.  So if you have any problems with the urinary tract or the male reproductive system, you see a urologist. 7) There is another type of doctor called a neurologist. A neurologist is a doctor who studies and treats diseases of the nerves. While the doctor who performs surgery on the human brain is called a neurosurgeon. So a neurologist is a doctor who deals with any nerve-related problem. But if you have brain surgery, you go to a neurosurgeon. Well, these are the types of doctors or physicians we have here. There are a large number of doctors, so I've picked the most common ones.    Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
3/31/202114 minutes, 7 seconds
Episode Artwork

#163 Different Types of Doctors in English

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. This episode is going to be interesting because we will talk about doctors in English. And I'll tell you about a surgery I had last week. You'll also improve your English grammar without memorizing any boring rules. Before I get started, remember to get the transcript at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com This way, you listen and read at the same time if you find it necessary. Let's start. Today I would like to tell you a bit about my experience of having to undergo surgery for the first time.  Although you probably didn’t notice my absence last week, I was in the hospital for a few days after having gallbladder surgery. I always had difficulty eating some foods, and I didn't know why. Finally, after many tests, the doctor told me he had good news and bad news. I wanted to know good news first. The good news was that he had found the cause of my digestive problems. I had gallstones in my gallbladder. And the bad news was that I had to have my gallbladder removed altogether. But I was looking forward to the surgery.  And since I wanted to avoid getting overly nervous before the procedure, I decided to concentrate on work. I doubled my workload before the surgery so that you wouldn't miss any of my weekly episodes. And on the day of the surgical procedure, I packed a suitcase with all the things I thought I needed while in the hospital. It is always wise to be prepared. But in the end, I didn't need much of it because I spent most of the time sleeping.  Now I’m happy to be back home. The intervention was a success, and I feel great, I was even able to start working on a new episode.  But enough about me, let's talk about the different types of doctors in English. Let's start with the general practitioner. What’s a general practitioner? If you have a health problem, you usually go to a general practitioner. For example, if you have a cold or a stomach ache, you see a general practitioner. We also call this type of physician a family doctor. What if you have a terrible toothache? Do you go to your family doctor? Of course not. In that case, you should make an appointment with a reputable dentist as soon as possible.  I know many of you don’t like going to the dentist, but I have a visit every six months, and that helps to prevent major complications.  So a dentist is a doctor who treats problems related to teeth and gums. Well, what if you have a problem with your vision? What do you do? If you have a problem with your eyesight, an eye infection, or anything related to your eyes, you should see an optometrist. An optometrist is an eye doctor.   Get the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
3/25/202110 minutes, 25 seconds
Episode Artwork

#162 Learning English with Riddles part #2 ESL

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.  Today we are going to learn English in a fun way.  You will learn new English vocabulary through fun riddles.  I will introduce you to some popular riddles and ask you to guess the correct answer. If you don't know what a riddle is, don't worry because I'll explain it to you. And with a point of view lesson, you will learn grammar without memorizing any boring rules. Many of you send me messages telling me that you listen to my podcast in the car, walking, or doing other things. That's great because you are incorporating learning into your lifestyle, not the other way around. That way, you spend more time listening and learning. The idea is always to accumulate many hours of listening for you to internalize the language. By the way, it would make me very happy if you shared my website with your friends. Tell them to go to SpeakEnglishPodcast.com and subscribe to my free mini-course. All right. In today's episode, you will improve your English in a fun way with some fun riddles. You'll have to guess the answer to each riddle. Are you up for it? Don't worry; they're not complicated.  Come on, it's gonna be fun :) But first, what's a riddle? A riddle is a type of poem that works like a puzzle. They describe something and sometimes use words with double meanings. First, I'll tell you a riddle, and then I'll wait 10 seconds to give you time to answer. But don't worry. If you need more time, you can pause the audio. Get the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
3/16/202111 minutes, 41 seconds
Episode Artwork

#161 English Vocabulary - Vegetables in Urban Gardens ESL

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In today’s episode  – I’m going to tell you how you can get vegetables without going to the supermarket. And I’m not talking about magic 🙂 – In the second part, you will learn grammar without memorizing any boring rules. Are you a new listener? I recommend that you get my free video course at speakenglishpodcast.com. You will learn how to acquire more vocabulary, how to learn grammar but without memorizing anything, how to learn deeply, how to speak automatically and how to maintain yourself motivated in the long run. Very well. Let’s start! Some things only happen in cities. Interesting things. One of them is urban gardens, If you have an urban garden, you can grow your own veggies if you live in a city.  I’m talking about tomatoes, celery, broccoli, etc. It is an exciting option if you do not want to buy them directly from the supermarket or if you want to make sure that the vegetables are pesticides free. Urban gardens appeared as a fad, but the truth is that they are consolidating in many cities. A good phrase to use in this case is: “they are here to stay”. That is, it is not just a fad. Where can we find these gardens? Locations vary. For example, there are large gardens in the suburbs of many cities. These are family gardens that produce all kinds of veggies. We can also find urban garden projects in schools, where they have an educational function. I find it very helpful for children to understand that tomatoes are not “manufactured” in the supermarket but rather grown in the soil. On the other hand, many apartments have a terrace, and people have some vegetables in small earthen containers. Some take advantage of the rooftop. There is usually quite a lot of space available. I guess in general you can save money, but it’s easy to overspend. You need tools, fertilizers, seeds, substrates… and a lot of patience. In any case, it’s an outdoor hobby that is usually rewarding. However, there are some disadvantages. The most important is that the contamination affects the plants. All contaminating particles fall on the surfaces. Many of them are metals such as lead, mercury, or cadmium. And I don’t believe anyone likes the idea of eating a tomato with these kinds of metals in it. Then there is the expense of the water, which can be significant. Nowadays, the water bill can go up quite a bit because there are more and more taxes. So… Would you like to have an urban garden? If you already have one, you can tell me about it in the comments section. Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
3/11/20219 minutes, 14 seconds
Episode Artwork

#160 Learning English with Riddles ESL

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today you are going to learn English in a fun way. You will learn new English vocabulary through fun riddles. And with a mini-story, you will improve your fluency by answering lots of questions. Let’s start! One thing is clear. You want to become fluent in English. That's why it's a great idea to get to know the typical expressions and riddles. Riddles often make us laugh out loud. Everyone knows that laughter is healthy because it relaxes the brain and body, helps us release stress, and promotes positive mental health. This way you will learn English more easily. So I'm going to start telling you some riddles. First, I'll tell you the riddle, and then I'll wait 10 seconds to give you time to answer. But don't worry. If you need more time, you can pause the audio. Remember that on my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com you will find the transcript of this episode. Let's start! Think about it, 1) What has to be broken before you can use it? I'll give you a hint. It's something to eat. Answer: An egg. Yes, of course, it's an egg, I don't know about you, but I always remove the eggshell before eating it. Let's continue. 2. I'm tall when I'm young, and I'm short when I'm old. What am I? I'll give you a hint. It's something you can see in the dark. Answer: A candle. Yes, of course, it is a candle; as the candle burns, it gets shorter. Although this also happens with people. We also as lose height as we get older. 3. What month of the year has 28 days? Answer: All of them That's right; all months have at least 28 days. Although in a leap year, the extra day is added to the end of February, making it 29 days instead of 28. 4. What is full of holes but still holds water? Answer: A sponge If there is a hole in a glass or bucket, the water comes out, but the sponge will absorb the water even though it has holes in it. 5. What can you break, even if you never pick it up or touch it? Answer: A promise. In English, we keep or break a promise. If you don't keep your promise, you break it. Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
3/4/202114 minutes, 1 second
Episode Artwork

#159 English pronunciation practice - Difficult words

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today we will practice some of the most difficult words to pronounce in English. Words that start with "th" as in this or that and words that end in "ly" as in constantly or definitely." And with a mini-story, you will improve your fluency. English pronunciation can be a big problem for some English students. And their native language determines, for the most part, what types of difficulties students will have.  However, most English students worldwide find it difficult to pronounce words that start with "th." "th" is one of the hardest sounds to pronounce. And we pronounce it in three different ways:  as /ð/ as in this, that, these, those, they or them.    As the voiceless /θ/ as in three, thing, thought. Some students often say "dat" instead of that. - but we also pronounce it as a /t/ as in Thai. I've asked my students what words they found difficult and many of them were words beginning with "th." Thought, through, three, threaten, throughout, theft. I will give an example for each word but first, let's pronounce them one by one.   Listen and repeat. Thought, through, three, threaten, throughout, theft.   Examples: "I never thought my wish could one day come true." "Through repetition, you will improve your English fluency." "I had three exams last week and passed all of them." "They tried to threaten to take away my scholarship, but in the end, they had a change of heart." You have always been by my side, especially throughout the difficult times. "They were put in prison for theft." Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
2/25/202115 minutes, 5 seconds
Episode Artwork

#158 How to LISTEN more in English? ESL

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today I will tell you how to train your brain to listen more in English. And with a fun mini-story, you will improve your English fluency. Nowadays, we are very used to watching content on the Internet. There is a wide variety of materials. And when it comes to learning English, it is no exception, so I understand that you can feel overwhelmed by so many possibilities. That's why I'm here, to give you clarity and to help you speak English in a very short time and with a very efficient method. While most teachers switch from audio to video, I have done the opposite. There are several reasons why I have stopped making videos regularly. I've started making videos a decade ago. Meanwhile, I was teaching English one on one to students from all over the world and of all ages. That's how I came up with the best method to learn English. I noticed that when my students were listening to simple audio repeatedly, they were learning faster, and their listening and speech improved. I've realized that many students learn with their eyes and not with their ears. Listening was a greater challenge than reading for many. If you want to understand a language better, you need to train your brain to listen more. Another aspect that has helped me understand what my students really need was the fact that I'm a polyglot. I've started learning several languages when I was a kid, by using different techniques. For me, the most effective way to learn a language was to learn by listening. With my podcast, you will improve your listening and comprehension, especially if you listen repeatedly. Most students think that the more variety, the better. So what they usually do is listen to an audio once or twice and then change to something else. Well, variety is useful, but what you want is to consolidate what you listen to; if you want to train your brain to listen, the most effective way to achieve this is through repetition. For example, you can use one of my podcast episodes. I recommend that you listen to every episode several times to consolidate the content. I provide a transcript for each episode, so after listening to an episode a few times, get the transcript and read it at the same time. Another excellent way to improve your English is by using my premium courses. Get the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
2/17/202111 minutes, 40 seconds
Episode Artwork

#157 Valentine’s Day in the United States (rep)

Listen to a new episode of Speak English Now Podcast, your favorite material for practicing your spoken and heard English. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary, and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: Happy Valentine's Day, everybody! I am Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In today’s episode, I will talk about Valentine’s Day in the United States. And with a mini-story, you will improve your English speaking. Remember! You can get the transcript at speakenglishpodcast.com. Ok. Let’s get started! Although it is a very commercial holiday, Valentine's Day has a fascinating history that goes back to ancient Rome! In the United States and other parts of the world, people celebrate February 14 by giving away candy hearts and red roses. Historians believe that Valentine's Day originated in ancient Rome as a pagan fertility festival. But despite its origins, in 1300, it officially became a holiday associated with love and romance. The Roman Pope officially declared February 14, "Valentine's Day." It was then associated with love because many believed that birds began their mating season on February 14. There was more than one St. Valentine. There have been multiple St. Valentines throughout history, like a bishop and a pope. But the most common one was the one who challenged Emperor Claudius II. Back then, Claudius had forbidden marriage because he thought it would distract young soldiers. However, Valentine disapproved, so he illegally married couples until he was captured. After he was convicted, young couples would visit his cell and give him flowers and cards. It’s said that he died on February 14. Let’s see how Americans celebrate Valentine’s Day nowadays. Since 1840 sending cards became a tradition and Americans send out 145 million Valentine's Day cards every year. Americans spend a lot of money on Valentine’s Day About 50% of Americans celebrate Valentine's Day and spend about $19 billion a year, and over $2 billion on candy alone. That’s a lot of money, right? But do you know where most of the money goes? Americans spend almost 5 billion dollars on jewelry on Valentine's Day! They also spend more than $3.7 billion on going out at night, followed by flowers, clothes, and candy. Ok. Now let’s get a bit romantic. Nearly 6 million couples get engaged on Valentine's Day. [END of EXTRACT] Get the transcript at: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
2/10/202111 minutes, 58 seconds
Episode Artwork

#156 How to pronounce vowels in American English? ESL

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today we will talk about how to pronounce vowels in English. And with a fun point of view story you will improve your grammar. The truth is that vowels in English always represent a particular difficulty for many students. But don't worry because there is a self-evident reason why this happens. It turns out that in English, we have six vowel letters represented by the letters a, e, i, o, and u and fifteen vowel sounds.  Fifteen vowel sounds?  Yes. You see that's the real problem.  In English, we don't read vowels as they are written, simply because the same vowel letter can be pronounced in different ways. For example, we can pronounce vowel A in seven different ways. Amazing, right? We divide vowel sounds into three different categories: Long vowels (we pronounce the long vowels the same as the letter.) These are the long vowel sounds in American English:  A /eɪ/, E /i/, I /ɑɪ/, O /oʊ/, U /yu/. Examples: Steak   / steɪk / Sleep  / slip /  Bike    / baɪk / Home / hoʊm / Cute  / kyut /   Short vowels (have the most common sound for a single vowel spelling.) Examples:   cat /kæt/  bed /bɛd/     sit /sɪt/ top /tɑp/ sun /sʌn/   Other vowels (the remaining vowel sounds)      other u /ʊ/              Put /pʊt/ oo sound /u/           soon /sun/ aw sound /ɔ/           dog /dɔg/ oi sound /ɔɪ/           join /ʤɔɪn/ ow sound /aʊ/.   down /daʊn/   Ok, let’s continue. I want to talk about the schwa (ə) sound. What is Schwa? The Schwa sound - is the most common vowel in English.  We find this sound in almost all words with more than a syllable. Examples: Doctor, about, the, center. Schwa (ə) replaces any vowel in English if the vowel is unstressed.  It also appears in words consisting of only one syllable: a, the, of.   Read the transcript at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
2/4/202110 minutes, 54 seconds
Episode Artwork

#155 Job Interview Stories - English Course - ESL

You're hired. You will start with $1000, and in two years it will be $3000. Awesome! Then I'll start working two years from now. Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.  Today I want to talk about some stories that occurred in a job interview. I think it will be fun. Later, you'll practice grammar with a Point of View Story. Let’s say you’re looking for a job.  You have a degree, a master or an impressive background, and you are a real professional.  One day, A call. It's a company that wants to interview you.  You're excited! On the day of the interview, you prepare yourself: you get a nice haircut, dress properly, you are a bit nervous but focused, and the interview begins in English. You didn't see that coming. All your preparation, degrees, masters, background don't seem relevant anymore. Here's the harsh truth: Not having interview skills in English will prevent you from getting the job of your life.  However, there's good news. If you already know some English, preparing for a job interview's easy, and you don't need too much time. At the end of the lesson, I'll tell you how you can prepare for a job interview in only two weeks or less. Okay, let's listen to some stories that happened in job interviews. 1) Let's start with the first one: "In the interview, they asked me, "where do you see yourself in five years", and I answered, 'not here.' They never called me back." In this case he was right. In five years, he wouldn't work there because they never called him back. 2) The next one: "After undergoing three interviews for the position, I was introduced to my new boss, who happened to be the father of my ex. Despite being very worried, we ended up becoming good friends even more so than when I was dating his daughter." What a small world! In this case, the interview could have ended very badly, but we can safely say that this guy was very lucky. 3) Let's continue with the next one, which is very interesting. "The interviewer started looking at me with a puzzled face, and the first thing he asked me was if I could prove all the experience described in my CV. I told him that I had no experience at all since I had just finished my studies. He showed me the CV, and to my amazement, it was my dad's!" What a coincidence! For some reason, the interviewer had his father's CV. Maybe the father sent a CV to the same company. Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishpodcast.com
1/29/20219 minutes, 53 seconds
Episode Artwork

#154 How to write a 
business email in English 
part #2


Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Last week we started learning how to write a formal business email in English. Today we will learn how to close an email with a final comment and greeting. I'll also give you an example of a formal email that you can use in different situations. With a point of view story, you will improve your grammar. Sending a formal or professional email in English can always be challenging, so I decided to dedicate two episodes to this topic. If you haven't yet listened to last week's episode, I invite you to do so before listening to today's lesson. Ok, let's get started! After giving or asking for information, it's time to close with a remark. Here are some examples: 5. Closing remarks: This is how you could respond when you are answering a customer query. "If you require any further information, please do not hesitate to contact me." Use this phrase to let the other person know that you are eager to hear from them soon: "I am looking forward to hearing from you soon."  This way, you encourage the other person to contact you if they need to do so. More closing phrases: "Thank you in advance for your reply / your help." "Please let me know if you have other questions or concerns." "Please don't forget to _______________." "Please get back to me: by Monday/ before Monday / soon. " "I appreciate your prompt reply." "I hope to speak with you / hear from / see you soon." 6. Complimentary Close (followed by your name) We will end our email with a complimentary close. Best Regards, Best wishes, Kind Regards, Regards, Sincerely, Thank you, Enjoy the weekend, Have a good weekend, day, Friday, Have a safe flight, Enjoy your trip, Best wishes, regards, All these can be used interchangeably as a way to pay your respects to the person who is going to read the email. I typically sign my emails with "Best Regards"; however, sometimes I use "Regards" or "Enjoy the weekend." After "Best regards," I add my name. 7. Email Samples Here's an email sample that you can use in different situations: Dear Mr. John,  Thank you for your interest in our services.  With reference to your request regarding a new SIM card for your cell phone, I would like to inform you that it should be made available to you within the next 24 hours.  I would like to inform you that we have already delivered the card to the carrier, and you will receive it during the day. Also, I would really appreciate it if you could respond to this email today confirming your billing information. I am sorry to ask you this on such short notice, but it is in your best interest to do this as soon as possible to avoid any delays. If you require any further information, please do not hesitate to contact me. Best Regards, Tom. Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
1/22/202110 minutes, 13 seconds
Episode Artwork

#153 How to write a 
business email in English?part #1
- 
ESL

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In today's episode, I'll show you how to write a business email in English. I'll teach you how to structure an email by providing some examples. Then with a fun mini-story, you will improve your English fluency. Nowadays, we need to communicate online both on a personal and professional level. And though sending an email to a friend doesn't seem to be too challenging, many of you feel intimidated when writing a professional email in English. Whether it's sending it to a supplier, to your boss, a professor, sign up for a job, etc., this episode will be very useful. 1) Always start with a greeting. For example: If you know the first and last name of the person, say hello like this: "Hello, Mike Adams." Use only their last name by saying: "Dear Mr./Ms. Adams" If it's a person you know on a more personal level, you can address them by their name: "Dear Mike" Another way to say hello is to mention the person's position. "Dear manager, (recruiter, project manager, hiring manager, etc.)" When you are not writing to a specific person use this expression:  "To whom it may concern." 2) Use an opening line. Once you say hello, use an opening line. Examples: "Thank you for your reply." "I hope this message finds you well." "Thank you for your message." "Regarding___, I would like to inform you that___" "Concerning the email, I received___" "I hope you're enjoying (the great weather, your time in the city, etc.") "Thank you so much for the quick reply; I really appreciate it." If you haven't heard from that person in a while, you can say: "It's been a while since I heard from you." If you have not been able to reply to an email for a while, say: "Sorry for the late reply," 3)Giving Information After a short introduction, you can start providing information. Start with one of these phrases: "I'd like to inform you that…  "I am writing to inform you that…" "I am writing to let you know that.." "Regarding (our last conversation) "I'd like to update you on …" "I'd like to confirm our meeting, your order, the business plan, etc. To deliver good news, say: "Fortunately, (we will be able to deliver your goods on time.") "I am pleased to inform you that (we will be able to deliver your goods on time.") If you need to give bad news, say: "Unfortunately, (we won't be able to deliver the goods on time.") "I regret to inform you that..(we won't be able to deliver the goods on time.") (END OF THE EXTRACT). Get the FULL TEXT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
1/15/202114 minutes, 6 seconds
Episode Artwork

#152 
Asking and giving Directions 
in English ESL

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. I'm going to talk about how to ask and give directions in English. For example, when you want to go to a restaurant, and you have to ask for directions. Next, an exclusive mini-story to improve your fluency in English. Remember that you can get the text of the episode at SpeakEnglishpodcast.com. So, let's get started. As you know, it's very useful to know how to ask for directions when you go to a place for the first time, and you're a bit lost. Okay, yes, I know that nowadays with smartphones, you can check the GPS and you don't need to ask for help anymore, but think about this: Asking for directions is an excellent opportunity to practice English. In this episode, we will see the most common expressions with some examples: All right, the best way to ask for directions is by using this expression: "Excuse me, how do I get to _?" "Could you tell me the best way to get to _?"  For example, if you want to ask how to get to Times Square, you say: Excuse me, how do I get to Times Square? You could also say… "What is the quickest way to get to the movies?" "Excuse me. Where's the nearest (post office) please?" "Excuse me. I'm looking for _." And if you are very close to your destination, you could simply ask:           "Where is the hotel?" If you get lost, just ask this simple question:  "Where exactly am I?"  Okay, great. Now let's see how to give directions.  Here are some useful phrases for giving directions on the street: TURN LEFT TURN RIGHT GO STRAIGHT AHEAD An example: "Sorry, what is the quickest way to get to the city center? "It is easy. Go straight ahead and then turn right. They can also tell you to TAKE the first, second, or third, street, for example. Let's look at the same example: "Excuse me, could you tell me the best way to get to the city center?" "It is easy. Go straight ahead and take the second street on the right." (END OF THE EXTRACT).   READ the TRANSCRIPT here: speakEnglishPodcast.com
1/8/202111 minutes, 39 seconds
Episode Artwork

#151 English Fluency and Mistakes when you speak ESL

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today I will talk about fluency and how it is related to the possible mistakes that occur when we speak. Yes. Sometimes we can make mistakes!  Next, we will practice grammar with a funny point of view story. You just have to listen and observe how the different grammar points change. Very good! I have decided to talk about a topic that I think is very significant for the language student. First of all, let's see what fluency means.  When a person can speak fluently, they can speak more or less without hesitation, without pausing and thinking about how to say something. Occasionally we can take a short pause to think, but this is not usual.  We experience near-perfect fluency when we speak our mother tongue. If you pay attention to when you speak, you will see that you do not think about which words to use. You just have an idea of what you are going to say, and you say it. When you are learning a language, fluency develops gradually. A good symptom is when you find yourself without almost translating mentally. At first, it is normal to do so, but little by little, part of your speech becomes automatic, and the words are simply there. That's when you start enjoying more and more conversations with Native speakers. It is amazing to see yourself in a conversation with a Native speaker in the language you are learning. Somehow, it all becomes real. Traditional or more academic methods insist on mastering more formal aspects such as grammar rules, word position, or conjugations. According to their theories, learning all this will help you express yourself better and avoid making so many mistakes when speaking. Ask yourself this question: How often do you think about grammar rules when you speak in your native language?  I believe that the most important thing for a language student is to develop fluency first. This has to be your main goal. When we are in the middle of a conversation, things go very fast. You can't pause for 30 seconds to think about how to structure a sentence. You need to speak at that moment. You need to be fluent. And how does this relate to mistakes? It's common sense. If you can express yourself more or less effortlessly, mentally, you don't have to look up or translate words. They just come to your mind. This way, you can spend more time focusing on other aspects, such as making fewer mistakes or improving your pronunciation. As I always say, the way to improve your fluency is mostly by listening. The more you listen, the more you acquire the patterns of the language. When I talk about patterns, I mean word patterns that are very commonly used. So, you no longer think word by word but by groups of words. A very positive effect from listening to content made by a native speaker is that you hear the language without mistakes, so little by little, you will end up using the same structures that are error-free. In short, developing fluency as the main objective helps us to speak without pausing and without translating mentally. Also, by automating speech, we can spend more time focusing on small mistakes we can make. To improve fluency, you must listen a lot and repeatedly. Contrary to what you thought, the material you listen to has to be easy to understand. You have to comprehend 90% of what you hear. Listening to something you like and can understand easily but for hours and hours will improve your fluency.   Read the Transcript here: https://speakenglishpodcast.com/
12/30/202010 minutes, 59 seconds
Episode Artwork

#150 Christmas Holidays Vocabulary 2020 (rep)

Hi everyone! I’m your English teacher Georgiana, founder of speakenglishpodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. In this episode, I’ll talk about the Christmas holidays. And after that, you’ll practice your English speaking with an exciting mini-story about a man dressed in red. Alright! Let’s start! Ah! It's Christmas at last! I don't know about you, but I love this time of year. I start to think about what presents to give to my family and friends. Normally I make a list, so I don't forget anyone. Can you imagine forgetting someone? That would be terrible! That's why I start very early to plan what presents to give to everyone. Finding the right gift for someone can be difficult, so what I usually do is search online for gift ideas. And buying online helps me avoid the holiday crowds. To really feel the Christmas spirit, I like preparing a pot with a delightful scent using orange, cinnamon, apple cider, and clove. I let everything boil throughout the day so that the fragrance spreads throughout the house. At this time of year, I also love to listen to Christmas songs. I can recommend some popular Christmas songs: “All I want for Christmas is You” by Mariah Carey. "Last Christmas" by Wham! "Let It, Snow! Let It, Snow! Let It Snow!” by Frank Sinatra. "Jingle Bell Rock" by Bobby Helms. and something from Michael Bublé’s Christmas album. Plus, I enjoy placing Christmas lights and decorations. I sometimes use social media to find unique decorations. Did you know that some Americans use popcorn threaded on a string to help decorate their Christmas Tree? Or that in New England, you can find some shops called "Christmas Shops." There they sell Christmas decorations and toys throughout the entire year! There are many classic Christmas movies that you can watch on TV at this time of year. Here are some examples: It's A Wonderful Life (1946) Holiday Inn (1942) A Christmas Story (1983) A Charlie Brown Christmas (1965) Elf (2003) Bad Santa (2003) Love Actually (2003) The Man Who Invented Christmas (2017) And it wouldn't be Christmas without a tree! Christmas trees are the symbol of the season. I love having a real tree and decorate it along with my family and friends. The Christmas trees tradition started in Germany in the 16th century. Protestant reformer Martin Luther first added lighted candles to a tree to remind his children of the wonders of God's creation.  Nowadays, many Americans buy a fresh evergreen tree or a plastic model and decorate it with lights and ornaments.   READ the TRANSCRIPT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com 
12/18/202020 minutes, 8 seconds
Episode Artwork

#149 Is your personality different in English?
 (rep)

Welcome to the Speak English Now Podcast, your resource for practicing your English speaking and listening. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary, and how to learn English more effectively. Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently.In this episode: • I’d like to talk about how speaking a different language can change your personality. • Later, a cool mini-story to practice your English speaking. Let’s get started! So, did you know that speaking a different language can change your personality? Yes, you heard me well! Studies show that depending on the language you speak; your personality can be affected. Studies show that speaking two or more languages can lead to a split personality. They say that many speakers have completely unique identities in each of the languages they speak. Apparently, the way you speak impacts the way you think, and it influences everything from how you make decisions to how you perceive color. Therefore, language is much more than just communication. Since the way you speak clearly affects the way you think. I can speak several languages, besides English. When I speak in German, for example, I pay attention to the way I interact with people, the way I organize my ideas and my thoughts, my emotions. All of these become profoundly influenced by the language I’m speaking. For example, whenever I speak in German, I become more rational. On the other hand, if I have a conversation in Spanish, I can observe myself behaving differently. It’s like being a different person. In this case, I feel more relaxed, more easy-going. To acquire a new self, you’ll need to immerse yourself in the culture. You can achieve that by taking a trip abroad, watching movies, interact with a native speaker or, listening to the Speak English Now podcast. Another key factor is how well you know the language. Of course, it’s not the same if your level’s low. The more you dominate the language, the more it influences your personality. My advice is that when you’re learning English, try to adopt a specific personality of the language. This way it’ll get easier and easier, and finally, you’ll speak English fluently and confidently. When you learn a new language, you’re not simply memorizing vocabulary and grammar rules – you also have the opportunity to adopt new elements of your identity. READ the transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com
12/9/202014 minutes, 1 second
Episode Artwork

#148 Conditionals in English (rep)

Hi everyone! I'm Georgiana; founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help YOU speak English fluently. Today, I’ll talk about how we use conditionals in English. After that, we'll practice them with a Point Of View Story. Ok, let's get started! I'm going to review the different conditionals in English. I don't recommend you to memorize them, but to understand them. You need plenty of contexts, and the best way to practice the conditionals is by using the Point of View story technique. Conditionals in English aren't complicated. I'm going to give you some examples: Zero conditional Here, we talk about things that are always true. For example: If you heat water, it boils. If you heat ice, it melts. If it rains, the grass gets wet. First Conditional We use the first conditional when we talk about a probable result. For example: If you study more, you'll pass the exam. If I have time, I'll help you. Second Conditional We use the second conditional in case we want to express less probability. I know you're busy, but if you went to the cinema, you'd enjoy the new Star Trek movie. If you studied more, you'd pass the exam. As you can see, this is more hypothetical. "If you went to the cinema", means you won't probably go, but if you went, then you'd like the movie. In the second example happens the same: If you studied more…it seems that you aren't currently studying enough. Third Conditional This third conditional is in the past. We talk about an alternative result about something that happened in the past. For example: If you had studied more, you would've passed the exam. If I had had more time, I would've helped you. If I had visited you, I could've helped you. In the third conditional, everything happens in the past, and we just express a different result if things weren't different in the past. Let's quickly review the first, second, and third conditional with a common example: If I have enough money, I'll buy a ticket to travel to New York. If I had enough money, I would buy a ticket to travel to New York. If I had had enough money, I would've bought a ticket to travel to New York. Can you see how the tenses change? Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
11/19/20209 minutes, 1 second
Episode Artwork

#147 Why is it so difficult to speak English?

Hi, Everyone! I’m Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help YOU speak English fluently. In this episode: I’ll talk about passive vocabulary, and I’ll focus on the difference between active and passive vocabulary.After that, we’ll simulate a conversation with the Question & Answer technique. OK, let’s start! Like I’ve just mentioned earlier, in this episode, I’d like to focus on the passive vocabulary. There are two kinds of vocabularies that we all acquire in time, no matter whether it’s your native language or a foreign language. The first and more obvious one is the active vocabulary. These are the words we use when we speak or write. On the other hand, there’s passive vocabulary. And these are all the words we understand when we read or listen. Let me make myself clear: You fully understand the meaning of these words; you don’t just guess their meaning when you read or listen. However, you can’t use them in a conversation. It’s complicated to use passive vocabulary when you speak because understanding the words just isn’t enough. You’ll need to listen and read these words several times before they become part of your active vocabulary. At this point, you may think that using passive vocabulary is only difficult when you’re trying to speak in English, but unfortunately, you’ll find the same difficulty when using your mother tongue. Let me give you an example: Let’s say that you’re reading an article about the economic situation of a country. You fully understand the whole article, but if you had to speak about this topic, I’m convinced that you’d use words that you’re more familiar with. If you had to talk about the economic situation of a country, you’d use the active vocabulary and not the passive one. When it comes to English, it’s the same. You can only use about 20% of all the vocabulary you’ve learned. So, if you know 1000 words, you’ll probably use only 200 words. The best way to activate your passive vocabulary is by repetition. If you listen to the same audios many times, you’ll be able to transform passive vocabulary into active vocabulary. We tend to use the words we listen to more. For example, the verbs to be, to go or objects like car, paper, etc. These words are so common that they have become part of your active vocabulary from the very beginning. (END OF THE EXTRACT). Get the transcript in PDF here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
11/11/202014 minutes, 5 seconds
Episode Artwork

#146 Abandoned Towns and Villages in English ESL

Listen to a new episode of Speak English Now Podcast, your favorite material for practicing your spoken and heard English. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary, and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today I'm going to talk about towns, where no one lives anymore for one reason or another.  With a mini-story, we will meet John, a man who, tired of his lifestyle, makes a radical decision.  Very good. Thank you for listening once again. We have reached 22 million downloads of this podcast; thank you very much for following me! If you want to help me, please share and recommend my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com by mentioning my podcast. Thank you very much in advance.  Okay, let's get to today's topic. In every country in the world, there are villages where no one lives.  I find this phenomenon fascinating. There are several words you can use to describe such a town. They all mean the same thing: Abandoned: This means that those who lived in that area have left. Therefore, people abandoned the place at some point in the past. Uninhabited: This word implies that it was previously inhabited. The inhabitants inhabit a place. If those people leave and don't live there anymore, it becomes uninhabited. Ghost. A ghost town is simply a town without inhabitants, without anyone living there. This word sometimes gives a sinister air to the place. All kinds of legends can arise in certain abandoned places. Some people's imaginations can be very vivid. -Deserted merely means that there is no one there. For example: "The village was deserted, there was absolutely no one."  Now, let's use a little imagination. Imagine that you decide to move to a deserted town. Moving means going to live permanently in a new place. So, you would be the only inhabitant. You could put a sign with the name of the village and the number of inhabitants: one.  (END OF THE EXTRACT). Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com  
11/6/202015 minutes, 50 seconds
Episode Artwork

#145 Halloween in America 2020 esl (rep)

Hi, everyone! I'm Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help YOU to speak English fluently. In today's episode: I'll be talking about one of the most celebrated holidays in the United States: Halloween. After that, you'll practice your speaking with a new mini-story, while enjoying my new Question & Answer story. Very well. Let's get started!  Halloween is a holiday celebrated on the last day of October. I would say it's very popular because everybody's excited about it, especially children. The word Halloween comes from an old English expression, "All Hallows' Eve," and it means the day before All Saints' Day.   Children of all ages really love Halloween because they can dress up in funny costumes and knock on their neighborhood doors shouting "Trick or Treat!". The neighbors usually give them candies. The meaning of the phrase "Trick or Treat" is interesting. In this context, "treat" means getting the candies, and "trick" implies the consequence of not getting the sweets. It's like an innocent threat children make. Of course, kids get really excited when they knock on stranger's doors in their neighborhood. Since Halloween originated as a celebration connected with evil spirits, the most common symbols are witches flying on broomsticks, ghosts, skeletons, black cats, etc. The black color is one of the traditional Halloween colors. Of course, pumpkins are also a Halloween symbol. I'm sure you've seen them in movies. People empty pumpkin and put a candle inside to make a lamp.  How do you make a Halloween pumpkin?  · The first step is hollowing out the pumpkin. · After we use a keyhole saw to cut the hole.  · When using a candle for illumination, you can cut the hole in the pumpkin's top. · For electric lights, make a hole in the bottom or side so you can hide the cord. The Halloween pumpkin is called Jack-O'-Lantern. It's common to see jack-o'-lanterns on doorsteps decorations before and on Halloween.  The name comes from an Irish legend about a man named Jack. He was so ungenerous that when he died, he couldn't enter heaven, but he couldn't go to hell either because he had told jokes about the devil. As a result, Jack had to walk and walk with a lantern until the Day of Judgment. Read the transcript here: speakEnglishPodcast.com
10/29/202012 minutes, 49 seconds
Episode Artwork

#144 Are you hooked on your cell phone? ESL

-I’m hooked on the Thunder Game series. -It’s Game of Thrones. -Ah, yes, that. The fire of Thrones. -Game. -Game of Thorns. Right? Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Have you ever wondered if you spend too many hours looking at your cell phone? Or maybe the computer. There is an expression in English that I quite like, called being hooked. It means to be excessively attracted to something and almost unable to resist it. For example: - I’m hooked on doing sports. - But I've never seen you exercise. - I have a lot of willpower, and I’m able to resist it. I have to admit that sometimes I spend too much time checking my cell phone. Sometimes it's almost impossible not to. My intentions are good. For example, I start watching the daily news and end up without knowing how, watching videos on Youtube. Maybe it's all a conspiracy of the whole Internet to distract me from doing the podcast episode of the week. Everything is designed to capture your attention. As I'm sure you know, everything you do on the Internet leaves a trace, so a lot of content is matched to your interests. For example, on Facebook, there is a video section. These videos are customized to your interests, and some of them really capture your attention. This creates all kinds of problems, both for teens and adults. Many kids find it difficult concentrating and studying. Every few minutes, they pick up the phone to see if they have new notifications or messages. Many specialists point out that this type of behavior can be classified as an addiction. And it affects everyone, regardless of age. Children imitate their parents, thus normalizing this behavior. Here is a small list of some typical symptoms of being hooked on a cell phone: You check it every two or three minutes. When you wake up, the first thing you do is looking at your cell phone, and the last thing when you go to sleep too. The truth is that it's very common to check your phone just when you wake up. I like doing that. At night, I prefer to read a bit. You check your phone when you're with friends or family. It's sad, but in many family gatherings, we all check our cell phones at some point. You eat while looking at your cell phone. If you are alone, you unlock your phone and start moving your finger vertically while disconnecting completely from real life. If you leave your phone at home, it feels like it's the end of the world. And, you cannot know for sure if it’s the end of the world because you can't check it on your phone. After making this list, it seems to me that I'm a little bit hooked, but only a little bit :) Read the transcript here: speakEnglishpodcast.com
10/22/202011 minutes, 38 seconds
Episode Artwork

#143 Learn new Food Vocabulary in English part #2 ESL

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today you'll learn some more cooking vocabulary in English. And with a mini-story, you will improve your speaking. You'll see, it's like having a conversation with another person. Do you remember that I talked about my kitchen appliances in a previous episode and explained some techniques I use when cooking? I talked about using my blender to make a green smoothie, almond milk, soups, flours, batters, dough, nut butter, juices, and dips. I also mentioned how I loved using my instant pot to pressure-cook, steam, boil, and even make yogurt with it. I explained what a pressure cooker was, and how steaming works. Today I'll continue talking about my cooking habits and my favorite appliances and kitchen tools. I must say that I love buying a new kitchen appliance, and during the lockdown, I've purchased a lot of them. For some reason, everyone started baking, so I really felt that it was the best moment to purchase a KitchenAid stand mixer. If you don't know what this is, let me explain. It's a stand mixer; therefore, it's so much more convenient than a hand mixer. One of the reasons why I prefer using a stand mixer is because it allows me to multitask.   Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
10/14/202011 minutes, 2 seconds
Episode Artwork

#142 My Student's Favorite Words in English part#2

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today, I will continue to talk about the English words my students love.  Later, you will improve your grammar with a point of view lesson, so don’t miss out because it’s worth it! If you haven’t heard the first episode on this topic, I recommend you do so. So, my idea for today is to comment on some of those words. I think it will be fun. Like in the previous episode, I will be commenting on the English words that my students have liked the most. Okay, so, here’s the first one: Faithfully (Jessica Alonso) My students have always been faithful, from the moment I’ve started teaching English. Thank you everyone, for being faithful! Yours faithfully. Skills (Issa Capp) Let me ask you a question. How do you improve your English-speaking skills? This one was easy. Right? You improve your speaking skills by listening to my premium courses and my podcast every day. Peace (Guillermo Navío) Who doesn’t want peace? Peace is the absence of hostility and violence; it’s a concept of friendship and social harmony. If peaceful conditions predominate in a society, all activities take place in their proper form. Energy (Puentes Andres) We all want to have more energy. If you don’t have enough of it, you can’t work or study, so, if we don’t have time to sleep, we choose to drink a lot of coffee. Delightful (Richard Moreno Diaz) Delightful is something or someone who is very pleasant, attractive, or enjoyable. Examples: “What a delightful day!” “What a delightful surprise!” “I wish you a delightful evening.” “What a delightful person!” I’d say that “delightful” is elegant and sophisticated, and you can use it in so many ways. Beautiful (Saga Saint) Beautiful is such an amazing word, but unfortunately, we tend to overuse it. Let’s learn some other ways to say beautiful: Instead of beautiful, say: Appealing Gorgeous Stunning Ravishing Pretty Lovely Dazzling Attractive Good-looking. Amazing (Marcela García) Amazing is something that causes great surprise. Some synonyms are: impressive, excellent, or astonishing. Examples: “What an amazing picture you have here.” “Ann was very impressive in the interview.” “Her facility for languages is astonishing.” “He congratulated me for my excellent exam results.” (END OF THE EXTRACT). Get the FULL TEXT at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
10/7/202010 minutes, 31 seconds
Episode Artwork

#141 Food and Cooking Vocabulary in English ESL

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In this episode, I’d like to include some food and cooking vocabulary. And with a mini-story, you will improve your English fluency. You’ll see, it’s like having a conversation with another person. You know, when I enter the kitchen, the first thought that I have is… Why am I here? Yeah. I’m hungry. That’s why. Now I remember. 🙂 I open the refrigerator and start scanning for some delicious food. Since I don’t buy ready-made food, I usually stare at the fridge for some minutes until it starts beeping. Then I close it and open it again to continue scanning. And I’m not saying my refrigerator isn’t well organized; it’s just that I’m looking for something that I can prepare in 1 minute, or preferably even less. Many times, I end up making a green smoothie. That’s a fast and easy way of getting all the needed nutrients. And plus, smoothies are delicious. By the way, a smoothie is a thick drink that you can make using fruits, vegetables, greens, seeds, milk, ice, etc. Like I said earlier, I usually end up making a green smoothie. Don’t panic. It’s green but really yummy. I add some water or milk, one avocado, 1/2 cup of pineapple, 1/2 frozen banana, 2 cups of spinach, and 1/2 cup of ice cubes. I put it at speed 10 for 45 seconds, and the smoothie is ready. Delicious! By the way, in case you were wondering, I use a Vitamix blender to prepare my smoothies. And I don’t use it only for that.  I also make frozen desserts with it, soups, I can make flours with it, almond milk, batters, dough, nut butter, juices, dips, etc. It’s very versatile. Whenever I’m not in the mood for a smoothie, and I want to eat healthy and fast, I use a pressure cooker or a frying pan. A frying pan is simply a metal pan with a handle that we use for frying foods. A pressure cooker is an airtight pot where the food is cooked quickly under steam pressure. I love using a pressure cooker because whatever I throw into the pot comes out delicious. I’m not here to promote any brands, but I’m really happy with my Instant pot cooker.   Read the transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com
10/2/202013 minutes, 33 seconds
Episode Artwork

#140 My students' favorite words in English

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today I'm going to do something different. I'm going to comment on my students' favorite words in English. It will be interesting. Later, you will improve your fluency with a fun mini-story, so don't miss out because it's worth it! I want to start by thanking you for your support. I also like your messages, where you describe your experience with the podcast and my premium courses. Well, some time ago, in the Speak English Now student group, I asked the following question: "What is your favorite word in English?" I was expecting a few comments, but in the end, there were more than a hundred. So, my idea for today is to comment on some of those words. I think it will be fun. Okay, so here’s the first one: Ewa Filipina says her favorite word in English is "mesmerize." I’d like to mention that the word mesmerize is considered by many one of the most beautiful words in English. It means to get someone's attention completely, so they can't think about anything else. Let's continue! Isaac Figueroa says he likes the word famous. Of course, many people want to be famous, or at least they admire a celebrity. I guess it's human nature. :) Juan Ambrosio said he loves the word love. I guess the word love is one of the most used in English. And we don't always use it to express our feeling of love for someone. The word love is so overused that I feel it has lost its true meaning. But still, it's a beautiful word. And if you say it to the right person, it can be very powerful. Pedro Ochoa likes the word apple.   I'm not sure why you like this word in particular, but when people hear this word, they think of a fruit or an iPhone. :)) I always admired Steve Jobs, and I believe he was a genius, primarily because of the name he chose for his company. Amanda Gues says her favorite word in English is "improve."Of course, if you are following my method, then your goal is to improve your English. So, Amanda, let us know how your English is improving. Let's continue! Jumita Rahmy likes the word Friday. And who doesn't? On Friday, you eat and even dress differently, it's the day when things end, and better things start, the day is shorter, and no bad things happen on Fridays. That's why everyone's looking forward to Friday. Lucilene Resende likes the word jeopardize. Jeopardize means to put something or someone in danger of being harmed or damaged. For example:"If I quit learning English, I will jeopardize my future." So, don't quit learning English. Follow my method. :) Kashif Hussain says his favorite word is gorgeous. Gorgeous is a great word, and I used it in my podcast episodes, mostly when I talked about the most beautiful English words. It's a word that can be used to compliment someone's appearance or their accessories, etc. I use it all the time! (END OF THE EXTRACT). Get the FULL TRANSCRIPT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
9/24/202017 minutes, 22 seconds
Episode Artwork

#139 How to activate your English vocabulary - ESL

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In this episode: – I’m going to talk briefly about how to activate your English vocabulary. – Next, I will comment on the appearance of mysterious islands. Sometimes, on a given day, certain people have seen some structures on the horizon that have caused an element of surprise. What could it be? – Finally, we will practice fluency with a short mini-story of questions and answers—the best exercise to speak without translating mentally. First of all, I want to thank all of you who are writing to me. I read all the emails personally, and I also answer them myself. One question I sometimes get is this: How can I activate my English vocabulary? I’ve covered this topic before, but I think it’s worth remembering. Most of the time, students understand much more than they can talk. That is, they have a lot of passive vocabulary, but no active vocabulary ready to be used in a conversation. An easy way to improve, but sometimes not too obvious, is to listen to the same audio several times. This is one of the techniques I use in my premium courses, although you can also use this podcast. Let’s say you have short audio with some vocabulary and expressions you want to activate. If you listen to it once, even if you understand it, you will forget most things, but if you listen, for example, once a day for a week, you will surely activate an essential part of the vocabulary. Another way to increase the number of repetitions of words is to listen to a specific topic. This way, you are much more likely to hear many times the vocabulary that is characteristic of the topic. Finally, you can listen to the same author, even if they speak about different subjects. A useful resource is this podcast.   READ the TRANSCRIPT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
9/19/202011 minutes, 36 seconds
Episode Artwork

#138 Speak Like an American (rep)

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently In this episode: • I’d like to help you to understand how to use words like Gonna, Wanna, Gotta, and similar. • Later, a point of view story to practice your English grammar, and consolidate the information that I’ll be teaching in the first part. Let’s get started! Are you confused about how and when to use the words GONNA, WANNA, and GOTTA? We refer to these kinds of words as contractions. What’s a contraction? A contraction is created when two words in a row come together and become one. For example: I am= I’m It is = It’s Do not = Don’t Will not= Won’t These are some contractions which are accepted as grammatically correct and are taught in all English courses. However, in this lesson, I’ll focus on the informal contractions. These are not taught in grammar books because their use is mostly colloquial. For example: If you say going to really fast, you can shorten it to GONNA by dropping the final sound. If you say want to really fast, it shortens to WANNA. These are informal contractions. You probably noticed that the grammatically correct English we learn in school is not the same as the colloquial English in the street. However, informal contractions are very common in colloquial English. That’s why you should familiarize yourself with them. You don’t need to start using them right away. The most important step is to make sure that you understand how to use these informal contractions. Many conventional teachers sustain that it’s wrong or inappropriate to use these colloquial contractions when speaking English in formal situations. But let me tell you that words like “gonna,” “wanna,” and “gotta” are perfectly OK to use in all spoken situations, both formal and informal. In the US, everyone seems to use “gonna” and “wanna”; even highly educated people use these words several times a day. People in business meetings, professors giving lectures, everyone. So, don’t worry. You can also use them, and you’ll sound just like an American.   Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
9/10/202014 minutes, 27 seconds
Episode Artwork

#137 How to make listening in English fun (rep)

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In this episode:         I'm going to give you seven ideas you can use when you perform repeated listening. After that, I'm going to read a Point Of View story. It' an excellent technique for improving your grammar. Ok, let's start! As you may know, I always encourage students to listen daily. Listening is the best way to deeply learn the different sounds, words, and expressions you find in English. It's how we learn our mother tongue. Also, it's vital to understand that listening to an audio several times helps you consolidate what you learn. However, some students complain that they get bored. It's normal. Our brain likes new and fresh content. In other words, we like the novelty. Here are some tricks, which will help you to keep your interest while you repeat the same audio material. Try to guess what the speaker will say next: At first, it may seem difficult, but since you repeat the audio many times, it's a stimulating game to play. Focus on the pronunciation of each word, especially the words you find more difficult to pronounce. Try to notice the subtleties of each sound. Concentrate on the intonation of each sentence. As opposed to the pronunciation of individual words, here, you need to pay attention to the "musicality" of the sentence: the rhythm and the "music" of the phrase. If you are listening to a mini-story (with questions and answers), try to answer faster. You can also try to give a longer answer. While you listen to the audio, imitate the narrator. Listen to the material and try your best to talk at the same time as the narrator. It may be hard, but it's fun! This technique is called "shadowing" and requires a lot of concentration. So, it's better if you pick an easy material. Try to move while listening. You can walk, run, wash the dishes, etc. Doing a different activity while listening to the same audio adds some variety. Listen to a friend. It's always more entertaining to share a task and to discuss the main topic with a friend. You will definitely lose track of time.   As you can see, repeating the same audio material doesn't need to be a tedious task. Using some of these powerful methods will help you to learn English patterns thoroughly.   Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishpodcast.com
9/3/20208 minutes, 56 seconds
Episode Artwork

#136 Phrasal Verbs with GET in English (rep) - ESL

Hello, everybody! I am Georgiana founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. In this episode: •I'll be discussing some more about some of the most common phrasal verbs. •After that, you'll be able to practice your grammar skills with an interesting Point of View lesson. Ok, let's continue with the phrasal verbs. A phrasal verb is just a verb and a particle. For example, "get in." If you haven't checked out the first episode about phrasal verbs, please do it. Remember, you only need to learn the most frequently used phrasal verbs. Also, instead of learning all the different meanings of each phrasal verb, simply learn one or two common meanings. Ok, let's get started! Today, we'll play a bit with "get." Get along / get on Do you have friends? Then, you'll probably use this phrasal verb. It means to like each other. For example: I'm surprised how well I get along with my mother-in-law. The older and younger members get along well. I get along very well with foreign people. You can also use "get on" instead of "get along." It's exactly the same meaning. For example: I'm surprised how well I get on with my mother-in-law. The older and younger members get on well. I get on very well with foreign people. Go back / Come back / Get back Sometimes these phrasal verbs are confusing for the English students. First, let's see the difference between 'go' and 'come.' An example: Please, Jim, come here. I need to talk to you. Please, Jim, go to the supermarket to buy some food. As you can see, when Jim approaches you, he "comes." When Jim doesn't approach you and goes somewhere else, he "goes." Now let's add the word 'back': Jim, come back from the supermarket. I've just ordered a pizza. In this first example, Jim is at the supermarket and returns to where he was before. Another example: Tomorrow, Jim will have to go back to the supermarket to buy more food. In the second example, Jim goes to the supermarket again. He went the day before. As you can see, adding the word 'back' emphasizes the idea that you go again to a place or you come again from a place. So, how about "get back"? It has virtually the same meaning. Here’s not so important if you go or if you come. It sounds a bit more informal. We didn't get back from the movies until midnight. Call me when you get back. I visited my uncle in France two years ago, and I can't wait to get back! (end of the extract) read the transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com
8/27/202014 minutes, 21 seconds
Episode Artwork

#135 Reading, Writing, Speaking, or Listening in English? (rep)

Hello, everybody! I am Georgiana founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. In this episode, I’m going to talk about the relationship between reading, writing, speaking, and listening. After that, I’m going to tell you a Point of View Story. Ok, let’s get started! As a language student, the main activities to learn a new language are: reading, writing, listening, and speaking. This is what we naturally do in our mother tongue. One key aspect to keep in mind is that we can categorize these activities as input and output. As you may guess, listening and reading are input activities, and writing and speaking are output activities. In other words, when you’re listening or reading, you are being exposed to the language, and when you’re writing and speaking, you are “producing” the language. The traditional approach tells you that the more you write and speak, the better. That’s why language schools insist on writing a lot and “practicing” your speaking with other students, sometimes in groups. This seems reasonable, but it’s not effective. There’s a lot of research that points out the contrary: Basically, to develop your English, you need to do input activities most of the time. Why is that? Because you can’t produce the language if you haven’t previously learned it, and the only way to learn it is through comprehensible input, as simple as that.  But then...is speaking and writing a waste of time? No, I didn’t say that.  When you speak in a conversation, you can see what areas of the language you need to improve. Then, when you listen again, you will naturally pay more attention to those areas. For example, if you’re in a conversation, and you have to describe something in the past tense. When you try to do it, you see that you make some mistakes. The next day, when you listen to your materials again, I bet you’ll pay more attention to the past. A good schedule may be listening for one hour a day (a course, a podcast, etc.) and practicing your speaking with a tutor or friend a couple of times a week. You will improve a lot.  Last but not least, there’s an interesting consequence when you listen and when you read: Listening will naturally help you with your speaking. Reading will naturally help you with your writing.   Read the transcript here: speakEnglishPodcast.com
8/20/20209 minutes
Episode Artwork

#134 How to talk about money in English – Warren Buffett (rep)

Hello, everybody! I am Georgiana your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Speaking English is easier than it seems! You just have to use the right material and techniques. Today I will talk about one of the wealthiest people in the world. His name is Warren Buffett. Born in 1930 in Nebraska, Buffet is a fascinating character because of his inspiring story. As a child, Buffett showed interest in stocks. He was writing stock prices on the board in his father’s office. His father was a stockbroker and future congressman. And while nowadays most children play video games, Warren bought his first stock was at the age of 11 and filed his first taxes at age 13. Because like many children of the Great Depression, Buffett grew up to respect the value of money. He became so frugal that when he moved to New York to attend business school, he lived at the YMCA to save money. “YMCA” is short for the Young Men’s Christian Association. I also used the word “frugal,” which refers to someone careful when using money or food. For example: a frugal lifestyle. a frugal meal of bread and soup. However, you can replace the word “frugal” with the words “economical” or “sparing.” Let’s continue. Buffett started working at the age of 13 as a paperboy delivering newspapers in the morning and afternoon. After graduating with a Bachelor of Science degree, he enrolled in Columbia School of Business, where he graduated with a Master of Science in Economics. Only five years after his graduation, Warren started Buffett Partnership Ltd. (END OF THE EXTRACT). Get the FULL TEXT in PDF here:  www.speakenglishpodcast.com
8/12/202012 minutes, 3 seconds
Episode Artwork

#133 Summer Vacation Vocabulary in English ESL (rep)

Listen to a new episode of Speak English Now Podcast, your favorite material for practicing your spoken and heard English. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary, and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: Hello, everybody! I am Georgiana your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Speaking English is easier than it seems! You just have to use the right material and techniques. In today’s episode, I’ll give you some tips on how to spend your summer vacation, and you’ll speak English with a mini-story. Before I go any further, I’d like to thank you for listening. I’m also a language learner, and I can identify with you and your goals, so I want to help you. Do you know how you can help me? It would be great if you could share my podcast with your friends or write a review on iTunes, Youtube, or my Facebook page. OK! Let’s start! Time passes so quickly. I can’t believe it’s already August! And speaking of time, this is the last episode of the season. I’m going to take a short vacation to rest. But don’t worry because I’m going to upload a selection of episodes from other seasons so you can continue practicing your English. So, I’ll be back in September with new, highly refreshing content. But in today’s episode, I thought it might help you think about what activities you can do during the summer vacation. So, let’s see what you could do during this vacation: Connecting with nature A very healthy activity that you can do is to go to a natural spot and enjoy nature. The idea is to relax and forget about exams or deadlines. Of course, you can take the opportunity to do a little exercise by going for a walk. Ideally, you should find a place without too many people, especially children. I am sure that in your country there are many places where you can quietly enjoy nature. Wandering around the city Okay, if you get bored with so much nature, you can do the opposite. You can wander around the city where we live. The word “wander” means to walk without a specific destination. The idea is to rediscover the city where you live. Just let yourself be carried away and contemplate where your steps take you. We don’t do this kind of activity daily because we are always in a hurry. But now you have a good excuse. Sleeping under the stars Okay, I know this sounds very romantic, but I believe that if the weather is pleasant, it is worth spending a night contemplating the night sky while we sleep. But remember that the sun comes up very soon and that you won’t be able to sleep much with so much light. The advantage is that you will be able to see the sunrise as well. Watch classic movies Today, we are very used to watching the latest series and movies, although we shouldn’t forget about classic films. So, it’s a good time to rediscover films that marked an entire era. The quality won’t be 4k, but you’ll find real gems if you watch films from the ’60s, ‘70s, and ’80s, for example. Well, these were my modest suggestions for your summer vacation. Obviously, you can opt for the usual, and go to the beach and get tanned. You can also take the opportunity to travel to another country.  I like both: I want to relax on the beach, but I also want to discover a new city as a tourist. And before I continue with a mini-story, I’d like to answer a common question. I’ll briefly explain the difference between my courses and the podcast. I offer the episodes of the podcasts for free so that students all over the world become familiar with my method. My English courses are separated from the podcast, and they are complete programs designed to improve fluency through stories, with the question & answers and point of view lessons. Initially, the lessons are easier and the difficulty increases little by little. The first lessons are shorter, and I speak a little more slowly. This way you will adapt better to the whole program. In addition to that, you have a step-by-step guide so that you can get the most out of my courses. For more information about my courses go to: courses.SpeakEnglishpodcast.com   Read the Transcript here: speakEnglishPodcast.com
8/1/202011 minutes, 57 seconds
Episode Artwork

#132 The differences between Bring, Carry, Take, and Fetch (rep)

Transcript: Hi, dear listener! I’m Georgiana, founder of the Speak English Now podcast. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier when you use the right material and techniques. Do you know the difference between the words “bring,” “carry,” “fetch,” and “take?” If the answer is no, this is going to be a very useful episode for you.  I’ll start by explaining the meaning of each of these terms with some examples. And in the second part of this lesson, you are going to practice your speech with a funny mini-story. If you are new here, visit my website to get the transcript of today’s episode. Go to: speakenglishpodcast.com If you’re already familiar with this podcast, please share it with your friends and family. That would make me very happy! Tell your friends that the show is available everywhere on the internet. It’s available on my website and many podcast apps like Spotify, iTunes, Youtube, Facebook, Soundcloud, etc. Just look for “Speak English Now with Georgiana,” and start learning English with me!” Ok! Let’s begin this new episode! When do we use the word “BRING”? 1) “Bring” means to conduct something/someone to come with, to, or toward the speaker. Examples:   “Jason, please bring me a beer.” “He brought his brother to the hospital.” When do we use the word TAKE? 2) “Take” means taking something/someone away from where you are, or when the person making the request is NOT at the intended destination.” Examples:  “Am I allowed to take library books home with me?” “Can I take you to the movies tonight?” “Could you take these files to Jame’s office?” The following examples will help you to remember the differences between “bring” and “take“: Examples:  “You bring something/someone here, and you take something there. “ “You bring something/someone toward a person, and you take something away from a person.” So far, so good? Ok. Let’s continue. When do we use the word CARRY? 3) To “carry” means to move while holding something/someone, in a vehicle, in our hand or body. We use it when the person making the request is NOT at the intended destination. Examples:  “Bill, would you please carry my suitcase?” “Tom is carrying me in his arms.” (END OF THE EXTRACT). Get the FULL TEXT in PDF here.
7/18/202011 minutes, 1 second
Episode Artwork

#131 
How to avoid awkward conversations in English


Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today, in this episode: We're going to continue to see some bad strategies that I don't recommend in conversations. Next, you will practice some grammar in an intuitive way with a point of view lesson. Okay, let's start! If you remember, last week, we saw some unwise ways to interact in a conversation. Today we are going to continue with more things that we should not say or do when you  have a conversation in English. This is what we saw in the previous episode: - Talking about the weather. - Not listening to the other person. - Talking too fast, too softly, not articulating well, or not pausing. Talking about negative things. Talking about boring things. And my favorite: messing up. Remember, I told you how easy it is to mess up? That's why we always have to be careful. If you didn't listen to the previous episode, I suggest you do it along with this one. Cool! Let's look at some more bad strategies. This way, you can avoid having uncomfortable conversations in the future. Interrupt others. Interrupting someone always has its risks, especially in more formal settings or with people we don't know. I don't like being interrupted at all, especially since I can lose track of what I was saying. This means that sometimes I don't remember exactly what I was going to say. Of course, the worst thing is when they interrupt you to change the subject. Sometimes you just want to finish what you want to say, but they won't let you. Imagine you're telling a joke, and someone interrupts you. That completely ruins the moment. Okay, let's move on to the next one: Always wanting to be right. It's a classic. We always want to be right, even with strangers. We always know best. However, it's better to be diplomatic and not try to impose on others. Sometimes someone says something we know is not true. We have to evaluate whether it is worth correcting that person or simply expressing our disagreement. It all depends on the type of relationship we have with that person and whether different opinions are accepted. Of course, if it is a brainstorming session, different points of view must be expressed. After all, this is the goal of the exercise.   READ the Transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com
7/11/202012 minutes, 58 seconds
Episode Artwork

#130 Conversations in English (things you should not say) esl

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today, in this episode Let's look at some bad strategies and attitudes that don't quite work in conversation. I mean, like having awkward conversations. Next, you'll practice your fluency with a mini-story lesson—the best way to learn to speak English without translating mentally. Okay, let's start with an important question: Do you think that you are too old to learn English? I have always thought that it is never too late to learn a language, and I have always had students of all ages using my method successfully. But a few days ago, I received an email from a student in Greece, saying something like this: Dear Georgiana, hello, I'm delighted to see your programs. I think you give your soul to every lesson. My mother tongue is Greek, and I am proud because our language has a positive contribution to the English vocabulary. I'm also proud that I try to improve my English even though I'm 94 years old. Georgiana, I encourage you to continue with your English lessons. I admire you! Erotokritos Thank you, dear Erotokritos, for your kind words. You are an inspiration for all of us. So, you see, I think I've made my point. It's never too late to learn English. All right, have you ever been with someone and not know what to talk about? It's happened to me sometimes. Every once in a while, we run into situations where it's difficult to continue the conversation. One example is what happens in an elevator. Imagine that you meet a neighbor you hardly know, and a typical dialogue ends up going like this: —Good morning. —Good morning. —Going down? —Yes. — ... — It's cold today, isn't it? — Yes, yes. It's going to be like this all week, they say... — ... As you can see, this conversation is not very intellectual. It's more about avoiding silence, which can be uncomfortable. This doesn't just happen in elevators but in all kinds of social interactions. I read recently that a silence of four seconds or more triggers anxiety. It doesn't get any better when you have to speak in a language you are learning. You have even fewer resources to express yourself.   READ the TEXT here: speakenglishpodcast.com
6/28/202016 minutes, 41 seconds
Episode Artwork

#129 Beautiful words in English - esl

Did you know that there are more than 1 million words in English? I know it's hard to believe, so keep counting, I mean keep listening. :) Hi, everyone! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today I will share with you 9 of the most beautiful words in English. And with the point of view story, you will learn grammar only by listening. Ok. Let’s start! In 2010, during a project to search for words in digitized books, researchers estimated a total of 1,000,000 words. Yeah, I was a bit surprized by this, too, but there's an explanation for all this.  First of all, you need to take into account that they have included different forms of the same word. Also, many words are archaic since they are not used in modern English.  Speaking of archaic words, in the second edition of the Oxford English Dictionary, there are approximately 600,000 defined word forms. But that's because it includes many old-fashioned words. And also, the dictionary expands every year to keep up with new words being invented.  However, according to the BBC, the good news is that we only use about 170.000 words in English.  Yeah. I know. It's still a considerable number of words, but you don't need to know all these words to be able to have a conversation in English. I actually believe it's a mistake to keep track of the number of words you know. If you want to learn English effectively, remember how you learned your mother tongue.   And let's face it, you don't know all the words that are included in the dictionary of your mother tongue. But that doesn't stop you from speaking fluently and eloquently. Let's not forget that words are a powerful form of communication. I have selected the ones that I consider to be the most beautiful out of all the words in English. 1. CherishThe word cherish means having a deep appreciation for something or someone. Example:"We all cherish our family, our home, our possessions, and I'm sure someone in your life cherishes you and the relationship they have with you." 2. Demure We use the word demure when we refer to a person who is shy and polite. A demure outfit is a modest one. Examples:"The girl was dressed very demurely for the occasion.""Her clothes were too demure for the occasion.""The girl was demure." 3. EbullienceHave you ever seen some puppies playing? The word that comes to mind is ebullience. Ebullience means excitement and enthusiasm.Just think of someone who is too noisy, almost euphoric. Example:"I remember that when you were a kid, you would always burst into the room with your usual ebullience, and talk to everyone." 4. EleganceI'm sure you're smiling right now because this is a word you knew. However, it is still one of the most beautiful words in the English language. Examples:"When she entered the room, everyone was amazed at her elegance.""We'll deal with this matter with the utmost diplomacy and elegance." Read the text here: speakenglishpodcast.com
6/20/202013 minutes, 8 seconds
Episode Artwork

#128 William Shakespeare (part #2)- ESL

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today I'm gonna keep talking about William Shakespeare. Last week you learned some interesting facts about his life, so I will continue sharing some exciting facts about him. What else do we know about Shakespeare? Well, one thing is for sure. Shakespeare's life was anything but boring. Did you know that we're probably spelling Shakespeare's name wrong? We don't really know exactly how William Shakespeare wrote his name. There are almost 80 different versions of Shakespeare's name that appear in the records and other historical documents. You have to keep in mind that a lot of people were illiterate at that time. Let's learn some more about his life: His parents: His father's name was John Shakespeare, and he was a glove maker and leatherworker. His mother, Mary Arden, was an heiress from a rich family. His parents were probably illiterate, like many other people at the time. And, it's very likely they never learned to read or write, as was often the case with people in their position. Shakespeare had seven siblings: Joan who only lived two months; Margaret; Gilbert, another Joan, Anne; Richard and also Edmund. Did you know that William Shakespeare's Father Was Paid to Drink Beer? You might find this interesting, but John Shakespeare was appointed to one of the city's most important public offices: official beer taster. Another word for beer in English is ale. It may seem like a strange job today, but at the time, the ale tasting was an important and highly respected occupation.   Read the transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com
6/5/202011 minutes, 6 seconds
Episode Artwork

#127 Who was William Shakespeare? esl

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today I’m going to talk about William Shakespeare and with a funny mini-story, you will practice your English speaking. Before I get started, let me thank you for listening to the podcast and for all your amazing comments on iTunes, Facebook, YouTube, and on my website. I also want to say hi to the Speak English Now community. OK. Now let’s get started! So, who was William Shakespeare, and why is he famous? You know, I find it very hard to believe that you've never heard of William Shakespeare, but just in case I'll give you a brief introduction. Although most people believe that William Shakespeare is the most celebrated British writer of all time, only a few know that he was also an actor. And even though it's been over 400 years since he died, people still celebrate his work all over the world.  His plays were the most popular at the time, and I'm sure you've already heard of Macbeth, Romeo and Juliet, and Hamlet. Well, I guess now you know who I'm talking about.  That's great! Let's continue!  So what else do we know about Shakespeare? William Shakespeare was born in Stratford-upon-Avon, England, in 1564. We're not really sure the exact day he was born, but we do know he was baptized on April 26 that same year. Did he get married? In 1582, he married Anne Hathaway, and the couple went on to have three children. Wait a second. Anne Hathaway? Yes, Shakespeare's wife's name was Anne Hathaway. But obviously, I don't mean the beautiful contemporary American actress.   So, what else do we know about Shakespeare? We know he was a writer and wrote 37 plays. Shakespeare wrote histories about the lives of kings and famous figures from history. He also wrote comedies that end with a marriage and tragedies which end with the death of the main character. Shakespeare also wrote plenty of poetry and, published a book of 154 sonnets.   Read the transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com
5/22/202014 minutes, 40 seconds
Episode Artwork

#126 Did you stop improving your English? 
Here’s why.

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In today's episode, I will talk about an issue that is of great concern to language students. It is the much-feared plateau.  What is a plateau? A plateau happens when you stop your progress despite continuing to do "all the right things."  An interesting expression for this situation is: to hit a plateau.  For example: "It seems I hit a plateau because I can't see any progress with my English, and I'm still studying really hard!" More literally, a plateau is a large flat area of land. This definition makes total sense because if you are walking on a plateau, you are not going up or down. You stay at the same height.   Plateaus are very common not only in learning a new language but in other areas—for example, a very common one is losing weight.  Imagine that you've been on a diet and have lost some weight. But then, after two months, you stop losing weight. You're still on a diet, but you're not losing weight anymore.  The main problem here is not the diet. It's just that the body needs some time before it starts losing weight again. It has to adapt to the new situation. This type of situation is very tough because when we experience it for a while, we can easily lose motivation, and may end up giving up. It is essential to understand better why this happens so that we do not lose motivation and will to continue. I'm sure many of you have experienced this.  When you started learning English, you were very motivated. You have spent a lot of time listening and answering questions, but now apparently, you are not experiencing any improvement. Usually, when we start listening or reading in the language we are studying, we notice a constant improvement in our level.  Every day we learn new words, expressions, and structures. We are happy and pleased and want to keep learning more and more. This is a wonderful stage. After some time, we no longer notice a considerable improvement, although we still see small improvements. So we don't worry too much and move on. But a bit later, our progress stagnates, and well, it's when we start worrying. This situation makes us lose our motivation, and possibly, we are tempted to give up or at least postpone it, promising ourselves that we will continue to study with enthusiasm and motivation, but this seldom happens. The main reason this happens to us is simple. Our brain needs time to consolidate, structure, order, polish, and finally automate all this new knowledge.  Learning a new language is not only about learning new words but also thinking differently. That's why I always insist that you have to learn in context. This way, you can observe how words are used in a sentence, and that takes time.  Think of it this way: when we learn math, we are using the conscious part of our brain to do calculations. To do this, we need to concentrate very hard. However, when we speak in our mother tongue, we can do this almost without attention and without effort. We can even do other kinds of activities while having a conversation.    Read the text here: www.SpeakEnglishPodcast.com    
5/4/202012 minutes, 14 seconds
Episode Artwork

#125 Learn English with The Beatles (rep)

Hi everyone! I am Georgiana, founder of speakenglishpodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today I’ll talk about the most famous band in the world. The Beatles! And you’ll practice your speaking with a funny mini-story. Have you ever listened to The Beatles? Actually, let me rephrase that. When was the first time you listened to a Beatles song? The Beatles are probably the most popular band in the history of music. They are considered by many to be the best band on Earth. The band was undoubtedly the most successful, with global sales exceeding 1.1 billion records. They were initially famous for their light pop music, although their later works achieved a combination of popular and critical acclaim perhaps unprecedented in the 20th century. Beatlemania began in the UK and exploded after The Beatles appeared on a popular TV show in the US in 1964. The band became a worldwide phenomenon with adoring fans and hysterical adulation. The members of the group were John Lennon, Paul McCartney, George Harrison, and Ringo Starr, all from England.  John Lennon was a singer-songwriter and peace activist who co-founded The Beatles. Paul McCartney is a singer-songwriter, multi-instrumentalist, and composer. He has gained worldwide fame as a bassist and singer. George Harrison was a musician, singer-songwriter, music and film producer who achieved international fame as The Beatles’ lead guitarist. He was often referred to as “The Quiet Beatle.” Ringo Starr is a musician, singer-songwriter, and actor who gained worldwide fame as a Beatles drummer.    Read the transcript here: speakEnglishpodcast.com
4/23/202015 minutes, 39 seconds
Episode Artwork

#124 How to Learn English with Netflix (rep)

Transcript: Hi, everyone! I’m Georgiana, founder of speakenglishpodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. In this episode, I’ll recommend some of my favorite TV shows that will help you with your English. I’ll give you some useful tips on how to use Netflix to improve your English. And later, you’ll practice your English speaking with an exciting mini-story. Alright! Let’s start! Netflix has changed the way we spend our free time. We spend a lot more time watching our favorite shows, so why not use all this time to speed up the way we learn English too? English-language TV shows can quickly introduce you to authentic English and can help keep you motivated and entertained as you learn. In today's episode, I'll let you know how watching TV can help you improve your language skills. You’ll stop feeling guilty about watching TV! The next time your friends ask you what you did all weekend, you can proudly say that you spent all weekend watching TV. Here’s what you can do while you’re watching a TV show in English: 1)Always choose an English show which you are interested in watching. And always use subtitles in English. 2) To make it easier for you to start watching TV series which you’ve already watched in your own language. Since you already know the plot, you’ll spend more time focusing on the language. 3)Practice listening to different accents.  The more you listen to different accents, the easier you’ll understand them. Remember to use subtitles in English. Here are some of my favorite TV shows in English:Star Trek: The Next Generation, Star Trek: Discovery, Mad Men, Ozark, Suits, House of Cards, Outlander, The Good Place, Mozart in the Jungle, Silicon Valley, The Marvelous Miss Maisel.   READ transcript here: https://speakenglishpodcast.com
4/19/202017 minutes, 35 seconds
Episode Artwork

#123 How Americans celebrate Easter in the USA (rep)

Hello, everybody! I am Georgiana your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Today we'll talk about something festive. Have you noticed that in springtime you go to your local supermarket and you see chocolate bunnies and colorful eggs everywhere? Well, today I'll talk about Easter and how Americans celebrate this holiday. And with a funny mini-story, you’ll practice your speaking while learning new things about the Easter holiday. What exactly are we celebrating at Easter? Each spring, people all over the world, celebrate the resurrection of Jesus Christ. This year we celebrate Easter on Sunday, April 21. Whenever Easter comes, everywhere you go, you'll see from colorful eggs to Easter bunny cakes. Also, most people have a week off for Easter, so parties are organized to enjoy the occasion with family and friends. Certainly,  Easter is one of the most celebrated holidays in the United States. And how else do Americans celebrate Easter? Apart from spending this holiday with friends and family, some people attend special services which are held in churches on Easter. And what's with the eggs and the rabbits? Why are they a symbol of this holiday? Eggs and rabbits symbolize the rebirth and return to the fertility of nature in spring. The eggs are hard-boiled and decorated or made of plastic, candy, and of course, chocolate.   Read the full transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com
4/11/202012 minutes, 14 seconds
Episode Artwork

#122 Global Pandemic What to do during the lockdown

Hi everyone! I am Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Hi! How are you? Given the circumstances, I'm fine. I hope it's the same with you too. As you know, there is currently a pandemic affecting us globally. And in the previous episode, I talked about the recommendations of the authorities. Today I want to make some personal suggestions on how to spend time during confinement. And with a fun mini-story, you can practice your spoken English. You'll see. It's very effective. By answering many questions, you can practice and improve your speech, just like in a real conversation. If you haven't listened to the last week's episode yet, visit my website speakenglishpodcast.com and search for episode #121. Let's start! How to cope with this situation? What to do during the confinement? While staying informed is very important, it is better to take a break from time to time. It's not a good idea to always be watching the news, and especially on social media. In any case, hearing about the pandemic repeatedly can be disturbing. Take care of your body. Although you can't go for a walk like you used to, I suggest you at least stretch a bit. If you're like me and you like pilates or yoga, this would be an excellent time to do some exercises. Also, if you have a stationary bike or a stepper, they will become your best friends. In general, make sure you take care of your body. Eating healthy and doing some exercise will help you think clearly and thus, cope much better with this situation. Communication is more important than ever Call your friends and family, and spend some time talking to them and not just about the pandemic. In the last few weeks, I'm spending more time than ever talking to my friends, even the ones I only talk to at Christmas.  Everybody feels like talking lately. Yesterday I went to take the dog for a short walk, and all my neighbors said hello, and I'm sure some of them weren't even my neighbors, which doesn't usually happen. I'm used to seeing people checking their cell phones, but lately, everyone wants to walk and talk.  Remain positive When faced with significant challenges, especially if they are unexpected, it's very easy to become discouraged.  But I don't recommend it because it will only make you feel overwhelmed.  Whenever there is an obstacle, try to see it as an opportunity to grow. It's a chance to become a stronger human being, to be resilient. Yes. Resilient. It's when you need to recover quickly from difficult conditions.  Avoid any stimulants. In these situations, avoid taking any stimulants. And coffee is one of them. You'll have to drink infusions or water for a while. Keeping yourself hydrated will always help you feel better.  Make jokes and laugh.  Something happens to me when I get nervous. I start giggling, but unintentionally. I know it seems weird, but it's not just because I have a great sense of humor. It turns out that laughter releases hormones that calm you down and allow you to be in control.   Get some rest Take all the time you need to relax and stop thinking about the problems.  I try to get some extra sleep in these circumstances. After I rest, I get my strength back, and I can see things from another perspective. I see things more clearly. Not getting enough sleep will not only damage your health, but you won't be able to think clearly. And it's tough to stay calm when you can't think clearly. If you can't sit still, you can stretch a bit, read a book or watch a movie. Whatever you choose. I hope this lesson will be useful for learning English, above all. I also wanted to help you get through the confinement. Read the transcript here: www.speakenglishpodcast.com
4/2/202015 minutes, 7 seconds
Episode Artwork

#121 Global Pandemic - About the Recommendations

Listen to a new episode of Speak English Now Podcast, your favorite material for practicing your spoken and heard English. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: Hi everyone! I am Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Hello, dear students, I hope you're well. I am alright, and I have prepared a special episode for you. - We will practice expressions and vocabulary related to the recommendations of health authorities on how to limit the spread of this global pandemic. We will also practice fluency with a new mini-story by using the term "should," among other structures. As I'm sure you know, a global pandemic is affecting the health of many people and also our daily lives. I had planned to do another topic this week, but I think it's worth talking about this instead so that we can learn and practice relevant vocabulary. I thought it would be a good idea to review the indications and recommendations that health authorities give us to prevent the spread of the virus. So in today's episode, we're going to learn some useful and relevant stuff. Before continuing, and as a disclaimer, the only purpose of the episode is to learn English, not give medical advice. Today's episode is not intended as medical instruction or guidance. For any questions or concerns, please contact a doctor or the health authorities in your country. Okay, now we continue :) Wash your hands I'm sure you've heard many times how important it is to wash your hands patiently. Apparently, you have to spend at least 20 seconds washing your hands. Yeah, I know 20 seconds seems like a lot, but you should do it just in case. We have to wash every single finger and not forget the fingertips. It is especially important to wash regularly and particularly after coughing and sneezing. Soap and water are the most effective. Alcohol-based disinfectant gels can also be used, but it is preferable to use soap instead. Avoid touching your face. I often touch my face without realizing it, and this is not good. We can become infected if we touch our face, especially when we have previously touched a contaminated surface. In particular, try not to touch your eyes, nose, or mouth. Some people have a habit of biting their nails. Please try not to do that. In any case, wash your hands. Cover your mouth. An important aspect when we sneeze or cough is to cover our mouth. A tissue is enough, but if we don't have one, we can cough or sneeze into our sleeve. If we do this in the air, we will be releasing the virus into the same space the others are breathing. Therefore, we have to be cautious. Keep your distance from other people. Maintain a distance of at least 3 feet (0.91 m) from other people. If you or someone else is sneezing or coughing, you should keep even more distance. As a matter of common sense, the less contact we have with other people, the better. Every country is taking similar measures, so we have to respect what the authorities say. Wearing a mask I think wearing a mask is important, but I've seen people walking down the street practically alone and wearing masks. You only need to wear a mask if you are caring for an infected person and if you have a cough or sneeze often. Remember that we have to combine this with the above measures. Ah! And remember to wash your hands before touching the mask. When traveling With everything that is happening, I recommend not to travel. Besides, there are so many controls, and some countries are even closing their borders. If you really need to travel, take some masks and gloves with you in case you need them. And try to cooperate with the police and all the airport staff. These people are probably more tired than you are, so it is best to try to help by following their instructions. When you cook When we handle food, for example, when we prepare it before cooking, it is important to disinfect the surfaces where we put it. Also, clean all utensils, such as knives. And although it is obvious to remember... wash your hands before doing anything. When should you seek medical attention? Finally, if you have a fever, cough, and difficulty breathing, it is best to seek medical attention. Call as soon as possible. Also, if you are over 60 years old and have cardiovascular disease, diabetes, or a respiratory condition, you should take the precautions described above and try to avoid spaces with other people. I hope this lesson has been useful, especially for learning English. Hopefully, all this will pass soon, and we can get back to normality. Let’s continue with a mini-story. [END of EXTRACT] Get the Transcript here: https://SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
3/23/202012 minutes, 47 seconds
Episode Artwork

#120 Baking cooking vocabulary in English

Transcript: Hi everyone! I am Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In today's lesson, I'll talk about baking. I'll teach you how to bake my favorite blueberry muffins. So if you want to enrich your English vocabulary and try out my favorite muffin recipe, I suggest that you continue listening. And with a point of view lesson, you will improve your English grammar intuitively without memorizing any rules.  Unbelievable! Today is episode 120. That means you get over 120 free English lessons. If my podcast helps you, be sure to share it with your friends. That would mean a lot to me. Thank you. Remember! You can get the transcript at speakenglishpodcast.com. Ok, let's start!  I don't know about you, but I love baking. And the easiest recipe I know, and the one my friends like best, is blueberry muffins. People are very used to eating all sorts of pastries that contain an incredible amount of sugar, yet one of the things they love most about my cakes is the fact that I add very little sugar.  That's why I started baking. I'm not too fond of pies with a lot of sugar either. So today, I'm going to share with you my blueberry muffin recipe. Are you excited? Oh, I'm sure that if you try these muffins, you're gonna love them. If you've never heard the word muffin, then you probably know the term cupcake. A cupcake is very similar to a muffin, but it is always sweet and often covered with frosting.  Wait a minute, what's frosting? It's a sweet mixture that we use to decorate and fill cakes. Muffins, on the other hand, are generally considered healthier than cupcakes. They are usually made with whole wheat flour and loaded with fruit.  It is not easy to describe how a muffin looks, but the only real difference between a slice of cake and a muffin is the shape. But just to give you an idea, a muffin looks like an oversized mushroom. It's very easy to make them. It doesn't matter if you're a master chef or if you never set foot in the kitchen.  And all you need is 30 minutes, 10 minutes of preparation, and cook for 20 minutes.  And don't worry because you won't even need a food processor. A food processor is an electric machine that cuts, slices, and mixes food quickly.   But in this case, you will only need a mixing bowl. Before we start cooking, let's take a look at the ingredients we need for the muffins.  This is an essential step. You have to make sure you have all the ingredients ready before you start baking. This will speed up the preparation and ensure that no ingredients are missing. This has happened to me more than once. The other day I wanted to make a carrot cake, and I was pretty sure I had some carrots in the refrigerator. It turns out that there weren't any carrots in the fridge, so I had to shop for groceries, and that ruined the moment.   Before we go any further, let's get a little better understanding of how we measure the ingredients.   In the US, we use cups, tablespoons, and teaspoons in our recipes.   To follow this recipe, you'll need some measuring cups and spoons. You can get them online or in your local store. [END of EXTRACT] Read the full transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com
3/12/202015 minutes, 24 seconds
Episode Artwork

#119 Beauty and Makeup vocabulary in English

Transcript: Hi everyone! I am Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In today's lesson, I'll talk about makeup. I've decided to introduce some basic vocabulary related to makeup products. So if you want to enrich your English vocabulary, I suggest that you continue listening. Make sure you don't miss the mini-story. It will help you improve your English speaking, and you will have a great time. Remember! You can get the transcript at speakenglishpodcast.com. Let's see what beauty products we need for a basic look. Most women want to be ready in 5 minutes and depending on the time that I have, or the occasion, I spend between 5 and 30 minutes doing my makeup. If you are a makeup lover, you know that there are countless makeup products. So, remember that in this episode, I will focus on the basics. OK, so, what's the first step? Before I start, I'd like to mention some essential points like, how do we apply makeup? What makeup tools do we need for that? There are so many options, but don't worry; I promise to keep it simple. There are at least two makeup tools that you need to have in you collection: makeup brushes, and at least one makeup sponge, (also called a blender.) Depending on the product you want to apply, you'll choose the right makeup tool.  Just keep in mind that many of the beauty items that I will mention come in a variety of textures. The most common ones are powder, liquid, cream, and gel. So, let's start our makeup routine. Remember, you only have 5 minutes! The foundation, as its name indicates, is where we apply the rest of the beauty products. It's a makeup product very similar to a cream, except that it should have the same color as your skin. We apply it all over the face or only on the spots where we choose to hide imperfections. Concealer is a very similar product, but we use it to hide the dark circles under the eyes that make us look tired.  After applying foundation, we need to add some products on the cheeks: Bronzer is a product that gives the impression that we've been in the sun the whole weekend. I would say that nowadays, it's the most loved makeup product together with the highlighter. Wait a minute!  What’s a highlighter? It’s a cosmetic product that reflects light. It gives a youthful glow to the face and body. Another thing that I like to apply is blush. This beauty product adds redness to the cheeks. It comes in a variety of colors like pink, peach, red, that imitate a natural flush.  [END of EXTRACT]   READ the transcript here: speakenglishpodcast.com
2/26/202015 minutes, 37 seconds
Episode Artwork

#118 Valentine's Day in the USA

"Do you love me?" “I love you more than the cookie monster loves cookies.” Happy Valentine's Day, everybody! I am Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In today’s episode, I will talk about Valentine’s Day in the United States. And with a mini-story you will improve your English speaking. Remember! You can get the transcript at speakenglishpodcast.com. Ok. Let’s get started! Although it is a very commercial holiday, Valentine's Day has a fascinating history that goes back to ancient Rome! In the United States and other parts of the world, people celebrate February 14 by giving away candy hearts and red roses. Historians believe that Valentine's Day originated in ancient Rome as a pagan fertility festival. But despite its origins, in 1300, it officially became a holiday associated with love and romance.   The Roman Pope officially declared February 14, "Valentine's Day." It was then associated with love because many believed that birds began their mating season on February 14.   There was more than one St. Valentine. There have been multiple St. Valentines throughout history, like a bishop and a pope. But the most common one was the one who challenged Emperor Claudius II. Back then, Claudius had forbidden marriage because he thought it would distract young soldiers. However, Valentine disapproved, so he illegally married couples until he was captured. After he was convicted, young couples would visit his cell and give him flowers and cards. It’s said that he died on February 14.   Let’s see how Americans celebrate Valentine’s Day nowadays.   Since 1840 sending cards became a tradition and Americans send out 145 million Valentines' Day cards every year. Americans spend a lot of money on Valentine’s Day About 50% of Americans celebrate Valentine's Day and spend about $19 billion a year, and over $2 billion on candy alone. That’s a lot of money, right? But do you know where most of the money goes? Americans spend almost 5 billion dollars on jewelry on Valentine's Day! They also spend more than $3.7 billion on going out at night, followed by flowers, clothes, and candy. Ok. Now let’s get a bit romantic. Nearly 6 million couples get engaged on Valentine's Day. As it turns out, Valentine's Day was voted the best day of the year to get engaged. Because what better day to propose than a day devoted to love and romance? For me, Valentine's Day is an opportunity to tell others how important they are in my life. And what does Valentine's Day mean to you? Ok! Let’s continue with a mini-story. READ the TRANSCRIPT HERE: www.speakenglishpodcast.com
2/15/202012 minutes, 1 second
Episode Artwork

#117 Stop saying "I Think" in English

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier than it seems! You just have to use the right material and techniques. Do you often find yourself saying "I think" in a conversation? Well, today I'll teach you some new expressions that will enrich your English vocabulary and make you sound smarter.    Remember! You can get the transcript of this episode at speakenglishpodcast.com. Ok. Let’s get started! Hey, everybody! I'm back with a new episode. Unfortunately, I couldn't record a new episode last week because I had a cold. So, how are you? I hope you're okay. Leave some comments on Facebook, on my YouTube channel, or on my website to let me know how you're doing. Let's start with today's topic.  When we learn a new language, and we don't yet master much vocabulary, so we tend to repeat the same expressions over and over again.  And even if people understand what you say, if you want to sound more like a native speaker, you need to expand your English vocabulary. For example, as an English teacher, I have noticed that some English students tend to abuse the phrase "I think". Don't get me wrong, there's nothing terrible about starting a conversation like that, but it's always better to learn new expressions. So, instead of repeating, "I think," just give your opinion and say: "In my opinion." For example:  1)"In my opinion, you should stop memorizing grammar rules and listen to easy English audios." "Tom likes you too much, in my opinion."As you can see, we can either place the expression at the beginning of a sentence or at the end.  Another way to start a conversation is by using the expression "If you ask me."   2) "If you ask me Don't take this sentence literally. You can use this expression even though no one's asked you your opinion. It's just another way of saying what you think without using the word "think." Example:  "If you ask me, he doesn't seem like a reliable worker." "She’s just a bit crazy if you ask me."  3) Instead of saying, "I think," just say, "The way I see it." As you probably guessed, we don't use this expression literally. It has nothing to do with someone's ability to see something. We use it to give our opinion.  Example "The way I see it, you should get a job as soon as possible." "It’s the best thing that could ever happen to you, the way I see it."   4) Another great expression would be, "As far as I can see / As far as I’m concerned."   Example:  “As far as I can see, he has done nothing wrong yet.” "That’s your own problem, as far as I can see." "He can leave anywhere he wants as far as I’m concerned." 5) And if you want to be really honest about something, start your sentence by saying: "I honestly believe." Examples:  "I honestly believe that she’s not the right candidate for this position."  "I honestly believe the worst is over." "Do you honestly believe he’s gonna quit his job?" Tell things from your point of view: 6) From my point of view "From my point of view, you already have enough money." "He has already done enough damage, from my point of view." "It’s a great idea, from my point of view, to go on vacation next summer." 7) I assume When you assume something, you accept something to be true without question or proof. Examples:  "I assume David’s not coming to the meeting." "You already invited him to the wedding, I assume." 8) I consider "Although no progress has been made, I consider the outcome is positive." "I consider she helped her family to overcome their financial difficulties." 9)It seems to me Examples: "It seems to me that he’s not an honest guy." "It seems to me that things are gonna change very soon." 10) As far as I can tell. We use this expression to tell someone what you believe to be true, based on what you've learned so far. Examples:As far as I can tell, you’re not in a position to ask for explanations. "He’s a good father, as far as I can tell." Let's listen to the expressions one more time: In my opinion If you ask me The way I see it As far as I can see/as I’m concerned I honestly believe From my point of view I assume I consider It seems to me 10.As far as I can tell Now we've come to the most exciting moment of the episode. Yes, I got a mini story for you so you can practice your speaking. Read the Transcript here: www.speakenglishpodcast.com
2/8/202016 minutes
Episode Artwork

#116 Learn English proverbs

Hi, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier than it seems! You just have to use the right material and techniques. Today, I’ll teach you some English proverbs. If you don’t know what proverbs are, continue listening. And with a story, you will improve your grammar intuitively but without memorizing any rules! Remember! You can get the transcript of this episode at speakenglishpodcast.com. Ok. Let’s get started! First of all, what’s a proverb? A proverb is a popular saying that highlights the basic facts of life.  Some of them are quite serious, although others are very funny. Just like idioms, proverbs often have a greater meaning. It’s not just individual words put together. Great. So, what's the difference between an expression and a proverb? Many English learners find it hard to learn idioms, and that's because they don't usually make literal sense. Proverbs, on the other hand, are easier to guess, although their significance is greater, usually more philosophical. Let’s learn some proverbs: 1) Growing old is mandatory. Growing up? Definitely optional. Oh, yeah! This first one is quite philosophical, and especially those who are growing old understand the meaning of this proverb. While our body inevitably ages, our behavior doesn’t need to change. We can be young forever :) 2) Wise men don't need advice. Fools won't take it. Usually foolish people don’t take any advice, otherwise they wouldn’t be foolish. Right? 3) Learn from the mistakes of others. You can't live long enough to make them all yourself. Another wise proverb. Our lives are short, so it’s best to observe how other’s make mistakes and learn from them. That's why we don't need to try everything ourselves. For example, we have been told that fire burns, so we don’t stick our hands in the oven when it is at a high temperature. Right? Read the transcript here: SpeakEnglishpodcast.com
1/23/202010 minutes, 41 seconds
Episode Artwork

#115 English Pronunciation Training with Tongue Twisters

Hello, everybody! I am Georgiana, your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier than it seems! You just have to use the right material and techniques. In this episode, I’ll introduce you to some new tongue twisters. It's not the first time I'm talking about tongue twisters. I've done two episodes in the past, so if you want to listen to them, look for episodes #083 and #087. And with a mini-story, you will improve your fluency in English by answering questions, like in a real conversation. Remember that you can get the text of this episode at speakenglishpodcast.com. Before I start talking about tongue twisters, let me thank you for listening to my podcast. I would like to start 2020 by thanking everyone for listening and for supporting my program by sharing it on social media with your friends and families. Thank you, everyone! Ok. Let’s get started! So, do you remember what a tongue twister is?  It can be a difficult phrase or sentence that we say quickly, usually because of a sequence of almost similar sounds.  For example, "Peter Piper picked a pickle of pickled peppers." By the way, if you want to learn Peter Piper's tongue twister, be sure to listen to episode #083. Although children find them entertaining, tongue twisters are used by people who want to speak clearly, including actors, politicians, etc. Tongue twisters allow us to practice pronunciation and agility when producing sounds in the language, and that’s why I’ve decided to share some more examples with you. Are you ready? Let’s go! I'll start saying each tongue twister slowly, and then I'll go faster.  You will see that at first, they can seem very difficult. But don’t worry about it. Just make sure to have the text in front of you so that you can follow it better. Let’s start! Ok. So, I will say it very slowly: 1) I scream, you scream, we all scream for ice cream.  Again. I scream, you scream, we all scream for ice cream.  Are you ready to speed it up? I scream, you scream, we all scream for ice cream.  Again. I scream, you scream, we all scream for ice cream.   READ THE TRANSCRIPT HERE: speakenglishpodcast.com
1/16/202015 minutes, 15 seconds
Episode Artwork

#114 New Year's Resolution 2020 (rep)

Transcript: Hi, everybody! I’m Georgiana, founder of speakenglishpodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier when you use the right material and techniques. In this episode, let's take a look at the most common New Year's resolutions. Then you will practice your English fluency with a mini-story. Alright! Let’s start! By the way, if you are new here, visit my website to get the transcript of today's episode. Go to: speakenglishpodcast.com If you're already familiar with this show, please share it with your friends and family. That would make me very happy! Tell your friends that my podcast is available everywhere on the internet. You can find it on my website and many podcast apps like Spotify, iTunes, YouTube, Facebook, SoundCloud, etc. Just look for "Speak English Now with Georgiana," and start learning English with me!" Well, first of all... Happy New Year! How time flies! A new year has just begun. It’s curious how the passage of time is perceived according to age. Young people don't think much about it. Middle-aged people think about the things they still want to achieve and realize that they have less and less time. Older people, on the other hand, remember the old days. Don't worry; I won't get too philosophical in this lesson.  :) I’ll go ahead and talk about New Year's resolutions. As you know, when a new year comes, we all feel like doing many things. Also, we feel a bit guilty for having celebrated a little too much at Christmas. Therefore, in this episode, we will take a look at the most popular New Year's resolutions and practice new vocabulary. And what’s a resolution? A resolution is a firm decision to do something.   My new’s year resolution is to use highly proven techniques, based on the natural learning of a second language, to help my students to speak English automatically.  Losing weight or going on a diet. This resolution is a classic. After all the meals and alcoholic beverages, we decide to lose weight. Usually, this decision is made after a very generous meal. We are on a full stomach and solemnly decide that we are going to lose weight and that we are going on a diet. Going to the gym Another classic. It's funny how many people are paying their gym fee every month but never go. Sounds familiar?  Then now it's the perfect excuse to start exercising. A friend of mine told me in October that he wasn't going to the gym, but that he would certainly start going in January. :) [END of EXTRACT]   READ the TRANSCRIPT here: www.speakenglishpodcast.com
1/8/202016 minutes, 11 seconds
Episode Artwork

#113 Christmas Holidays 2019 (rep)

Hi everyone! I’m your English teacher Georgiana, founder of speakenglishpodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. In this episode, I’ll talk about the Christmas holidays. And after that, you’ll practice your English speaking with an exciting mini-story about a man dressed in red. Alright! Let’s start! Ah! It's Christmas at last! I don't know about you, but I love this time of year. I start to think about what presents to give to my family and friends. Normally I make a list, so I don't forget anyone. Can you imagine forgetting someone? That would be terrible! That's why I start very early to plan what presents to give to everyone. Finding the right gift for someone can be difficult, so what I usually do is search online for gift ideas. And buying online helps me avoid the holiday crowds. To really feel the Christmas spirit, I like preparing a pot with a delightful scent using orange, cinnamon, apple cider, and clove. I let everything boil throughout the day so that the fragrance spreads throughout the house. At this time of year, I also love to listen to Christmas songs. I can recommend some popular Christmas songs: “All I want for Christmas is You” by Mariah Carey. "Last Christmas" by Wham! "Let It, Snow! Let It, Snow! Let It Snow!” by Frank Sinatra. "Jingle Bell Rock" by Bobby Helms. and something from Michael Bublé’s Christmas album. Plus, I enjoy placing Christmas lights and decorations. I sometimes use social media to find unique decorations. Did you know that some Americans use popcorn threaded on a string to help decorate their Christmas Tree? Or that in New England, you can find some shops called "Christmas Shops." There they sell Christmas decorations and toys throughout the entire year! There are many classic Christmas movies that you can watch on TV at this time of year. Here are some examples: It's A Wonderful Life (1946) Holiday Inn (1942) A Christmas Story (1983) A Charlie Brown Christmas (1965) Elf (2003) Bad Santa (2003) Love Actually (2003) The Man Who Invented Christmas (2017) And it wouldn't be Christmas without a tree! Christmas trees are the symbol of the season. I love having a real tree and decorate it along with my family and friends. The Christmas trees tradition started in Germany in the 16th century. Protestant reformer Martin Luther first added lighted candles to a tree to remind his children of the wonders of God's creation.  Nowadays, many Americans buy a fresh evergreen tree or a plastic model and decorate it with lights and ornaments.   READ the TRANSCRIPT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com 
12/18/201920 minutes, 11 seconds
Episode Artwork

#112 How to replace the word Look in English

Hi, everyone! I'm Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Today you will learn how to replace the word "look" in a sentence if you want to be more concise. I'll give you an example, depending on the context. In the previous episodes, I gave several examples of terms or expressions that you may use instead of "look". So make sure that you listen to the earlier episodes as well. By the way, if you are new here, visit my website to get the transcript of today's episode. Go to: speakenglishpodcast.com If you're already familiar with this show, please share it with your friends and family. That would make me very happy! Tell your friends that my podcast is available everywhere on the internet. You can find it on my website and many podcast apps like Spotify, iTunes, YouTube, Facebook, Soundcloud, etc. Just look for "Speak English Now with Georgiana," and start learning English with me!" We’ll start with the word to scan.   1)To scan When we look over something quickly we "scan" it. Let me explain. Imagine you have to get out of the house, and you're in a hurry. Surprise, surprise, you can't find your keys or your sunglasses. By the way, that never happened to me. I was just kidding. Unfortunately, this occurs to me quite often. So what do you do in this situation? You start looking for your keys or your sunglasses. Or you could also say that you're scanning the room for your keys. Can you see? That’s a more precise word to use in this situation. We might scan a room at a party to see if our friend is there. Example: "I scanned the room to see if Mary was there." "I need to scan some diagrams for my PowerPoint presentation."   2)To eye The thing is that whenever we observe something we use our eyes, so this word is quite straightforward. We use the word "eye" to express our interest in something. We might eye the candies on the table even though we don't want the extra sugar. Example: "I have been eyeing that cake for hours now but I must resist, since I’m on a diet. 3)To examine When we "examine" something, we inspect it closely. A doctor might examine your body to make sure that you are healthy. Example: "Whenever I got a cut my mom examined it and then cleaned it for me."   4) To peer When you can’t see something completely because your vision is obstructed, we can say that you are peering at it.   Examples: "The girl was jumping up and down trying to peer out the window." "George carefully peered inside the box."   5) To witness This word is similar to "watch". It means that you saw something your own eyes, usually an event. This word is often used in the field of criminal justice to say that someone "witnessed" a crime. Examples: "A friend told me she witnessed a crime last night. "Jane returned to the witness stand. "   READ the TRANSCRIPT here: www.speakenglishpodcast.com
12/12/20198 minutes, 46 seconds
Episode Artwork

#111 How to compliment your partner in English

Hi, dear students! I'm Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier when you use the right material and techniques. Although we don't celebrate Valentine's Day this time of the year, I think that as Christmas approaches, many of us spend more time with our partners. So today, I want to introduce some funny but useful compliments that will make your significant other, feel special.
 There are all kinds of compliments: good, bad, original, ordinary, or funny ones. If you still don't know what they are, don't worry because I'll explain it to you. Next, we will practice fluency with a mini-story on a very special competition related to today's topic. Remember that you can get the text of the episode at SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. As I said, today I'm going to talk about compliments, but first, let's define what they are. A compliment is basically a brief comment on an attribute or quality of a person. There are many types, and perhaps it is more common to say a compliment to a woman, although I think nowadays there are more and more women who compliment men. I have to say some compliments are tasteless. That is to say, they are rude and instead create the opposite sense of what is intended. My intention in this episode is to analyze some compliments I find to be especially witty or funny. Well, let's see the first one: #1 "I don't have a favorite color. It's pretty much whatever you are wearing." This is beautiful, and you can use it to congratulate a woman you're already dating. Let her know that you have noticed the color of her dress. Many women love it when our partners pay attention to what we're wearing. #2 "I can't take my eyes off of you. Unless you notice me, then I'll quickly look away and act like it never happened." Sometimes at the beginning of a relationship, you start doing silly things you've never done before. Although it may sound silly, it would be super cool if you would compliment someone like that. #3 "I'd be so happy to spend every minute of every day with you, but some days I have to do things." 
The reality is that as much as we would like to spend all our time with our loved one, it's practically impossible. At least it's not feasible in the long term since someone has to pay the bills. #4 "If you knew how much I think about you, I would be very embarrassed." 
If there is one person in your life who is always on your mind, don't be afraid to let them know with this honest compliment. #5 "It's not easy to be me. Which is why I need you." 
I know, this one's a bit silly, but I think it's genuine and sweet. Whoever you tell this to, no matter if it's a man or a woman, will appreciate your honesty or at least make them smile.   READ the TEXT here: speakenglishpodcast.com
11/16/201915 minutes, 58 seconds
Episode Artwork

#110 Stop using the word LOOK in English part#2

Hi, dear students! I'm Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier when you use the right material and techniques. 
Let’s talk again about the repetitive use of the word "look." Seriously, you gotta stop using the word "look" all the time. There are many more words that you can use instead. I will help you to choose the right one depending on the context.  Therefore, today, I will continue to enrich your vocabulary and help you to sound more like a native English speaker.  And with a point of view story, you will practice your English speaking and you will learn grammar without memorizing any rules.   By the way, you can find my podcast everywhere on the internet. 
If you need to read the transcript, I recommend you to listen to the podcast on my website SpeakEnglishPodcast.com 
 But you can also find it on Spotify, iTunes, YouTube, Soundcloud, etc. Just look for "Speak English Now with Georgiana," and start learning English with me!"
 Ok! Let's learn some new words that replace the word "look." 
 #1) To watch We’ll start with the word "to watch." 
Many students confuse "watch" with "see," so I will take a closer look at the difference between these two terms. Two weeks ago, in episode #108, we saw that we use "see" to express the ability to discern visually. You are aware of your surroundings by using your eyes.
 We use the term "watch" when we observe something happening in front of us or on television, for example.    However, we don’t need to participate in what we see actively. Examples: "Last night, I watched TV until 2 am."  "As a kid, I always liked to watch a plane take off.  "My friend Rachel and I watched a movie last night." 
#2) To view We continue now with "view." For instance, you can view a presentation or a movie. But if we want to be specific, we'll use "view" mostly when we're looking at something up close and examining it. Examples: "Before you buy a property, make sure to view it a few times."    "We’re excited to view your summer collection."     "I normally view situations objectively, especially when it comes to business."    #3) To Spot We can use the word to spot literally or figuratively. 
And what happens when you find something? When you find something you are looking for, we can say that you have spotted it. For example, you may spot a stain on a shirt. Examples: "I know him so well that I could spot him even among a large crowd." "I’m not sure if it’s easy to spot a cheap imitation." "Unfortunately, you failed to spot the error. " 
 #4) To Stare  Another word you could use in order to replace "look" is "stare." 
"Stare" is similar to "glare," but we don’t necessarily use it in a negative situation. For example, when you have a crush on someone, you might spend all day staring at them.  And if you have a pet, you might have already noticed how they stare at you whenever they are hungry. Examples: "Stop staring at me like that! You're making me uncomfortable." "We all stared at the beautiful girl next door." "If you want to stare at him, at least don't make it so self-evident."   #5) To inspect When you "inspect" something, you take an active role in examining something. Let's say that you inspect a house before you buy it. You can also inspect your friend's house, to get some decorating ideas.  Example: "You must inspect the vehicle before you purchase it."   #6) To gaze This is another word you can use to replace the word "look." We use the word "gaze" when we are admiring something or someone. When you "gaze," you usually look at someone/something for a long time. Examples: "Rachel gazed at Tom with admiration as he spoke." "Bobby spends hours gazing out the window, waiting for his dad to come home." READ the TEXT here: www.SpeakEnglishpodcast.com
11/6/20199 minutes, 44 seconds
Episode Artwork

#109 Halloween in America 2019

Hi, everyone! I'm Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help YOU to speak English fluently. In today's episode: I'll be talking about one of the most celebrated holidays in the United States: Halloween. After that, you'll practice your speaking with a new mini-story, while enjoying my new Question & Answer story. Very well. Let's get started!  Halloween is a holiday celebrated on the last day of October. I would say it's very popular because everybody's excited about it, especially children. The word Halloween comes from an old English expression, "All Hallows' Eve," and it means the day before All Saints' Day.   Children of all ages really love Halloween because they can dress up in funny costumes and knock on their neighborhood doors shouting "Trick or Treat!". The neighbors usually give them candies. The meaning of the phrase "Trick or Treat" is interesting. In this context, "treat" means getting the candies, and "trick" implies the consequence of not getting the sweets. It's like an innocent threat children make. Of course, kids get really excited when they knock on stranger's doors in their neighborhood. Since Halloween originated as a celebration connected with evil spirits, the most common symbols are witches flying on broomsticks, ghosts, skeletons, black cats, etc. The black color is one of the traditional Halloween colors. Of course, pumpkins are also a Halloween symbol. I'm sure you've seen them in movies. People empty pumpkin and put a candle inside to make a lamp.  How do you make a Halloween pumpkin?  · The first step is hollowing out the pumpkin. · After we use a keyhole saw to cut the hole.  · When using a candle for illumination, you can cut the hole in the pumpkin's top. · For electric lights, make the hole in the bottom or side so you can hide the cord.   READ THE FULL TEXT HERE: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
10/31/201912 minutes, 49 seconds
Episode Artwork

#108 Stop using the word Look - part#1

Hi, dear student! I'm Georgiana, founder of the Speak English Now podcast. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier when you use the right material and techniques. I'm here to tell you to stop using the word "look" repeatedly. There are many more alternatives, and depending on the context, I will help you to choose the right one. This lesson is intended to help you enrich your vocabulary and sound more like a native English speaker.  And with a mini-story, you will practice your English speaking. But first, I would like to share with you a comment on Facebook from one of my students called Fernando Romero:  "Hello Georgiana, I'm fascinated by your method. I have improved my spoken English. Your podcasts are incredible... congratulations. Thank you!"  By the way, if you are new here, visit my website to get the transcript of today's episode. Go to: speakenglishpodcast.com If you're already familiar with this show, please share it with your friends and family. That would make me very happy! Tell your friends that my podcast is available everywhere on the internet. You can find it on my website and many podcast apps like Spotify, iTunes, YouTube, Facebook, Soundcloud, etc. Just look for "Speak English Now with Georgiana," and start learning English with me!" Do you know the difference between "glare" and "glance"? What about the difference between "looking" and "seeing"? For a native English speaker, these words are different, although I know this is complicated for an English learner. Ok! Let's learn some new words that replace the word "look." #1) To glare If we glare at someone, we usually show them that we are angry because we often frown, and have a dark look on our faces. People may glare at us when we do something they disagree with. Examples: "Georgie glared at her dad every time he asked her to tidy up her room." "She gave me such an icy glare I almost froze." "Don't glare at me like that; you deserved to be scolded." #2) To glance However, when we glance, we take a quick look at something, but we don't concentrate on it for too long. Usually, that happens when we don't want people to know we're seeing something or someone, so we "look" at it, in a natural way, but without making it self-evident. Examples:   "During a meeting, Jim glanced at the clock on the wall."   "We fell in love at first glance."  "He could tell at a glance something was wrong with her. #3) To catch a glimpse When we "catch a glimpse," we barely see something, we see it for a brief time, as it goes by quickly. Examples: "Millions of people had gathered to catch a glimpse of her Royal Majesty. "Did you catch a glimpse of that beautiful woman who just walked by?" "We were hoping to catch a glimpse of the superstar."   READ the TEXT here: speakenglishpodcast.com
10/25/201912 minutes, 51 seconds
Episode Artwork

#107 Already, still and yet in English

Hi, dear listener! I'm Georgiana, founder of the Speak English Now podcast. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier when you use the right material and techniques. Do you have a hard time using the words Already, Still and Yet?   Well, today I’ll help you to understand how to use these three words. And with a point of view story, you will learn grammar without memorizing any rules. As you know, I don't teach grammar to my students. However, many of you have difficulties using the words: already, still, and yet. So in this episode, I'm going to explain how to use them. Before I go any further, I want you to know that native English speakers do not learn these words by studying grammar. Not at all!  What’s the secret then? Well, they learn new words and expressions in context. And that's exactly the way you learned your own language. Let's see some examples: My idea is to give you a general sense of how to use these words. So I won't go into details, exceptions, etc. Because the only effective way to learn these subtleties is to listen and read in context.  Let's start with an example: "It's 11 o'clock in the morning, and Finn is still in bed."  So here we have Finn. It's 11 o'clock, but Finn is STILL in bed. Here we emphasize the idea that the situation hasn't changed (Finn didn't get up.) even though it's late (it's 11 o'clock). Now, let's say that Finn is a responsible guy and doesn't want to oversleep because he has many things to do.    For example: "It's 6 o'clock in the morning, and Finn is already up and ready to go." See? It's very early (6 in the morning), and Finn is ALREADY up. Since it's so early in the morning, we didn't expect our friend Finn to be awake. Now back to the first example. This time I'm going to use the same example to explain how to use "YET." "It's 11 o'clock in the morning, and Finn is still in bed." (this was the first example) If I want to use "YET," it will be something like this: "It's 11 o'clock in the morning, and Finn's not up yet." See? If we compare these two examples, they look very similar.    READ THE TEXT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
10/19/20198 minutes, 32 seconds
Episode Artwork

#106 The differences between Bring, Carry, Fetch, and Take - ESL

Hi, dear listener! I'm Georgiana, founder of the Speak English Now podcast. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier when you use the right material and techniques. Do you know the difference between the words "bring," "carry," "fetch," and "take?" If the answer is no, this is going to be a very useful episode for you.  I'll start by explaining the meaning of each of these terms with some examples.  And in the second part of this lesson, you are going to practice your speech with a funny mini-story. If you are new here, visit my website to get the transcript of today’s episode. Go to: speakenglishpodcast.com If you're already familiar with this podcast, please share it with your friends and family. That would make me very happy! Tell your friends that the show is available everywhere on the internet. It’s available on my website and many podcast apps like Spotify, iTunes, YouTube, Facebook, Soundcloud, etc. Just look for "Speak English Now with Georgiana," and start learning English with me!" Ok! Let’s begin this new episode! When do we use the word "BRING"? 1) "Bring" means to conduct something/someone to come with, to, or toward the speaker. Examples:   "Jason, please bring me a beer." "He brought his brother to the hospital." When do we use the word TAKE? 2) "Take" means taking something/someone away from where you are, or when the person making the request is NOT at the intended destination." Examples:  "Am I allowed to take library books home with me?" "Can I take you to the movies tonight?" "Could you take these files to Jame's office?" Ok. Let’s continue. (END OF THE EXTRACT).   READ THE TEXT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
10/3/201911 minutes, 1 second
Episode Artwork

#105 Back to school part #2 - ESL

Listen to a new episode of Speak English Now Podcast, your favorite material for practicing your spoken and heard English. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: Hi, dear listener! I'm Georgiana, founder of the Speak English Now podcast. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier when you use the right material and techniques. In this episode, we continue learning more vocabulary related to school supplies. And with an exclusive point of view story, you’ll learn grammar without memorizing any boring rules. Ok. Let’s continue. If you love this podcast, please share it with your friends and family. That would make me very happy! The show is available everywhere on the internet! However, you can also find the podcast on different apps like Spotify, iTunes, Youtube, Facebook, Soundcloud, etc. Just look for "Speak English Now with Georgiana," and start learning English with me!" Ok! Let’s start today’s lesson by going over the vocabulary used last week in episode #104. In the previous episode, we talked about going back to school, focusing on the necessary material. We learned some new words. Let’s listen to them one more time: notebook clips paper sheets pens pencils eraser felt-tips markers ruler Now it’s time to learn new vocabulary: Let’s start! Agenda I think it's the most crucial element for a student. An agenda contains the days of the year and the holidays. So, the student can write down the dates of exams, activities, etc. In this way, in theory, everything is under control. I say this in theory because many times kids forget to write things down and it's chaos. I remember when I was little, I was a bit absent-minded and rarely wrote anything down. I once lost my agenda, and I still don't know how I passed the different courses. Textbooks One disadvantage of textbooks is that they are really heavy. This is something I didn't like when I was in school. Although I loved the way textbooks used to smell when they were new. (END OF THE EXTRACT).   READ THE FULL TEXT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
9/25/201912 minutes, 24 seconds
Episode Artwork

#104 Back To School part #1

Hi, everybody! I'm Georgiana, your online English teacher. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier when you use the right material and techniques. Since it's September, we're going back to school. At least in this episode, you will remember how exciting it used to be to start a new school year. We're going to check out vocabulary related to the school supplies that kids need when they go back to school, after the summer vacation. And in the second part of this episode, you'll learn English grammar without studying any rules with an exclusive point of view story. Before I go any further, I'd like to thank you for listening. Did you know that there are over 10 million downloads of the Speak English Now podcast? I'm very excited because that means that my method really helps you improve your English speaking and listening skills. Thanks again for listening and remember to share the podcast with your friends and family.   All right, let's get started!   We could use the expression "back to school" as a metaphor for this episode that kicks off this new season. You will continue to improve your English skills with my mini-stories and point of view lessons. But don't worry because you don't have to study or memorize anything, just listen and learn as children do with their mother tongue.   Each year, parents face significant challenges when purchasing school supplies for their children. Since there's a wide range of vocabulary related to this topic, next week, I will continue talking about the same thing, though I’ll introduce more vocabulary. In any case, don't worry if you can't remember everything.  You can listen several times to learn new words and expressions. Well, here we go: Notebooks Basically, a notebook is made up of several sheets of paper which are joined together. Notebooks can be handy to use in the classroom. You can write exercises, copy things the teacher writes on the board, etc. In some cases, instead of notebooks, you simply use sheets of paper. The advantage of sheets of paper is that you don't carry so much weight. The disadvantage is that you can easily lose them. I remember that in the first year of high school, I started with notebooks, but in the second year, I only used sheets because the notebooks weighed a lot.   Clips But if you want to organize the sheets of paper a little better, you can use some clips. Really a very useful invention.   Pens, pencils, and eraser. Obviously, if you want to write, you're not going to do it with your finger. A pen is a good choice. The disadvantage of the pen over the pencil is that you can't erase what you write. On the other hand, if you write something down with a pencil, you can easily wipe it with an eraser. Many students like to use different colors of pens. The most common colors are black, blue, and red.   As for pencils, most students use mechanical pencils. If you use classic pencils, you need a sharpener, also called a "pencil sharpener." That's how you sharpen your pencil.   Felt-tip pens Felt-tip pens are like pens but are usually available in a variety of colors. They have many uses, from painting to highlighting. We don't generally use them for writing, although some children may like doing that. Teachers use red markers to correct exams.   Marker When you study a text and find a relevant phrase, what you want is to remember it. You can use a marker for this. There are markers in several colors, so you can always create categories. In my opinion, you don't have to overuse colors, because otherwise, you leave the text like a rainbow. :) If you don't have markers; what you can do is underline. Underlining is simple. You just have to make a roughly straight line below the text you want to stress. You can do it with a pencil or a "pen." I like to underline more than to mark, and I almost always do it with a pencil. This way, if I have underlined too much, I will still be able to erase those parts.   Ruler Do you want to make straight lines? It' s almost impossible to do it without a tool. You need a ruler for that, and it's gonna be useful, especially in your geometry class. READ the TEXT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
9/20/201912 minutes, 8 seconds
Episode Artwork

#103 Learn English Every Day (rep)

Welcome to the Speak English Now Podcast, your resource for practicing your English speaking and listening. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary and how to learn English more effectively. Transcript: Hi, everybody! I’m Georgiana, your online English teacher. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier when you use the right material and techniques. In the first part of today’s episode, I’ll show you how you can benefit from creating habits that help you with your English. And in the second part of this episode, you’ll learn English grammar without studying any rules with an exclusive point of view story. All right, let's get started! The first thing we have to keep in mind is that willpower is not as important as it seems. In fact, it’s quite limited. It's impossible to do anything consistently with willpower alone. We are not designed that way. We are creatures of habit, and essentially our life consists of a sum of habits. For example, think for a moment what you do when you wake up in the morning. Maybe you brush your teeth, make a cup of coffee and turn on your cell phone to check the social networks. I'm sure that I have mentioned in one of the previous episodes that I speak different languages. Let me tell you now what I do to maintain and improve different languages through habits. I don’t know about you, but I enjoy taking a walk every day. And every time I open the door I put on my air-pods, I press play, and I start listening to an audiobook or a podcast in German, French, Italian, Spanish or Portuguese. If I don't like what I hear, I simply select another content.  What’s important is that I do this action almost without thinking, automatically. Of course, I don’t always listen to audiobooks or podcasts. Sometimes I just wanna relax and listen to music or not listen to anything at all. :) And I don’t only listen when I go for a walk. I also listen to audiobooks or podcasts while I drive my car or even when I'm doing my chores at home. Recently, I realized that in the last few years I've been listening to about 2000 hours of podcasts and audiobooks in several languages. That’s amazing! Right? (END OF THE EXTRACT). Get the transcript here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
9/12/201910 minutes, 53 seconds
Episode Artwork

#102 Going to the Bank in English (rep) ESL

Listen to a new episode of Speak English Now Podcast, your favorite material for practicing your spoken and heard English. You will also learn about lifestyle and culture, language, vocabulary and how to improve your English more effectively. Transcript: Hi, everybody! I’m Georgiana, your online English teacher. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Speaking English is way easier when you use the right material and techniques. In the first part of this episode, I'm gonna talk about lending and borrowing something and how to get a loan from the bank. And in the second part, you’ll practice your spoken English with a question and answer mini-story. All right, let's get started! Today I'd like to talk about loans and the related vocabulary. Loans have always been a feature in all countries, societies, and cultures. Person A has some money, and person B needs money. Then person A can lend money to person B. When we talk about lending, we don't talk about giving. Giving means permanently, without a time limit. For example, if I say "I'll give you the car," it means that the car won’t be mine anymore, it'll be yours. When someone gives a loan, it's under certain conditions. That is, he agrees to give money under certain conditions. You can say, "give a loan," or more formally "grant a loan." (END OF THE EXTRACT).   Read the TEXT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com  
9/5/201915 minutes, 45 seconds
Episode Artwork

#101 English podcast - Shopping at the Supermarket ESL (rep)

Are you a spender? Today I’m gonna talk about the tricks that supermarkets use to make you to buy more than necessary. You’ll also improve your speaking with a funny mini-story.   Ok! Let’s start! When you leave the supermarket, have you ever wondered why you spent more money than you originally planned?   I do :) If it happens to you, you may think that you don't know how to manage money, that you are a spender or simply that you don't have enough discipline, but don't worry, because supermarkets follow a whole series of very powerful marketing strategies that induce the buyer to buy, so don't feel too guilty :) By the way, a spender is someone who spends money unnecessarily. And another interesting expression: "overspending," which means spending more than planned or necessary. These supermarket strategies can simply be called tricks. The truth is that supermarkets have more tricks than a magician. Let's take a look at a few of them, and learn some vocabulary on the subject. The size of the cart matters. The shopping cart is the element we push to add the products we want to buy. These trolleys, with time, have been increasing in size. The logic is simple. Psychologically we feel more satisfied if we can fill the cart and, therefore, with a slightly larger cart, we tend to put more products inside. The products they want to sell the most, are placed right at eye level. We are lazy by nature, and therefore, all products that are visually easier to see, but overall easier to access, are also easier to sell. Prices with decimals. This is another classic seller's trick. For some reason, $9.99 seems a lot, much cheaper than 10 dollars. We save 1 cent! Wow! If we do this 100 million times, we'll save a million dollars :) Read the TEXT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
8/28/201915 minutes, 44 seconds
Episode Artwork

#100 Going out in NYC - How to order a drink in English (rep)

I'm Georgiana, founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com.
And I’m here to help YOU to speak English fluently and with confidence. In this episode, I'll talk about going out at night. I’ll point out the most emblematic places where you can hang out in New York City at night, and I’ll teach you how to order a drink! I’ve also prepared a Point of View story so you can practice your grammar and vocabulary. I’m not sure if you have noticed, but today you’re listening to episode 50 of the Speak English Now Podcast. It may not sound like a big deal to you, but in approximately one year I’ve posted 680 minutes of free material!! And it’s available on iTunes, Spotify, SoundCloud, Youtube, etc Thank you so much for helping me share the podcast with your friends and family. Remember to leave a comment on iTunes about the show. It would mean a lot to me! Let's start the lesson. Today's gonna be fun! It's Friday night, you call your friends and ask them: What are we doing tonight? And they say: Let’s go party! Or Let's go clubbing! The expression “Let’s go party” doesn't mean going to a specific "party", but simply going out. Usually, it means going to clubs or music pubs. People in their 20s and 30s usually have a drink in a bar first and then go to a club. Clubs are often pricey, and you don't just have to pay for the drinks. You’ll also need to pay for the club admission which is also expensive. Now let me tell you where to go out at night in New York. I’ll suggest different locations: For instance, if you wanna party in Manhattan surrounded by fashion models, celebrities, professional athletes and musicians, visit one of the city's exclusive nightclubs. It can be difficult to get into these places, but it's definitely not impossible.   READ the TEXT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
8/21/201910 minutes, 10 seconds
Episode Artwork

#099 Renting a car in English – ESL (rep)

Hi everyone! I’m Georgiana; founder of SpeakEnglishPod.com. My mission is to help YOU speak English fluently. Today I’ll be teaching you how to rent a car in English. The lesson is simple and to the point, so it’ll save you a lot of time when you really need to rent a vehicle. And in the next section, you’ll practice your English speaking with a funny mini-story. Today’s story is about Brian, a middle-aged man who wants to go out with hot chicks. 🙂 It’s summer again, and many of you are seeking a holiday getaway. So today I’ll be teaching you how to rent a car. First of all, you should start by comparing prices online. Consider doing your research by checking travel websites like Expedia, Kayak, or Hotwire. Some of the most popular car hire agencies are Alamo, Avis, and Hertz. Before deciding on an agency, ask about the additional charges because these charges will help you figure out which is the best deal. Some common rates include: Underage-driver fees: it means that the agency charges an additional fee for a driver under 25. Airport surcharges: This charge will make a big difference in the total amount. Basically, the agency will charge you a supplement for picking up a rental car at the airport. Additional charges per driver: You’ll need to pay extra for having more than one person driving the rental.   READ the TEXT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
8/14/201915 minutes, 41 seconds
Episode Artwork

#098 How many times do you 
need to listen in English? (rep)

Hello, everybody! I am Georgiana your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. In this episode, I will be talking about how many times we have to repeat an audio material in English. After that, you practice your conversation skills with a new mini-story. Ok, let’s get started! As you may know, I always recommend you to listen to improve your English speaking. There are many studies, which suggest that there is a correlation between our level of the language and the hours we have been listening. In other words, the more you listen, the better. The more hours you spend listening, the quicker you improve. Here’s an interesting question you might ask: “How many times do I have to listen to every piece of content?” Do I have to listen just one time? Or more than that? What most students do is listen to certain content once or twice and then change to another material. The typical student thinks that the more variety, the better. Well, variety is useful, but what you want is to consolidate what you listen, and the most effective way to achieve this is through repetition. So, let’s say you are starting with English. You're a beginner. This is the situation where you need a lot of repetition. The reason is that you need to create the most common patterns in your head. That’s why you need to repeat many times. For example, let’s say you have a 5 minutes audio adapted to your level. Then, you can repeat the audio twenty, thirty, or even more times. Yes! You heard me well! Twenty, thirty, or more times! I’m not saying that you have to do it in one day. For example, you can repeat the audio three times every day for one week. This is only 15 minutes a day for seven days, which is 21 times. You can read and listen if you need to. Yes, it seems crazy, but I can assure you that this is very effective. You can learn a lot! And the most important thing is that you’re consolidating the phrases, the vocabulary, the pronunciation, and it becomes easier to use all of this in a conversation. READ the TEXT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
8/7/201914 minutes, 17 seconds
Episode Artwork

#097 What to do during 
the Summer Vacation ESL

Hello, everybody! I am Georgiana your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you speak English fluently. Speaking English is easier than it seems! You just have to use the right material and techniques. In today’s episode, I’ll give you some tips on how to spend your summer vacation, and you'll speak English with a mini-story. Before I go any further, I'd like to thank you for listening. I’m also a language learner, and I can identify with you and your goals, so I want to help you. Do you know how you can help me? It would be great if you could share my podcast with your friends or write a review on iTunes, YouTube, or my Facebook page. OK. Let’s start. Time passes so quickly. I can’t believe it’s already August. And speaking of time, this is the last episode of the season. I'm going to take a short vacation to rest. But don't worry because I'm going to upload a selection of episodes from other seasons so you can continue practicing your English. So, I'll be back in September with new, highly refreshing content. But in today’s episode, I thought it might help you think about what activities you can do during the summer vacation. So, let's see what you could do during this vacation: Connecting with nature A very healthy activity that you can do is to go to a natural spot and enjoy nature. The idea is to relax and forget about exams or deadlines. Of course, you can take the opportunity to do a little exercise by going for a walk. Ideally, you should find a place without too many people, especially children. I am sure that in your country there are many places where you can quietly enjoy nature.   Read the TEXT here: speakenglishpodcast.com
8/4/201911 minutes, 57 seconds
Episode Artwork

#096 Obsolete Communication 
Devices and Gadgets

Speaking English is easier than it seems! You just have to use the right material and techniques. Today we are going to be a bit nostalgic, and talk about some communication devices and gadgets that still exist nowadays, but are obsolete.
 Let’s start! Fax machine How did we share documents and letters before the email existed? Although many people sent a telegram or a letter, there was another device that we used, particularly in the professional field. Yes. I'm talking about the fax machine. While some companies still use fax machines, no one has one of those machines at home. I guess we prefer to use an email because it's faster, takes up no space and it's free. Nowadays, you can still send a fax without a fax machine. You only need to use your computer or a smartphone, because there are websites that offer this service. Telegram And by the way, you'll be surprised to know that people still send telegrams. No. I'm not referring to the Telegram Messenger app. You can send a telegram the old fashioned way or even online.
 Landlines How about landline phones? Do you still have one of those at home? I can’t even remember when was the last time I had one of those. It was definitely a long time ago. The landlines had no high-definition color display, no camera, and no Internet connection. They had a long cord so people could move it around the house. But that was inconvenient. I remember my landline phone was wireless and had a small black and white screen. I was happy to move around the house without a cord, but it was a bulky phone, and the battery didn't last long. I just know that I’m grateful to have a smartphone now. :)   READ the TEXT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com  
7/18/201913 minutes, 34 seconds
Episode Artwork

#095 
American vs. British 
Vocabulary Differences (part 3) 


Hello, everybody! I am Georgiana your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. Two weeks ago, we started with a series of vocabulary differences between American and British English. Today we will continue this series, although we’ll focus on food vocabulary differences. And with a point of view story, you’re gonna compare the different grammar points. It’s the perfect way to learn grammar and new vocabulary without memorizing.   Ok! Let’s start!   1)Zucchini Maybe you aren’t familiar with this word. It’s a long, thin vegetable with dark green skin. It looks similar to a cucumber, but it’s larger, and we don’t eat it in a salad.   Yes. I’m talking about a vegetable called zucchini. I love zucchini noodles and zucchini soup! You should try that out because it’s simply delicious!   In the United Kingdom, people use the word courgette, which comes from French.   American-zucchini British- courgette 2)I’m sure you know the meaning of the following word. I’m talking about the word cookie. Everybody loves chocolate cookies! But do you know the meaning of the word biscuit? That’s right. Biscuit has the same meaning as "cookie," though it’s used in the UK. American-cookie British- biscuit 3) There’s a purple vegetable, similar to an egg. Can you guess? Exactly! An eggplant! What do you think? Personally, I don't think eggplants look like an egg. In British it’s called aubergine. It sounds funny because it’s also a word that comes from French. American-eggplant British- aubergine 4) Have you ever heard of jacket potatoes? No. It’s not a potato that’s wearing a jacket. In American English, we call them baked potatoes, but in British it’s called jacket potato. Therefore, baked or jacket potatoes are usually well cooked, so they have a fluffy interior and a crisp skin. American-baked potatoes British- jacket potato.   READ the TRANSCRIPT here: SpeakEnglishPodcast.com
7/4/201910 minutes, 35 seconds
Episode Artwork

#094 American vs. British Vocabulary Differences #2

Hello, everybody! I am Georgiana your English teacher and founder of SpeakEnglishPodcast.com. My mission is to help you to speak English fluently. We all know that American and British English sound different most of the time. But did you k